Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon FAQ/guide Share | Boards Guide Walkthroughs & FAQs Cheats Proudly hosted

by IGN Walkthroughs Direct-link it! Get Email Alerts Add to Wishlist Add to Collection ng Now Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon PSP General Guide by Freyashawk email: castleenchanted aol

Playi

Created on 15 May 2007 Last updated on 10 September 2009 with instructions on setting up the Railway for automatic shipping Note by author on 15 May: This guide offers all the basic information you need to farm, mine, fish, gather wild items and raise animals. It gives information about crops and the characters that you can meet fairly early in the game. It is organised in the style of an actual Walkthrough. You therefore may see more than one section with the same title as information will be included at the various points that new options are unlocked. The best point of reference for any one who needs information about a specific point in the game would be the Sunday Maintenance, for which specific dates are given. New options tend to be unlocked after Sunday Maintenance but only if you have fulfilled all requirements. I try to unlock options at the earliest possible moment in order to give players an idea of the earliest point at which any upgrade or plot point can be obtained or experienced. You do have a couple of years, however, to complete the game. Once you save the island, you can continue to play the game indefinitely. You will find that I have included much of the actual text from the game, as I feel that part of the delight of Harvest Moon is the text of events and conversations. An 'Innocent Life' is a truly wonderful life! Note on 10 September 2009: My guide is based on the original PSP version of Innocent Life but in most particulars, is applicable to the later console version. I have added a section that deals with a few of these new options. NO ATTACHMENTS - PLAIN TEXT E-MAILS ONLY Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions about the game or my guide. I try to answer all serious requests for help but I will not open any email with an attachment. AOL sometimes considers a 'signature' or a simple icon as an attachment. For example, an 'auto signature' appended to G Mail emails will be considered an attachment by AOL. Please send your emails as plain text or I shall not be able to respond. Thank you. Table of Contents Introduction Walkthrough: First Day, 30 Winter Your First Watering Can

Nature Sprites Gayak's Virtual Farm Iron Hoe Special Shoes Power Soles Snow Soles Your Rucksack Farming Tutorial Human Status Seed Bags Your Purpose Shine Pod Introduction to Vita Walkthrough, Journey to the Easter Ruins Introduction to Moonlight Walkthrough, Week 1, Easter Ruins Strange Moss Other Initial Tasks Explore the Grounds Mock Strawberry Plants Persimmon Trees 1 Spring, Day 1: Pod Lift Meet some of the People History of the Island Shipping Pods Time is of the Essence Sleep Cycle Introduction to Characters Explore your Room Item Box Refrigerator Television Weather Controlling the Weather Effects of Severe Storms Herbal Garden Cutting Flowers Seeds Cooking Channel Cooking Life Drama 'Where's My Mommy? A Kitten's Journey' 'Melancholy Woods' Anime 'Final Z Rangers' World Ranch Kitchen Sleep and Save Menu Pausing your Game Exploring the Easter Ruins The Battlebot Trees and Plants Storage Area Item Box Trash Box Seed Box More about Moonlight Day 3, Wednesday, 3 Spring: Meeting more People

Iron Sickle Day 4, Thursday, 4 Spring: Sealed Doors Cooking in Innocent Life 'Dishes Made' List Expanding your List Cooking Lesson 1 Drinks Sunday, 7 Spring: Your First Harvest Maintenance Shine Pod Tour of Volcano Town Fruits and the Scale Pack Items in the Wilds near Easter Ruins Fruit Trees North Mushroom Forest Asparagus Seeds Your first Shopping Experience Shop-a-Million Spring Crop Seeds Asparagus Seeds Cabbage Seeds Cucumber Seeds Potato Seeds Strawberry Seeds Turnip Seeds Spring Flower Seeds Pansy Seeds Tulip Seeds Description of all Seeds Spring Crops for Sale Basic Tools for Sale Hammer Axe Sickle Other Items for Sale Scale Pack Boomerang Water Pistol Tips on Shopping Shipping Rules The Spring Festival Exploring Volcano Town The Buildings in Volcano Town Where to find them The People of Volcano Town Dr. Hope Vita Gayak Marlene The Branch Family Jonathan Vanessa Becky Lionel Simon The Marco Banks Corporation The Banks Family Marco

Lucia Big Marcie The Winery Liberta Jean Emma Lenny Volcano Town School Principal Rose Max Bobby Sharon Shop-a-Million Supermarket Gallion Masami Million Lenny Masami's Restaurant Masami Nana Town Hall Mayor Dorothy Charles Jessica Neo Franco Moonlight The Fisherman Week 2 at Easter Ruins: Walkthrough Your Hammer Cooking Lesson 2: Cutting Cutting Salad Fruit Dessert More about the Spring Festival Sunday, 14 Spring: 2nd Maintenance Gayak's Request More Seed Bags Harvest Basket Week 3, Preparing for the Spring Festival Farming for the Spring Festival Bridge Repair Plan Leveling Up your Tools Becoming Human New Item at the Supermarket The Hammer and the Harvest Basket Harvest Basket Using the Scale Pack in Spring North Mushroom Forest Fly Agaric Mushrooms Sunday, 21 Spring: 3rd Maintenance The Key to the 1st Mine Blue Chests Blue and Yellow Jewels Tool Sockets Crimson Stone Ochre Stone Ores

Shipping Ores Cooking Lesson 3: Advanced Cutting Week 4, Easter Ruins Work Day Seasons Length of Seasons in Innocent Life Shipping Wild Items Water Quality Weird Watering Can: Masami's WC Harvesting Spring Crops Cooking Lesson 4: Boiling Stew Curry and Rice Sunday, 28 Spring: 4th Maintenance and Spring Festival Week 5 at Easter Ruins Cooking Lesson 5: Advanced Cutting Vegetable Juice Fruit Juice Sunday, 35 Spring: 5th Maintenance The Battlebot Summer Season Week 1 at Easter Ruins: The Repaired Bridge and North Side of the River New Fruit Trees and Wild Plants Hot Springs 2nd Cave and Underground Lake Azure Stone Easter Ore Blue Chests Blue and Yellow Jewels Breaking the Seals Cooking Lesson 6: Cutting Drinks Shop-a-Million Supermarket Summer Crops and other New Items Summer Crops Summer Seeds for Sale Onion Seeds Squash Seeds Corn Seeds Tomato Seeds Watermelon Seeds Lemon Seeds Other Items for Sale Balloon Tent Bas&Ket Rail Bas&Ket Cart Bas&Ket 20S Auto Unit The Tent The Bas&Ket Railway Designing a Railway Riding the Rails New Areas to Explore The 4th Blue Jewel Breaking the Blue Seal Vending Machines Green Pea Seeds Melon Seeds Pineapple Seeds Rose Seeds

Sunflower Seeds Tomato Seeds Bas&Ket Rail 1 Bask&Ket Rail L Ranching World Ranch Channel Buy Livestock About Livestock About Shipping About Chicks About Livestock Ranks The Cluck-o-Matic Purchasing Poultry and Livestock The Moo-o-Matic The Baa-baa-Matic Your Storage Area Expanded Sheep Barn Poultry and Livestock Barn and Pasture Ranch Products Animal Care Your Buggy Fishing The Desert and Beyond The Dunes The Peach Field The Witch's Hut (Hermit's Hut) Mermaid Lake The Plains Values of Summer Fruits Farming Menu Chickens Cows Sheep Crops Flowers Gathered Items Other Shipped Items Dishes Made Navigating the Island River Path and Raft Suspension Bridge Paths Repaired Bridge Paths East Lake Northern Mushroom Forest Heartflame Cave and Volcano Town Hot Springs Area 3rd Cave System Blue Chests Jewels for Altars Master Tools Earth Power Sand Impassable Mist Exploring the Lands near the Desert Gift for the Hermit Cooking Lesson 7: Grilling Sunday Maintenance, 14 Summer: Your Dog Fruits for 15 Summer Peaches Mock Strawberry Plants

Figs Wild Horses Sleepovers Cooking Lesson 8: Advanced Grilling Sunday Maintenance, 21 Summer: Masami's Red Jewel Power of the Red Jewels Walkthrough: Monday, 22 Summer Breaking the Red Seal Cooking Lesson 9: Oven-Baked Dishes Blueberries Exploring the Ancient Ruins More Jewels Angel Ribbon Water Crest The Hermit and the Water Crest The Mermaid and the Forest Crest The Mist Forest Monsoon Watering Can Nature Sprites Nature Sprite of Knowledge Nature Sprite of Friendship Nature Sprite of Memory Poinsettias The Hermit and the Tower MBC Construction in the Temple Cave Wild Items to be Harvested Sunday Maintenance, 28 Summer Accident at the Construction Site A Nasty Odour Cooking Lesson 10: Oven Baked Treats New Items Unlocked Earth Power Sand Herb Seeds Rosemary Seeds Lavender Seeds Sunday Maintenance, 35 Summer A Pregnant Cat Bas&Ket Rail Upgrades Autumn Preparing Your Tools Walkthrough: 1 Fall Shop-a-Million Supermarket Autumn Seeds Eggplant Sweet Potato Green Pepper Carrot Hot Pepper Tangerine Kiwi Cosmos Crops for Sale Other Items Vending Machines in Autumn Cat's Tail Seeds Eggplant Sweet Potato Green Pepper Carrot

Hot Pepper Tangerine Cosmos Organising your Fields in Autumn Wild Items in first Week of Autumn Pawpaw Pepino Sunday Maintenance, 7 Fall The Cat had Kittens An Experience of Sorrow Your Pets Monday, 8 Fall Wild Items to Harvest Apples Chestnuts Olives Mining Strategies 2nd Week in Autumn Mushroom Cooking Contest Announements The Herbs and the Noxious Gas Your Reward for Growing Herbs Battlebot Upgrades Collecting Porcini Mushrooms Spirit Water Mushrooms in Cooking Matsutake or Truffles Daily Tasks in Autumn Sunday Maintenance, 28 Fall The Doctor's Health Mushroom Cooking Contest Your Reward for helping Nana Sunday Maintenance, 35 Fall Dorothy's Request Snow Soles Winter Season Growing Crops in Winter The Monsoon Watering Can Spirit Water The Christmas Party Poinsettias and the Sprite of Memory The Importance of Kale Winter Activities Fishing in the Winter Lily Bells Cooking with Dorothy, 23 Winter The Christmas Party Unfinished Romances Another Seed Bag Dr. Hope Nature Sprite of Memory Giant's Forest Nature Sprite of Memory Forest Spirit The Path to the Mermaid's Tower Giant's Axe Earth Hammer Enchanted Hoe Reunion with the Hermit The Water Spirit Blue Chests in Mist Forest

Breaking More Seals Green Jewels and the Green Seal The Green Door The Fire Crest Rising Jewels Jewels in Tools Jewel Strategies Transforming Jewels Creating New Purple and Green Jewels Other Aspects of Life Professional Cake-Making The Angel Ribbon Visit to Dr. Hope The Life Arm Using the Life Arms The Ice Grail The Fisherman's Romance The Fire Crest Quenching the Anger of the Fire Spirit A Hero's Welcome Certificate of Citizenship Appearance of an Alien A Sad Farewell The Credits Roll Time Limit for Appeasing the Fire Spirit Life Continues A New Area to Explore in the 2nd Cave Cool Pins The Construction Site A New Challenge The Wasteland Farm of the Fire Spirit A Haiku for Dr. Hope Ring 2: Spring Strategies for Farming in Spring Supermarket in Spring Basil Peppermint Vending Machines in Spring Hyacinth Bulbs Camomile Peppermint Bas&Ket Upgrades A New Wildflower Lilies Fishing in Spring Level 3 Tools Strategies in using Gems and Jewels Shipping 1000 Crops from Wasteland Farm New Tenants at Easter Ruins Pink Mask Representative Mother's Touch Shiny Coat Healthy Colour Surprising Seeds Blue Egg The Alien World Ranch 'Star' Animals New Bas&Ket Railway Upgrades Daily Tasks in Ring 2 The Future of Dr. Hope

Boosting Values for Harvest Mushroom Festival Winter, Ring Two Day 1 Day 20 Day 23 Poinsettias and Christmas Party Completing your List Giant Wood

I. Introduction Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon is based on the same general philosophy found in all Harvest Moon games. Your goals are threefold: to help your Village, to restore a farm to its former glory and finally to become the best person that you can be. In this game, there are elements that remind one of the story of Pinocchio. Your character is a robot who can become a 'real person' only if he learns to feel emotions and to care about life and all that is on this earth. As his creator and 'father' will tell him, he needs to learn about 'the human heart and the value of life'. Your character not only is a robot, but is a child as well. In time, he will grow and mature but at the beginning of the game, many villagers will remind him of this fact. For exmple, more than one individual will tell him that he is not yet old enough to drink wine. Note that your character never will be able to realise the promise implicit in his 'growth' as he always will remain, for all intents and purposes a robot. Marriage, therefore, is not possible in an Innocent Life. The game is set on a gorgeous island. Like Lost in Blue 2, however, there is danger in Paradise as the island is volcanic and an eruption could destroy all life. Automation and technology are part of the problem. The Spirits of the Island have become angry at what they perceive as neglect of Nature. Those who rely on automation in farming and ranching have distanced themselves from the natural world and the spirits who rule it. Dr. Hope, a famous scientist, has conceived a plan to save the island by creating a robot, proposing to teach him farming and other skills, in the hope that he will be able to find a solution to the threat that faces every one. It is ironic that a robot, created with the ultimate technology, must be the one to renew respect and attention towards the spirits of Nature. You have two years to avert the threat of the eruption of the volcano. This guide will show you how to complete the goal before the end of the first Winter, but you actually can complete the goal in the second year if you do not manage to do it in the first Winter. The goal can be completed only in Winter, by the way. If you fail to appease the Fire Spirit by the end of the second Winter, disaster will strike. The later console version of Innocent Life may be slightly different in terms of the amount of time you have to realise your goals. This Guide is written in the form of a detailed Walkthrough, which means that

it is organised according to the Calendar. It is based on my own game, where my character experienced new options in the course of his weekly 'Maintenance' and through the manner in which he acted. In other words, if you do not follow this Walkthrough religiously, you may experience new options at a different time. Do not despair if, at the end of the 1st year, you have not unlocked all the options that are given in the 1st year of this Walkthrough. Events that can occur only in Winter will have to wait until the 2nd Year if you do not experience them in the 1st Winter but do not think that you are doomed to fail. Be aware of the basic premise of Harvest Moon games which is farming. In all Harvest Moon games, farming is central to the plot. By planting, harvesting and shipping all crops, herbs and flowers, you will unlock more options in the game. I have tried to include all options at the earliest point in the game when they can be unlocked. If you find that you have not been able to unlock an option and you have spoken to all characters in the village and done everything else that the guide instructs, then you should look at your shipping list, to see if you have shipped all possible items. Dr. Hope lives in a large mansion at the southern end of Volcano Town. His housekeeper Vita lives there in her own little flat upstairs in the back. You will discover that most of the characters are members of one of three families who live on the island. These are the Banks family, the Branch family and Gallion's family. The Banks family consists of Gayak and Marlene, patriarch and matriarch, Marco Banks, their son, and his family, Lucia, Big and Marcia. Marco Banks is in charge of the Marco Banks Corporation, a business that supplies technologically advanced equipment and appliances to the entire island. Gayak is Marco's father. There is a philosophical and sociological conflict between them. Gayak and Marlene are old-fashioned, preferring to lead a simple, uncomplicated life. They are proud of the labour of their own hands. Marlene sews Seed Bags by hand and her husband grows his own produce. It is Gayak who will teach you how to farm at the start of the game. Gayak's son Marco, on the other hand, is the master of technology and automation. Marco's house is fully automated, a huge edifice filled with machines, rather stark and barren compared to the cozy clutter of Gayak's house. Marcia, Marco's daughter, spends Saturday nights at her grandparent's house and always wishes that she could live there instead of being forced to return to the sterile environment of the MBC. The Branch family are ranchers and own a large fully automated ranch. The head of the family, Jonathan, is in charge of the ranch. His wife Vanessa is an accomplished artist. They have three children, Becky, Simon and Lionel. Gallion's family are merchants. Gallion himself appears to be retired, but his wife Masami owns and runs the local restaurant. His son Million runs the local supermarket, the 'Shop-a-Million Supermarket'. The other business on the island is the local winery, owned by Liberta and run by Jean and Emma. The Volcano Town School is the other large building in the village. Max, Bobby and Sharon teach at the school, presided over by Principal Rose. The regular students at the school are Big, Marcia, Becky, Simon and Lionel.

On weekends, there are special classes for adults and children. On Saturday, Vanessa Branch teaches an art class. On Sunday, Max's wife Nina teaches music. Essentially, your character will be given a ruined farm to restore. As the game progresses, you will be given more and more opportunities to automate your tasks rather than performing them by hand, and part of the challenge is to remain close to the land while doing your utmost to increase the productivity of your farm. There is a time limit on the first goal, which is to appease the Fire Spirit in order to prevent the eruption of the volcano. In this guide, that goal will be accomplished before the end of the first Winter. Once you have achieved the first goal, you will unlock a second goal, which is to ship 1000 Crops from the Wasteland Farm, a large field controlled by the Fire Spirit. Again, you will be given two years to complete the goal. Unlike the first goal, however, completion of the second early in the game will not unlock any new missions or goals. In other words, after shipping 1000 crops from the Wasteland Field, you still will be obliged to wait for other time-related plot points to occur in order to move the plot forward. The console version of the game evidently has a couple of additional optional goals. Walkthrough: First Day, 30 Winter

At the start of the game, you will see the island on which you will spend your days. You then will be required to choose a name. Using the text system is a little difficult at first, but it is a combination of two buttons: X and 'Start'. You then discover that you are a robot who is being introduced by 'Dr. Hope Grain', a scientist, to life on the island, required to interact with 'real' people and to restore a farm. If you succeed, you will become a 'real' person. Moreover, many areas both on the island and on your farm are 'locked' behind seals. In order to restore the farm and island to its full glory, you need to break the seals and unlock these areas. In this game, you must be taught how to farm before you will be able to begin farming. Your first teacher is a Farming Instructor named Gayak. Walk through Dr. Grain's office and open the door in the west to find Gayak and Dr. Hope seated there. Press the Triangle button to speak to any one. Gayak explains that the soil in Volcano Town isn't the best, so no one farms by hand but despite this fact, Dr. Grain has purchased a 'nice piece of land' for you on the east side of the island. Dr. Hope is the other person seated in this room. When you speak to him he will tell you that the land he purchased for you is 'Easter Ruins' on the far east side of the island. Gayak begins to drag you from the room, but Dr. Hope stops him and says he must give something to you before you go.

Your first Watering Can

'Here is my old watering can. You can use it to water your crops.' You received the Doctor's Watering Can! This is your first basic tool. As in other Harvest Moon games, a basic tool has only the power to be used on a single square of land at a time. You first will spend a day with Gayak to learn how to farm, and only then will you be introduced to your own farm. Nature Sprites As you walk with Gayak towards his farm, you will pass a spot where you will overhear a conversation between creatures who suspiciously resemble the Harvest Sprites from other Harvest Moon games. 'What is it? What is it? A new human? We'd better tell her. Yes, we'd better tell the Spirits!' Marcia will speak of these Sprites again and again. The Doctor will tell you that he saw them himself when he was young, but that they only appear to the 'pure of heart'. Gayak's Virtual Farm The game begins on 30 Winter. As it is Winter, Gayak has a Virtual Farm which will allow you to learn how to perform farming actions even though snow is on the ground elsewhere. Iron Hoe He gives you an Iron Hoe and tells you to till the soil. You now have two tools, a Watering Can and a Hoe. To open your 'Rucksack' in order to equip the Hoe or any other tool or item, use the L button. Use the Directional button to cycle through the items until you find the Hoe. Equip any tool with the Triangle Button. Special Shoes In this game, you need special shoes if you wish to run. Opening your 'rucksack' you will see the following: Power Soles If you put these on your toos, your body will feel light and you can run by pressing the directional buttons. But in the winter you'll need to use Snow Soles.

Snow Soles Put these on your boots and you can move quickly across snow using the directional buttons. Once spring returns you'll need to change to Power Soles. As it is 30 Winter, equip the Snow Shoes now. Your Rucksack Other items in your rucksack at present include: Doctor's WC Dr. Hoe's small watering can. When you highlight an item, you will see its description and its level. For the watering can, Tool Lv 1. PP Used: 2 per use 0 to go. Equip it and press Triangle to water crops. Waters up to 25 soil squares. Iron Hoe A small hoe give to you by Gayak. Equip it and press the Triangle button to till the soil. Press the Triangle button again to unequip any equipped Tool. Farming Tutorial In other Harvest Moon games, you usually could access a special 'Tutorial' film or television channel in order to learn about farming. Perhaps Natsume thought that too many players were ignoring the tutorial option, as in this game, you have no choice but to go through the lesson. Equip your Hoe and till the soil. When you have tilled the 9 squares of soil, Gayak will give you a bag of Potato Seeds. The bag contains nine squares worth of potato seeds. Equip the seeds like you did the Tool and plant seeds in each of the nine squares. Gayak then will place some water from his Thermos in your Watering Can and ask you to water the seeds. Never fear. This method of obtaining water is not the usual one. Gayak will tell you: 'This is a one-time-only thing. When you go to the Easter Ruins, you'll have to get water by yourself. Gayak then presses a button on the machine that controls the 'Virtual Field' to advance the crop growth by three days to show you what three day old potato plants will look like. Let's take a look at five days! And on the 6th day, they're ready to be harvested. As you may have suspected, you will harvest the crops the same way you planted or watered them, by using the Triangle Button. Use the Triangle button again to put the crop into the Shipping Pod at the top of the screen, which is the 'bottom of the hill'. Sadly, as it was only a 'virtual crop', it disappeared as soon as it entered the Shipping Pod. Now you will meet Gayak's wife Marlene as she comes out of the house.

Whenever events occur that you do not experience directly, the screen will turn black and a narrative about the event will be given: Narrative: You were invited to their house where you enjoyed their hospitality. Having been invited to stay the night, you went to bed and went to sleep. You need to go downstairs to see Marlene. She cooks for you and sets a meal on the table. She tells you to eat it even if you don't really need it. Eat it, then you will have the option to tell her if the food is good or not. Obviously you will wish to respond in a positive way. Human Status Now you will see a new prompt: By eating that meal, your abilities increased a tiny bit! Love increased! 5 to 6 Cooking increased! 5 to 6 Humour increased! 0 to 1 As you may have surmised, performing 'human' actions will increase your character's abilities. Speak to every one and explore every object that you find in order to advance your ratings. Ordinarily, your abilities will be assessed and increased when you go to sleep at night, but in certain specific instances like this one, you can receive an increase directly after you perform an action. Incidentally, if you press O next to any individual, you will be able to see that person's ratings in all 'Human' Abilities. Seed Bags Go to Marlene and speak to her. She will give you a Seed Bag, then explain that: 'You can only put one kind of seed in a Seed Bag at a time, so have several of them. I haven't made many of them recently, so that's all I have right now. If I make more, I'll give them to you.' Seed Bags are an aspect of farming that is new to Harvest Moon. In other Harvest Moon games, if you purchased seeds, you could take them to the field and plant them. If you had a Tool Box, seeds that you purchased would be sent directly to the Tool Box, but all you had to do then was access the Tool Box at your home and remove them in order to take them to the field for planting. In this game, all Seeds will be sent to the Seed Box but you will not be able to remove them unless you have an empty Seed Bag for them. Each type of seed needs to be placed in a separate Seed Bag. Seed Bags are kept in your Item Box when they are not in your Rucksack. If you have only one Seed Bag but wish to plant more than one type of crop, you will be obliged to plant the Seeds that you have placed in the Seed Bag or otherwise empty the Bag again before you can fill it with a different variety of Seed.

Fortunately, provided you ship every possible crop that you can grow in Spring, you will have seven Seed Bags after the Spring Festival has ended. Nature Sprites Marlene then will tell you: My husband should be in the basement. Go down to the basement now and you will find a new character named Marcia. Introduce yourself to her. Marcia: I've seen some Nature Sprites around here... You probably don't believe me, but you might just see them yourself... O.K. Let's go, Freyr! Your purpose Before you embark upon your journey to the Easter Ruins, Dr. Hope will give you a lecture about your role in life. Dr. Hope: Frey, I know you probably don't understand everything that's going on, but please listen to me. There is an incredible amount of knowledge in these books. And that knowledge is also in your head. But all the knowledge in the world won't help you understand some things. Perhaps the most diffcult things to understand are the human heart and the value of life. Don't you agree, Freyr? You have a choice of response. Yes. No. Respond positively. Dr. Hope: Yes, you're my son all right! I'm sure after nurturing the plant and animal life on your farm, you'll grow to understand this. And you'll eventually unlock the seals in the ruins as well. In any case, your new adventure begins tomorrow, after you arrive at the Easter Ruins... Shine Pod The 'Shine Pod' is the place where your Maintenance is performed. Usually, the procedure takes only a few moments. It is not a substitute for a bed. In fact, you do have your own room in Dr. Hope's house if you care to spend the night at any point. Any 'Shine Pod' will fully restore all PP when you enter it. There are other Shine Pods elsewhere on the island. If you find Vita upstairs cleaning the large guest room on any morning, she will tell you that your room is the room in front of (south) of the main stairway. Stand next to the bed and press the Triangle button in order to obtain the option to sleep there.

When you awoke the next day, your abilities increased because of the things you did yesterday. Love Increased! 6 to 7 Intelligence increased! 20 to 22 You come out of the Shine Pod. Vita: Are you awake, Master garden just a bit ago. Your why don't you go and see the The man coming to get you is bother you. Freyr? It's late. The Doctor went out to the escort to the Easter Ruins hasn't arrived yet, so doctor? an artist and a little odd... But don't let it

Talk to Vita and she will say that the doctor went to see one of his relatives in the west part of the garden. This is the site of the family graveyard. Vita Vita usually has useful information to impart. When you visit Dr. Hope each Sunday for your weekly maintenance, Vita will stand next to the Shine Pod. Always speak to her a couple of times in order to learn something new. Go left across the bridge to find Dr. Hope. He will tell you: All of the depearted members of the Grain family are here are hoping for your success. Let's go back to the house. Your escort should be arriving soon. When you return to the house, a strange personage will be waiting for you at the door. Walkthrough: Week 1, Easter Ruins

Introduction to Moonlight There are two individuals who live at the Easter Ruins and the person who will take you to the Ruins is one of them. Moonlight is the 'resident artist' on the Island. Moonlight: It's me, Moonlight! I've come to take your precious son to his new home. Hmm... You're Freyr? Amazing! I can see the total sum of the Doctor's knowledge glimmering in those eyes of yours! Moonlight: Come, Freyr! Let's depart for the Easter Ruins! Hope: Don't you want to have a cup of tea before you go? Moonlight: I'd love to, but if we don't leave now, the sun will set. The night air isn't good for your health, you know. Hope: O-of course. I wasn't thinking. Well, take good care of Freyr for me. To you: Make sure you have Moonlight tell you all about the Easter Ruins,

Freyr! And don't forget to come and see me here every Sunday! Tomorrow Winter will end and spring will begin. It will be your first Monday on your farm! As you walk, Moonlight will give you information about the island: Listen carefully. This is a cave on the south side of Heartflame Island. You've probably never been in a cave before, so watch your step! When you emerge from the cave: Moonlight: Stay close to me, okay Freyr? Once we get through this area, we're practically at the Easter Ruins. Hurry! Suddenly you will run very fast with the bizarre artist named Moonlight. You go south then east. Now you go north to the door of your farm. Moonlight: Look, Freyr! this is the Easter Ruins! It's still beautiful, even in decay... No, it is precisely because it is ruined that it's so beautiful! This place never fails to move me. The echoes of a distant past... The hot breath of a fertile land... Hm? what's wrong? You look a little confused. Oh, I'm sorry. You probably can't undersand the concept of beauty yet. Not to worry. You're going to be growing more crops than you'll know what to do with. do you know what that means? You're creating life! Why, it's a veritable art form in and of itself! Once you experience that for yourself, you'll be able to talk to me about art and beauty! Now let me show you where you're going to be living from now on. You go up in a lift to your room. Moonlight: This is your room. Not bad for being in the middle of some ruins, eh? You can thank the Doctor for that! The fields are above and the storage area is down below. Just perfect for farming, no? The ancient country of Easter was quite advanced in agriculture, so the buildings are made for it. It may not seem like it, but this place is now your home. Why don't you rest tonight and get used to it. By the way, Freyr. There's something I'd like to say to you. I'm not sure that you're going to be able to bring life to this land. And I think the people of Volcano Town feel the same way. To us, you're still a stranger who suddenly appeared at the Doctor's house. But if you could really revive these ruins that every one else has given up on... I'm sure the people of Volcano Town would look to you as a hero. I hope that day will come. good night, Freyr! Narrative on the black screen: You finally arrived at your new home. Tomorrow will be the first day of Spring and your first day on the farm. Your abilities increased because of the work you did the day before. Challenge increased 0 to 1 Love increased 7 to 8 Intelligence increased 21 to 22 Walkthrough: Week 1, Easter Ruins

Your first week at Easter Ruins is in the nature of a Tutorial. You will not be allowed to leave the farm at all, and you will find that you have hours to fill with few tasks to perform. Strange Moss If you wish to make your tasks even easier, explore the area outside the Entrance to the Ruins a little BEFORE you plant your 9 seeds. You will find a path to the left (west) of the Ruins that leads to the river. On the river bank, you will see golden plants. These are 'Strange Moss'. Collect as many as possible and take them back to your farm. When 'Strange Moss' is spread on tilled soil, it retains water when you water any crop. This means that you will not be required to water your crops daily on any square where Strange Moss has been spread. You must spread the Moss BEFORE you plant any seeds, however. You cannot do it afterwards. Strange Moss description: If you take this and spread it on your fields, the soil retains water longer. Each one is good for 9 squares of land. Collect more when the season changes. Strange Moss, as you may have surmised from its description will not outlast the season on a till square. Once it is spread on a square of soil, it will remain throughout the season, however, even after you have harvested a crop. Strange Moss can be stored indefinitely, however, so you can collect all that you find and keep it for later use. Strange Moss, once placed on a square, cannot be removed until it disappears at the end of the Season. In your first Spring, this is not a concern, but once you have the option to build a Railway, you will find that you will be unable to place tracks on any square where Strange Moss has been spread. It therefore would be best to design and place your railway tracks at the beginning of a season BEFORE you spread any Strange Moss or plant any crops. N.B. When you are allowed to leave your farm after this week ends, you will find more Strange Moss on the riverbank to the east of the suspension bridge.

Other Initial Tasks Once you have planted your 9 seeds and watered them, there will be little to do but clear the field of stones by moving them to spots in the field that cannot be tilled. You do not have a hammer or axe yet, so simply move stones to paved spaces and wait until Day 3 to acquire a Sickle from Franco so that you can use it on the weeds growing everywhere. N.B. Although the manual that comes with the game will tell you that you can throw unwanted stones into the pool of water to dispose of them, it is far better to use a hammer on them. Placing them on paved areas will not affect anything, and you will gain tool experience by smashing them with the hammer when you obtain one from the Supermarket. Explore the Grounds

Explore the grounds outside the Entrance to find some Mock Strawberry Plants that can be harvested on 15 Summer and some Persimmon Trees that can be harvested on 15 Fall. Speak to Franco whenever possible at different periods of the day and speak to Moonlight after the Evening Bell when he awakens. 1 Spring, Day 1

Franco: Freyr. Wake up. It's been light out for ages. Ho ho ho. You must be surprised to have a strange old man wake you up like this. Franco. My name's Franco. I live here in the ruins. Dr. Hope told me all about you. He then enters the pod lift and it goes up. Pod Lift When you walk up to the Pod, you will see the following options: Go up to your farm. Go down to the storage area. Go to the ruins entrance. Cancel. You will find yourself at the farm at the top. Meet some of the People Franco: This is the top of Easter Plateau . And it's all yours. There are two shipping pods on either side of the Lift Pod, a little in front of it. Shipping Pods The Shipping Pod for crops is on the left and the one for shipping other things like ore and lumber is on the right. Franco gives you information about two Spring crops: Potatoes will be ready for harvest in 5 days and turnips in 6. Time is of the Essence Franco: The passage of time is going to have an important effect in your life from now on. You'll want to make the most of the time you have each day and not waste it.' Any one familiar with Harvest Moon will know that farming is seasonal. Crops are season-specific and will die when the season changes. Some of the items in this game are even more specific, becoming ripe for harvest on specific

days in one Season. In some cases, the fruit will be available for harvest only for a few days. Sleep Cycle Time in 'Innocent Life' is marked by bells. There is a morning bell at 6.00 a.m., an afternoon bell at 10.00 a.m., an evening bell at 16.00, a night bell at 20.00 and a late night bell at 23.00. The narrative description that accompanies the late night bell will advise you to go to bed, as it is 'very late'. If you try to stay up all night, you will receive a message from Dr. Hope via your 'ear receiver' ordering you to bed. You then will be put to bed forcibly and awaken late the next morning. Oversleeping effectively means that you will awaken at 8.00 a.m. rather than 6.00 a.m.

Controls The controls used in this game can be rather annoying sometimes. The Triangle button is the primary button to use when talking to some one, using a tool, investigating an item on the ground or petting an animal. It becomes natural, therefore, to use the Triangle button whenever you approach any object. This is where there is an annoying variation in the system. Whenever you approach your Item Box or Seed Box, you need to use the Circle Button instead! If you use the Triangle Button, you simply will access a lengthy description of the object. If you wish to interact with the object in any fashion, you must press the Circle Button in order to do so. As far as the Shipping Pods are concerned, pressing the Triangle Button will have the same effect if there are no items in your rucksack that can be shipped. Otherwise, if you press the Triangle Button, you will be given the option to ship the items in your rucksack. It really is not complicated, but one acquires the habit of pressing the Triangle Button for every action. One then forgets to press the O button instead, and finds oneself being obliged to read the same long description of these Boxes again and again... The menu that is the most frustrating in this game is the one that is accessed when one needs to purchase seeds at the Supermarket. First, one is asked if one wishes to purchase the specified seeds. One then must answer 'Yes', then choose a number between 1-9. Nine seeds is the limit. If one wishes to buy more than 9 seeds, one then must press Triangle again. The first question that is asked this time is whether or not one wishes to put back the seeds one has in the cart. One therefore must answer 'No' this time. You then need to answer 'Yes' to the question of whether one wishes to add more seeds to the order, then give the number between 1-9 that one wishes to ADD to the first order. When one has made all one's choices, one has to go to the cashier to buy the items ordered. The entire process is the most tedious and time-consuming aspect of the game, in my opinion. Buying seeds from the Vending Machines is a little faster, but one still has a limit of 9. I wish it were like other Harvest Moon games when one can purchase 99 items at a time.

The Local Schoolteacher If you have gathered Strange Moss, spread that on the squares that have been tilled, then plant your Turnip Seeds in the plot that Franco tilled for you and water them. Find Sharon to the right and introduce yourself. She is a teacher at the Volcano School. She said you would be welcome to visit the school even though you aren't a student and that she brought her students here on a field trip today to introduce them to you. Introduce yourself to Simon, one of her students, now. He will remark that you are very intelligent and invite you to visit him at his house. Simon: My family runs the Branch Farm. It's an autofarm. History of the Island It was the spirits who sealed off these fields. You see, long ago the Easter People and the Voclano people fought a terrible war over control of this land. The behaviour of the humans angered the Spirits. And so they decided to seal off this fertile land. The Easter People then left the island, never to return. But the spirits did leave us one chance to make up for what we did. If some one could once again love this land and nurture life on it with his own hands, the seals would break. But the people in Volcano Town only care about autofarming. I'm afraid they've given up on this land... And I doubt that there is any one left in this day and age who still believes in the existence of the Spirits. But if something isn't done, sooner or later the anger of the spirits could destroy this entire island. Do you understand, Freyr? You are the only one who can save this island. There's a shop called Shop-a-Million. The guy who runs it is nice enough, but maybe a little unreliable. Anyway, I'll show you the shop the next time you go to visit Dr. Hope. North of the field where you planted the seeds is a pool of water. A man named Big is standing there. Big: I'm analysing the water in this spring right now, so don't talk to me. If you go to the right, you will see a girl inside a square formed by stones. Her name is Becky. Becky: I feel kind of like a princess locked up in a tower here. They say these fields were sealed off long ago, but I guess there's still a bit of land that can be used. Lionel can be found to the right: When you ask somebody their name, you're supposed to say yours first. Mine's Lionel. They say that this big stone thing is actually an altar used to break the seal on the field. Everybody in Volcano Town knows that. There is a large man named Max who is racing back and forth in front of the place where Becky stands. Max: Hi there, Freyr! I'm Max. I'm a teacher at Volcano School.

Big finally will tell you that the water is 'safe enough, but can't compare to Brilliant Water. My father invented that.' Becky: Lionel sure is dumb. I can't believe I'm his sister! Marcia promises she will show you around. Just wait at the Doctor's house for her next Sunday. Introductions to Characters Where introductions are concerned, this game has an anomaly whereby it is only in certain locations at specific times that a character actually will introduce himself or herself to her. You may have spoken to the character three or four times before you will be given a 'proper introduction'! Most of the characters you meet on your farm in the first week will introduce themselves to you properly later, when you meet them again in Volcano Town. Explore your Room Go to your room. You will find an Item Box there. You can find an Item Box on the roof, in the storage area and in your room. Item Box This is the item Box Use the O button to view the Menu. Take out an item. Put away an item. Look in box. Cancel. Refrigerator If you go to the Refrigerator or any Refrigerator anywhere for that matter, you will see the following message: You open the Refrigerator. But you close the doors quickly to prevent the food from spoiling. Television One cannot overestimate the importance of television in any Harvest Moon game, and in this one, more than one channel on the television plays a vital role in your life. When you stand in front of the television and press Triangle, you will see the following menu: What channel do you want to watch? Weather News Herbal Garden

Cooking Life Drama Anime World Ranch Cancel. Weather Channel The weather channel is run by Neo, a scientist who has moved to Heart Island, because his instruments have told him that Flame Mountain will erupt within the year! Neo will give the weather prediction for contact him if you wish to assist in his tall tower accessed from the ramp in the the tunnel, you will see two buildings: south. The building to the south is the to the north is the MBC, the Marco Banks for most of the automation on the Island the next day and he will ask that you research. You will find Neo in the tunnel. When you reach the roof of one to the north and one to the one in which Neo works. The building Corporation. Marco is responsible and is Marcie's father.

Accessing the Weather Channel should be the very first act you perform each morning. The Weather prediction for the following day can be critical. When severe storms are predicted, you must harvest crops early if you do not wish to lose them. Controlling the Weather As in other Harvest Moon games, weather is one of the most important aspects of farming life and success. It is possible to 'control' the weather, however, if you are diligent in watching the Weather Channel as soon as you awaken, but only if a severe storm is not predicted. The best way to do this is as follows: Save your game before you go to your room to sleep. When prompted, you can sleep without saving, watch the Weather Channel immediately upon awakening and if the Weather prediction is bad, simply reload your game to the point of your last Save. As you cannot save your game inside any building except at the point of going to sleep, save your game immediately upon reaching your Farm after you have achieved a good Weather result. The only reason to do this in Innocent Life actually is if you want rain in order to not be obliged to water your plants. In this game, you actually can plant seeds in the rain. In other Harvest Moon games, seeds planted in the rain often wash away. If one could prevent a severe storm from occurring, one really would have an interest in changing the weather, but it is possible that severe storms are programmed as certainties into the game. Reloading a file in Innocent Life is a little more time-consuming than it is on a game for the DS or GBA. As you may notice, loading any screen is slower than it would be on another system. The advantage of the PSP is the ability to have as many Save files as you like for the same game. On a single memory stick, you have about nine slots for the game. If you wish to use a different memory stick as well, you double your slots. Players who use more than two slots for a game generally do so in order to create vastly different situations on each slot once they achieve the basic goals of the game.

It appears to be impossible to change the forecast when a severe storm is predicted. Furthermore, you may notice that severe storms occur in the same time frame every year. In Spring, I noted that there were no severe storms either in the first or the second year. There were three severe storms in Summer, however in the first three weeks, not only in the first year but in the second year as well. They did not occur on the same day each year, but within the space of the same week in both years. There was one more storm in the 5th week of Summer in both first and second years. The incidence of severe storms in 'Innocent Life' appears to be far more certain than in other Harvest Moon games. From a remark that Neo makes about having recordings of weather predictions for the next 1000 years, one wonders... NOTE: I would welcome any research done by other players to prove or disprove the theory that the weather will follow the same pattern in the first two years. In my own games, it has followed the same pattern both in the first and the second years. Effects of Severe Storms In most Harvest Moon games, if a severe storm is in progress, your character will be unable to leave the house. In 'Innocent Life', your character can leave the house and even visit shops and homes in Volcano Town. Business will be conducted as usual. Your movements, however, will be extremely slow, whether you are on foot or using a buggy. It takes longer to go anywhere outside the Ruins. You will be able to harvest ripe plants DURING a severe storm and if any flowers or herbs are fully mature, you can make an order with the Herbal Garden to have them cut. This effectively prevents them from being destroyed in the storm. It is AFTER the storm has ended that you will be able to see its results in terms of destruction. The number of plants destroyed in a severe storm is significant. Obviously, more fragile plants have a greater chance of being destroyed but even hardy crops often will not survive. It is a good idea to plant as many crops as possible, and to plant more of the fragile ones than the hardy ones. For example, with 20 roses planted, there is a very good chance that 1 will survive a severe storm. With only 7 or 8 roses planted, you may discover that all have been destroyed the day after a storm hits. In Innocent Life, once a crop is planted, you will be unable to remove it from your field until it dies at the end of the season. A severe storm often is a way to 'clean the slate' to free squares on your field for possible use in your Bas&Ket Railway. Herbal Channel The Herbal Channel is vital if you grow flowers on your farm. Flowers cannot be harvested in this game in the same manner as crops. You need to contact a specialist at the Herbal Farm who will cut flowers for you when they bloom. The flowers then will be shipped automatically. Here is the information that the Herbal Channel gives when you access its menu:

Items in your order will be cut by the following morning after placing the order. If you have fully grown flowers, quickly place and order to avoid any possible storm damage. Remember that how you care for seeds affects the selling value of the flower. When making a shipment, flowers are priced by variety. Flower earnings are transferred to you the morning of the day they are cut. Seeds Buy flower and sell products. appear in some better quality herb seeds at a nearby store. We only buy items. We do not If you grow high quality flowers, high quality seeds will stores. Buying those high quality seeds may allow you to grow flowers.

We pay top dollar for high quality items. We are looking foward to doing business with you! You can check the number of flowers you're growing and the number available for shipment tomorrow. Place a shipping order for herbs and flowers as soon as they bloom. And always remember to check before you leave for a few days during stormy seasons. As long as your flowers and herbs are cut by the morning of a stormy day, they will be intact. Cooking Channel On the first day, the Cooking Channel is off the air. You should be able to access it by Day 3. Drama Channel The Drama Channel and the Anime Channel provide entertainment. They air on alternate weeks. In the first week, it is the Drama Channel that will air a programme entitled: 'Where's my Mommy? A Kitten's Journey, Part 1' This show alternates with 'Melancholy Woods'. Anime Channel The Anime Channel will show its first episode in the Week 2. It has two different shows: Final Z Rangers Miss Cute, Witch in Training Big, one of the students at the local school, is obsessed with Anime. Whenever he speaks to you, he will ask you if you have seen the latest episode either of 'Miss Cute' or 'Z Rangers'.

World Ranch Channel The World Ranch Channel is your contact for all ranching business. It is here that you can buy or sell poultry and livestock once you unlock the Barn. At this point, however, all the 'Rancher' will tell you is that you are in the Easter Ruins with good water, with a barn that still is sealed off but which exists, and that he can't help you until you become a Rancher. Your Kitchen There is a kitchen. Stand in front of it for the following options: Drinks Cutting Cutting (Advanced) Boiling Cutting Drinks Boiling (Advanced) Grilling Grilling Advanced Oven Baked Dishes Oven Baked Treats Cancel A Cooking option will become available only after the corresponding 'lesson' has aired on the Cooking Channel. Dorothy Gremley, the wife of the Mayor, is the 'star' of the Cooking Channel. A different lesson will air each week. After watching the weekly lesson, go to the kitchen to cook the recipes that have become available. This will boost your 'human' status. More details about cooking are given in the section that deals with the first Cooking lesson. Sleep and Save Menu When you press Triangle next to your Bed, a menu will open: Save and go to sleep. Go to sleep without saving. Cancel. You have one more option if you go to sleep before the last night bell: Do you want to get up earlier than usual tomorrow morning? There is another way to save your game in progress. Whenever you are outside a building, you can press R, then highlight the Save option to save your game at that point. As this is the PSP, you can have multiple save files at different points. Pausing your Game

There is no 'Pause' button per se in this game, but you can pause your game at any time by accessing the Save screen. Please note that time will pass anywhere inside the Ruins, although it does not pass when you enter other buildings on the Island, so do not make the mistake of standing in your room without pausing the game. Exploring the Easter Ruins

Battlebot In front of the the Ruins, you will find an odd machine lying on its side. If you examine it: This is an ancient Battlebot. However... You cannot do anything with the Battlebot at this point, but it will be significant a little later in the game. Trees and Plants: On the land outside the entrance to the Easter Ruins, you will find a number of Persimmon Trees and Mock Strawberry Plants. Strawberry Plants: Harvest on 15 Summer Persimmon Trees: Harvest on 15 Fall Wild items, including the fruits from Mock Strawberry Plants and Persimmon Trees can be harvested and shipped in this game, but only when you have a special container for them known as a Scale Pack. This will be discussed in detail later. Storage Area: Take the lift to the Storage Area. It is an enormous chamber with only three small bins in the centre. There are two locked doors along the southern wall of this area, however. When you break a Blue Seal, the doors will open. Item Box The Item Box is shaped like a cylinder and is in the centre of the room, to the left of and below the Trash Box and Seed Box. As the season has changed from Winter to Summer, store your Snow Soles here now, as well as any excess Strange Moss. Empty Seed Bags should be stored in the Item Box. If you wish to store a Seed Bag that still has seeds in it, you can take it to the Item Box. When you attempt to store it, a prompt will appear, informing you that the Seeds will be sent back to the Seed Box, and that the Seed Bag, when empty, will be stored in the Item Box. You will find two other important storage bins here:

Trash Box Trash Box: Items placed in the Trash actually can be removed if you decide that you need them again. After the passage of some time, the items will disappear, but they do remain in the Trash temporarily. N.B. If you are mining and have no more space in your rucksack for an item, it will be sent to your Trash Box at the farm. You then can retrieve it and ship it when you return to the farm, but do not wait too long or it will disappear. It will remain in the Trash Box for quite a long time, however. Seed Box Seed Box: This is where your Seeds are stored. When you wish to plant seeds, you must take them from the Seed Box and place them in a Seed Bag. Marcia makes Seed Bags for you, and you will have two of them when you first go to the Easter Ruins. To access these storage bins, stand in front of them and press the O button. A menu will open, allowing you to place items in the bin, remove items from the bin or simply look at all the items in the bin. To throw items into the rubbish at any time, simply press the Square button. Moonlight Go see Moonlight in the evening when he awakens and he will suggest inviting people from all over the world to come see the farm. He will confess that he comes truly alive at night, then: 'I wish I could share some of the limitless energy I feel.' Moonlight is an artist and you will find his 'Pieces' all over the Island. Day 3, Wednesday, 3 Spring:

Meeting More People There are two chaps dressed in orange outside your field when you visit your farm in the morning. Speak to them. Hey, you're Freyr, right? My name's Million. I run a store in town. I'll probably be selling your crops at my place, so I thought I'd come and check your farm out. He asks you to grow many tasty vegetables for him. When you speak to Million's assistant Lenny, he is rude. Million: Lenny! Why do you always have to be like that? You're never going to get anywhere with that attitude! Why can't you be more like Emma?

Lenny: Here we go again. You always have to compare me to my sister... Fine. Whatever. Million then disciplines Lenny and drags him away with him. Iron Sickle Go see Franco now downstairs in his rooms. Franco: Are you used to farm work yet? Your options: Yes. No. Respond positively, of course. Franco: That's good. Then maybe you'll be able to use this. Franco gave you an Iron Sickle. Use it on grass or weeds. Then he asks if you've ever seen a sunset. He tells you to head to the northern cliffs of the field of your farm to watch the sunset at 4.30 p.m. Human Emotions Go see Moonlight after dark. Moonlight: Are you starting to miss Dr. Hope yet? Your options: Yes. No. As always, respond in a positive fashion. Moonlight: Wonderful! That means that you have feelings for him. Take your new Hoe up to your Farm field, and clear away all the Weeds. Weeds can be placed in the Trash as well, but that will not boost your experience with the Sickle. Day 4, Thursday, 4 Spring: In the morning, you will find Franco in your field. At noon, however, he will be in the lobby Entrance to the Ruins. Sealed Doors: Franco will tell you there that: 'The doors through here are sealed off, just like some of your fields. I've

live in these ruins for some 40 years, and those doors have been closed all that time. I wonder if they'll ever open.' Speak to him again and he will say: 'I heard that there's a cave on the other side of that door. It drives me crazy, living right next door and not knowing what's inside. But I guess there's no way they'll open until the seals are broken on the fields outside.' During the day, you will find Moonlight sleeping in his bed. Moonlight is dreaming: How scary.. Purple tomatoes... Ugh! (Note that Moonlight's dream about purple tomatoes is a hint as to a farm aid you will be able to purchase and use in the future.) When you no longer have any PP to work, return to your room and watch the Cooking Channel. Cooking in Innocent Life Cooking in this game is fun despite the fact that the dish is prepared automatically once you choose it from the Menu. Every dish that you make, including those that are not entirely successful, is entered in a section of your Farming Menu in the 'Dishes Made' section. You usually need to make a dish three times before it will be completely successful. You will not be able to make a specific category of recipe until you have seen the corresponding lesson on the Cooking Channel. Items that you grow, produce or gather from the wilds will expand the range of dishes that you can make. In some cases, you will be able to create a new Dish entirely. For example, when you have caught a fish or two, fish dishes such as Sushi and Boiled Fish will appear under the categories of 'Cutting' and 'Boiling' respectively, provided only that you have watched the corresponding Cooking lessons. In other cases, a new ingredient simply will allow you to vary an existing recipe. An example of this is the 'Fresh Papaya', a variety of 'Fruit Dessert' that you will be able to prepare when you have gathered at least one Papaya from the wilds. Whenever you prepare a dish, a prompt will appear with a description of the dish. The description will give you a good idea of whether or not the dish has been prepared well. When you see a new description, a new dish will be entered in your 'Dishes Made' List. Dorothy's Cooking Life, Part 1 Watch the Cooking Channel to obtain your first Cooking Lesson. Dorothy's Cooking Life Part 1 Hello. Dorothy Gremley here. On Cooking Life, I explain the basics of cooking in a way that even beginners can easily understand. I'm sure many of your rarely do anything in the kitchen. Perhaps some of you have never cooked before. But aI want you to realise that cooking is not difficult. Why don't you start by getting in the kitchen and boiling some water? That doesn't sound too hard, does it? You can use that water to make a relaxing cup of

tea... And you'll be learning about the wonderful world of cooking at the same time. When this programme is over, why not go right into your kitchen and try out some of the dishes I talked about? You might just find that you enjoy cooking. it oculd make your life even more enjoyable. In the upcoming weeks, we will be introducing 4 main kinds of cooking: cutting, boiling, grilling and baking. We will be learning something new each week, so I hope you'll look forward to our time together. Our time for today is up, but I hope you'll try making yourself a cup of tea today. Try it! You'll like it! Se you next week! Enjoy your Cooking Life! Drinks In order to make a cup of Tea, you must choose 'Drinks' rather than 'Boil'. The Drinks menu will contain the following: Tea Coffee Herbal Tea Making Tea Choose Tea first: You made tea! It seems a little weak. Maybe you didn't let it marinate enough... You drank the tea. Now make it again: You made tea! It seems very strong. Maybe you let it steep too long this time! You drank the tea. Try once more: You made tea. You made some milk tea. It has a strong, sweet scent. You drank the tea. You now have mastered 'Tea'. From now on, whenever you make tea, it will be good. This is the way any recipe works. You must make it three times in order to master it. Herb Tea Try Herb Tea next: There is some sand in the bottom of the cup... You should probably wash the tea leaves before using them. The second time you make Herb Tea: It's incredibly bitter. Maybe you shouldn't have added herbs at random like that.

Try once more: You made some chamomile tea. It has a sweet, refined scent. You have mastered Herb Tea. Coffee Finally, try to make coffee. You did your best, you're not sure this is what coffee's supposed to look like. You drank the coffee. The second time you make coffee: It seems a little weak... maybe you need to add more coffee grounds. As they say, 'third time is a charm'. You made cafe au lait his time. The smell of the coffee and milk blend perfectly! When next you make any of the Drinks recipes you have mastered: You made tea! It smells very nice. You did a very good job. You made coffee! The sight of the fresh cream floating in the coffee cup makes you happy for some reason! You made Herb Tea! You made some mint tea. Just smelling it seems to clear your head. Sunday, 7 Spring:

Your first Harvest: On Sunday morning, Day 7, the 7th of Spring, both Franco and Moonlight will be waiting when you first awaken. Moonlight will be sleeping on his feet, but Franco will be alert. He will suggest that you harvest the Turnip crops you have grown. Maintenance When you have harvested your first crop of Turnips, you will be able to go to town. Moonlight will take you to see Dr. Hope. The Doctor will perform his first 'Maintenance' on you, and you will fall asleep in the Shine Pod during the process. 'Maintenance' is a task that must be performed every Sunday. If you fail to visit Dr. Hope for your weekly Maintenance on any Sunday, you will not be

allowed to go to sleep until you visit him and submit to the examination. Shine Pod When you go for your first Maintenance, Dr. Hope will direct you: Now then, please get into the Shine Pod. The narrative on the black screen will inform you: 'As you step into the Shine Pod, you can feel power surging through your body. It's almost like you can feel Dr. Hope's affection surge through you.' This is a hint as to the power emitted by the Shine Pod. If you vist Dr. Hope at any other time during the week, you will discover that you can enter the Shine Pod whenever you like. When you exit from the Shine Pod, your PP will have been fully restored! You will find Shine Pods in other locations later in the game. Any Shine Pod will fully restore your PP when entered. Tour of Volcano Town The next morning, Vita will explain that Million and Marcia have offered to take you on a tour of Volcano Town, after which they will return you to your home. Million has a car and will point out many of the important locations in the town, including his supermarket. You will not be able to visit any of these places during the tour. On the way home, as he drives through the Cave, Million will say: Oh, I almost forgot. Please come by my store the next time you come to town. I got a rare shipment of Iron Hammers. These days, you're probably the only one around who will use them. Hm? What do you use them for? Well, you can smash rocks in your fields... And if you find some boulders in a cave somewhere, you might try smashing them. You never know what you'll find. Anyway, if you ever need one, you can buy them at my shop. Fruits and the Scale Pack In the car, you will pass a tree, and Marcia will exclaim: apple tree! They'll bear fruit sometime in the fall.' 'Oh, this is an

Million: Very good , Marcia. You should remember that too, Freyr. If you pick fruit, you can ship them along with your other crops. But you have to make sure you follow the rules of this island when gathering things like wild fruits and flowers. You always have to use a special pack. It's supposed to prevent people from gathering too many wild things. The pack you have to use is called a Scale Pack. It's got a scale built right in. You can buy them at my shop. Of course, not very many people gather wild fruits and flowers these days. We're almost to the Easter Ruins.' The Scale Pack is rather expensive at this point as it costs 2980G. If you

have explored the land near your farm, you will have discovered a number of fruit trees and a few wild plants as well as a forest filled with Mushrooms. Strange Moss, which grows on the banks of rivers and the Lake, does not require a Scale Pack. You can collect as much as you like. Items in the Wilds near the Easter Ruins Other fruit trees that are near or in the grounds of the Easter Ruins are: Persimmon Tree Harvest on 15 Fall Mock Strawberry Fruit Harvest on 15 Summer Apple Tree 8 Fall PawPaw Tree Sometime in Fall Across the suspension bridge on the bank of the East Lake, you will find: Strange Moss Pawpaw Tree Blueberry Bush This is a Blueberry Bush. It should bear fruit around the 22nd day of summer, with a short harvest period. There are three blueberry bushes along the path at East Lake and two Pawpaw Trees, as well as Piece No. 5: Southern Constellation. Southeast Bank of East Lake This is a chestnut tree. It should be ready for harvest around the 8th of Fall. There are two Chestnut Trees in the area east of the suspension bridge. In this area of the Forest, you will find Apple, Chestnut and Pawpaw trees as well as the 'Whispering Trees' artwork. North Mushroom Forest Go east along the little path that is to the right of the 'Whispering Trees' Piece to find the North Mushroom Forest. Here you will be able to gather 'Fly Agaric', a type of mushroom famed throughout history as having magical (if slightly toxic) properties. All of these places can be accessed in your first Spring season. Asparagus Seeds You will be given a bag of Asparagus Seeds by Marcia after your first Maintenance. Once you have experienced your first Maintenance and had your first tour of the town, you will be able to visit the town alone whenever you like. Your first shopping experience

Thank God for the freedom to leave the Ruins! The week when one could not leave the farm was very difficult... In fact, if you like, you can walk back to town after they leave you at the entrance to Easter Ruins. You do have Asparagus seeds, but you may wish to buy a few more varieties of seeds with the money you made from your first harvest. It would be a very good idea to buy at least one packet of each variety of seed that the shop offers. When you first visit the Shop-A-Million Supermarket, you will find: Spring Seeds Cucumber Seeds 12G Will bear fruit again if watered after picking. Plant them early for profits. Turnip Seeds 10G Sweet and delicious. Relatively easy to grow. Potato Seeds 8G Can be used to create many dishes. Harvest when flowers have bloomed. Cabbag Seeds 30G Quite expensive when purchased at a store. Why not grow some at home. Strawberry Seeds 20G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to earn more money. Asparagus seeds 40G Graows again if watered after harvest. Can be repeatedly picked. Pansy Seeds 12G Blooms in random colours. Grows again if watered after picking. Tulip Bulbs 9G Blooms in random colours. Grows again if watered after picking. Description of Seeds When you have a Seed Bag filled with a specific variety of seeds in your Rucksack, the description of the Seeds and the amount of time it needs to grow before it can be harvested will be given. Tulip Bulbs: A flower that blooms in Spring. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Often destroyed in storms. Pansy Seeds: A flower that blooms in Spring. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Usually destroyed in storms. Potato Seeds: A crop that grows in the Spring. Can usually be harvested in 5 days. Usually survives most storms. Cucumber Seeds: A crop that grows in the Srping. Can usually be harvested in 10 days. Very weak in storms, so plant with care. Turnip Seeds: A crop that grows in the spring. Can usually be harvested in 6

days. Somewhat strong in storms. Strawberry seeds A crop that grows in the spring. Can usually be harvested in 14 days. Slim survival rate in storms. Cabbage Seeds A crop that grows in the Spring. Can usually be harvested in 10 days. Rather strong in storms. Asparagus Seeds A crop that grows in the Spring. Can usually be harvested in 6 days. Very weak in storms, so plant with care. Million sells the actual crops as well as the seeds to grow them. If you look at any crop for sale, however, its description will tell you that: 'It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Spring Crops Crops for sale in Spring at Shop-a-Million supermarket include: Cucumber 120G Asparagus 150G Strawberry 150G Cabbage 375G Turnip 90G Potato 75G N.B. As your Refrigerator always is fully stocked, there is no need to buy these crops. You cannot give gifts of items like crops to individuals either as you could in other Harvest Moon games. Basic Tools Million sells Basic Tools: Iron Hammer 650G Iron Axe 480G Iron Sickle 320G Other Items He sells other, more unusual items: Scale Pack 2980G Use it for harvesting wild plants and fruit. Conveniently displays weight. He sells toys as well that can be used on crops: Water Pistol 320G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Boomerang 500G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way.

Tips on Shopping In Harvest Moon, the player can make his/her own choices as to farming or other goals. I would suggest that seeds would be the best purchase at this point, however, especially for crops that take a fair amount of time to grow. For example, Cucumber and Cabbages both take 10 days to grow before they can be harvested. Strawberries take the longest at 14 days. Both Cucumber and Strawberries, however, are crops with multiple harvet. If you buy some Cucumber and Strawberry seeds now and continue to water them throughout Spring, you should be able to harvest them repeatedly before the end of the Season. At the same time, however, you may wish to buy seeds for some crops that will be ready for harvest after only a few days. That way, you will have money to buy some tools next time you visit the Supermarket. Shipping Rules The shipping value of any perishable item in this game depends on its freshness. Crops and other items should be harvested and shipped IMMEDIATELY. This is true not only with respect of crops that you harvest directly but of any wild item that you pick and place in the Scale Pack. If you leave items in the Scale Pack or in your rucksack or a Basket overnight, their value will diminish by half. Do not forget to dump all items in the Shipping Container as soon as possible! Spring Festival As in all Harvest Moon games, useful information usually is obtained by speaking with people in your area. Gayak will be the first person to speak of the Spring Festival, when he tells you that the broken bridge across the river will be fixed after the Spring Festival. Unfortunately, he will not tell you the date of the Festival. You need to go to Masami's restaurant at night to speak to her there to discover the actual Festival date. Masami: Well, hello, Freyr. Did Gayak tell you about the Spring Festival? It's the 4th Sunday in Spring. Gayak keeps saying how he wants the offering this year to made up only of handcrafted vegetables. He says that autofarmed vegetables just don't taste right. Did he ask you to grow something for him? You just have to ship them as you usually do and they'll get to Gayak. Good luck! Obviously this is one of your first goals: to ship a crop that will be considered as an acceptable offering for the Spring Festival. The Spring Festival is a pivotal event. Many new options will become available after this Festival. The People of Volcano Town You should explore all the buildings in Volcano Town and speak to every one you see each time you visit. Volcano Town is shaped like a half moon and the buildings in town from the East

tip of this 'moon' to the West are as follows: On the southern side of the road, from east to west, you will find: Dr. Hope's Mansion Masami's Restaurant Shop-a-Million Supermarket Town Hall Tunnel On the northern side of the road, from east to west, you will find: Gayak's house Branch Farm Volcano Town School Spirit Cave (Temple) Tunnel Liberta Winery Above the Tunnel: MBC Building in the north Neo's Weather Laboratory in the south Here is a list of the characters you will meet and their relationships: Dr. Hope Dr. Hope Grain is a renowned scientist who lives in a Mansion at the southern end of Volcano Town. His housekeeper Vita lives there as well. A 'Shine Pod' is situated in his laboratory and you have your own guest room upstairs in the Mansion. Dr. Hope is your creator and 'father'. Vita Vita is Dr. Hope's housekeeper. Speak to her often to gain new information about life on the Island. At the Christmas Party, you will discover that Vita 'came from the same place that you did'. Was Vita created by Dr. Hope as well? Gayak Gayak lives in the house across the road from Dr. Hope's mansion, at the southeastern end of Volcano town. He is married to Marlene and Marcia is his granddaughter. Marcia stays at her grandparent's house on Saturday night each week. Marlene Marlene is Gayak's wife and Marcia's grandmother. She sews Seed Bags and will give you your first few seed bags. As a matter of fact, all Seed Bags are made by Marlene. She will give you a Seed Bag as a gift on important occasions, like Christmas.

The Branch Family The Branch Family owns the largest autofarm on the island. Their farm is situated west of Gayak's house on the same side of the road. The members of the Branch family are: Jonathan, Vanessa, Becky, Lionel and Simon. Jonathan Jonathan is the head of the Branch family. He can be found in his automated Barn in the mornings, and you can find him often at Masami's Restaurant in the evening. It is Jonathan who will 'unlock' livestock for you by giving you an automated Sheep and Cow. He will provide information about the Fisherman that ultimately will allow you to ride the wild horses on the Plains. Vanessa Vanessa is the wife of Jonathan and is a talented artist who teaches an advanced art class at the Volcano School on Saturday mornings. Becky Becky loves horses and can be found exercising a young colt on the Branch Farm when she is not at school. She has a very close relationship with her mother. Her best friend is Marcia and on Tuesday nights, she meets Marcia at Masami's Restaurant. Lionel Lionel can be found at the Volcano School in the gymnasium under the tutelage of Max, who is in charge of sports. He does not appear to be terribly motivated. Simon Simon studies art at the Volcano School. He has a bit of a crush on his teacher, Sharon. The Marco Bank Corporation The Bank Corporation owns the enormous high-tech home above the Tunnel as well as a corporation that makes automated machinery. The members of the Banks family are: Marco, Lucia, Marcie, Big.

Marco Marco is rather an odd character. He is the local tycoon, and believes passionately in the virtues of automation. His company is responsible for most of the appliances on the island, including toilets and washbasins. He initiates a construction project in the Cave Temple in order to try to pump supercoolant into the Volcano to stop the impending eruption. The project is unsuccessful but the tunnels he builds allow access to a new area of the island. Marco's behaviour often is somewhat suspicious. He is quick to defend his actions, claiming that his projects are unsuccessful only because of outside influences. Marco evidently is allergic to dogs and cats. Lucia Lucia is Marco's wife. She is easy prey for any sales pitch and has strong faith in automation. She supports her husband's business wholeheartedly. Big Big usually can be found either at the Volcano School or in Neo's laboratory. He is a rather rude, surly character whose greatest love is Anime. When you speak to him, he often will discuss the latest episodes either of 'Miss Cute' or 'Final Z Rangers'. Marcia Marcia probably is your best friend on the island. She is a warm-hearted girl who loves animals and she prefers the old-fashioned lifestyle to the technologically advanced automated society promoted by her father's corporation. On Saturday nights, she stays at her grandparents' house. Gayak and Marlene are her grandparents. The Winery Liberta owns the winery but Emma and Jean work there. Emma's brother, Lenny lives on the second floor of the winery but he works at the Million Supermarket as a clerk. Liberta Liberta is an older man who loves the wine made from his grapes. He participates in Masami's haiku class on Sunday mornings. Jean

Jean is said to be a genius where wine is concerned. He is found at the winery, usually either behind the counter or on the main floor where the wine is made. Emma Emma is Lenny's sister. She works at the winery and can be found there most of the time. She delivers wine to the supermarket in the afternoon and attends Masami's flower arrangement class on Saturday mornings. She and Million have been friends since childhood and her brother would like to see her marry his boss. Lenny Lenny works as a clerk at Million's Supermarket. He is Emma's brother and in fact, lives at the winery. He would like to promote a marriage between Emma and Million. Volcano Town School The Principal at the School is Principal Rose. She happens to be Franco's ex-wife. Teachers at the school are Bobby, Sharon and Max. On Saturdays, Vanessa teaches a Painting Class at the school and on Sunday, Nana teaches a class in Music. Nana and Max are married. Principal Rose Principal Rose and Marlene went to school together as children and remain friends. Principal Rose visits Marlene every week. She is Franco's ex-wife and he has dinner with her in her flat at the school on the weekend. Bobby Bobby teaches at the Volcano School. The subject he teaches is unclear, but all the students have laptops so it may be computer science, or he may teach all the general subjects taught at any school. You can find Bobby shopping at the Supermarket on occasion. If you speak to him there, he will express an interest in the Bas&Ket Railway, but admit that he would have no place to use one. Sharon Sharon teaches art at the Volcano School during the week. She is the ex-girlfriend of the Fisherman. Simon, one of her students, is infatuated with her. Sharon in fact is the girl whom all the males notice.

Sharon owns a purebred dog and you can find her walking her dog along the main road early in the morning. Max Max teaches sport at the Volcano School. He and his wife Nana live in the little cottage on the school grounds. He can be found running on the track or in the school gymnasium during the day. At night, he tends to haunt Masami's restaurant, as Nana is a waitress there and he is rather possessive of her. He is quite a romantic soul, actually, and expresses his love for his wife frequently. Nana Nana is the wife of Max, who teaches sport at the Volcano Town School. She and her husband live in the little cottage on the school grounds. She works at night at Masami's restaurant, but can be found during the day at the Supermarket often, gossiping with Vanessa. She teaches music on Sundays at the School. Shop-A-Million Supermarket The Shop-a-Million Supermarket is run by Million. Lenny works there as a clerk. Million is Gallion's son. Gallion, Masami and Million live in the flat behind the Supermarket. Gallion Gallion is Million's father and Masami's husband. He is very fond of his wife's cooking and very concerned about his son's welfare. He speaks often of his wish to see his son Million married. Masami Masami is from a foreign land. She has exquisite taste and teaches both flower arrangement and haiku classes on the weekend in a classroom on the lower end of her restaurant. She is married to Gallion. She presides at the restaurant during the week and at night on the weekends. Million Million is the son of Gallion and Masami. He runs the Shop-a-Million Supermarket. He and Emma have been friends since childhood but like most of the male population of the island, he is rather attracted to Sharon. If Jessica is given an Angel Ribbon, he will begin to notice her more.

Masami's Restaurant Masami owns a restaurant that is situated between the Supermarket and Dr. Hope's Mansion. The room at the far south of the restaurant building is a classroom where she teaches classes on the weekend. On Saturday, she teaches a flower-arranging class and on Sunday, she teaches a Haiku class. She is married to Gallion. Max's wife Nana works as a waitress at the restaurant. On the weekends, Lenny works in Masami's place so that she will be free to teach her classes. Mayor of Volcano Town The Mayor lives with his wife Dorothy, and his children, Charles and Jessica in a palatial suite in the Town Hall. His wife Dorothy gives lessons in cooking on the Cooking Channel. Charles has aspirations to become Mayor himself one day. Jessica is a very shy young woman. Mayor The Mayor is a very self-important person who inspires little trust or respect from the people of the Island. Dorothy Dorothy is the wife of the Mayor and is in charge of the Cooking Channel on the television. She apparently does not do much cooking at home except on special occasions. Charles Charles is an extremely ambitious young man who makes no secret of his desire to fill his father's shoes as quickly as possible. He will ask you to act as a spy for him and when you save the island, will tell you to go away to relax somewhere, leaving the future of the town to him! Jessica Jessica is almost painfully shy. She has little hope of inspiring any romantic feelings until you give her an Angel Ribbon. She apparently does most of the cooking at the Mayor's mansion, despite the fact that her mother is the Island's expert on all culinary matters. Neo Neo is the scientist who makes the Weather predictions and announces them on the Weather Channel. He works in a tall tower above the Tunnel, south of the

MBC home. Big sometimes can be found working at a desk on the ground floor of the Weather laboratory building. Franco Franco is an old man who lives in a room on the ground floor of the Easter Ruins. He acts as caretaker of the Ruins. His ex-wife is Principal Rose and he visits her at night on the weekends. Moonlight Moonlight is an artist who lives in a room on the ground floor of the Easter Ruins. His artwork, a series of huge sculptural 'pieces' can be found throughout the Island. The Fisherman The Fisherman is an eccentric who lives in a tent in the Desert. When you visit the desert, you can sleep in the tent and actually restore your energy in a Shine Pod there. If you have any interest in fishing, you need to find the Fisherman. It is he who will enable you to use your Fishing Rod. Each season, he will be found fishing at a different part of the island. It is the Fisherman who will teach you the special whistle that will enable you to ride the wild horses on the Plains. The Fisherman once was involved romantically with Sharon, a teacher at the Volcano Town School. The Alien Art and Life will intersect when the 'childlike alien' from the television show, Final Z Rangers, appears in Volcano Town. The alien will take up residence in one of the self-contained apartments at the Easter Ruins. You can learn more about the Alien and his plans by watching the Anime show regularly. His weapon is a 'Gaga Eye Beam'. There is some dispute as to the nature of the Aliens and their intentions. It is possible that they themselves are victims of another force and actually are good by nature, subverted by the control of another agency. Week 2 at Easter Ruins

Your Hammer As your second week begins, visit Franco in his room in the early evening before he goes to bed.

Franco: Have you been clearing your fields of weeds and rocks? Your options: Yes. No. If you respond positively, Franco will say: 'Ah, I see. Dr. Hope always did like to keep things clean, and I guess you're no different. There are some kinds of weeds that can be used for medicine. You can sell them if you find them. But remember that if you let weeds grow unchecked they can kill nearby crops. And if you smash the rocks in your field with a hammer, you can sometimes find building materials. You can ship the stone building materials using a Shipping Pod.' You now know that there are more uses for a Hammer than to smash stones in your field in order to clear it for farming. A Hammer can be used in caves and sometimes rocks yield Building Materials. Dorothy's Cooking Life, Part 2 The Cooking Channel will air a different 'lesson' each week. As soon as the second week begins, you will be able to access the second lesson, which will teach 'Cutting'. Dorothy's Cooking Life, Part 2 Hello, Dorothy Gremley here. This week on Cooking Life, we're going to talk about dishes that require cutting. It doesn't amtter what kind of knife you use, as long as it's sharp enough to cut the food. Just have fun. They say that it's important to bend your fingers under when cutting so as not to cut yourself, but.. Don't worry too much about that right now. It's best to do whatever seems easiest for you. If you're not used to cutting, take your time. But if you're an old hand at it, you can really go to town. if you don't know how big to cut something, just try cutting it to a size that feels right to you. If, when it is time to eat it, you feel that it was too big or small, you can do it differently next time. I also recommend that you try breaking things up with your hands sometimes. You'd be surprised how many housewives use cooking to release their stress... In fact... Oh, I'm sorry.... I got a little off the topic there. When you're done cutting up your ingredients, add some dressing or mayonnaise and it's ready to eat! I recommend that you look in your refrigerator for something that you can cut up today. See you next week! Enjoy your cooking Life!' Actually, although she recommends that you 'look in your refrigerator', all that will occur if you do this is that you will see a prompt giving a Narrative: 'You open the Refrigerator. But you close the doors quickly to prevent the food from spoiling.' Your Refrigerator is kept fully stocked by orders from the Doctor, unlike Refrigerators in other Harvest Moon games which you must fill yourself. What the Refrigerator contains in terms of ingredients that can be used to make 'Dishes' does depend somewhat on the items you ship, whether they are crops, wild fruits or mushrooms. Fish will be added once you have caught a fish or two.

It is not the Refrigerator but the Kitchen counter that you must access now. When you do, you now will be able to choose the 'Cutting' option. This will open a new Menu: Salad Fruit Dessert Cancel Cutting: What do you want to make? Choose Salad first. The first time: You made salad! You just made the salad by chopping up a bunch of things at random, but it seems edible! The second time: Last time, the salad seemed to have some dirt in it. How is it this time? The third time: This time you tried to do something fancy with the dressing. It has an appetising spicy aroma. Next try to make Fruit Dessert. The first time: You couldn't cut very well, but it's not inedible or anything... The second time: It's very difficult to arrange food in an aesthetically pleasing way. The third time: You arranged the fruit beautifully. When you have mastered these new dishes, your Cooking skills will increase.

More about the Spring Festival In this game, you will be alerted many times by many different individuals about the Spring Festival. If you speak to Masami either at the bar at night or when she teaches her Haiku class on Saturday, she will tell you that the Spring Festival will occur on the Fourth Sunday of Spring. Gayak will ask for a crop from you in order to make a proper offering at the festival. In case you fail to get the point, Vita will tell you again about Gayak's request and give you the date of the Festival. You will be told that any Spring crop apart from potatoes or turnips will be acceptable. As Gayak himself grows both potatoes and turnips, he wants a different crop from you.

14 Spring Maintenance Here is the complete text of the 14 Spring Maintenance event. As you will see, it provides a fair amount of important information: Dr. Hope: I've been waiting for you, Freyr. Will you please get into the Shine Pod? You enter the Shine Pod automatically. Dr. Hope: All right. It's finished. Your body seems to be functioning normally. I won't have any doubts about sending you to work for another week at the Easter Ruins. Let's see now. Your maintenance is finished.... Oh, I almost forgot. Repairing that robot looks like its going to take a little while longer. I'm working on modifying it so that it can yhelp you on the farm, but it was a Battlebot, after all... I've sent an application to the mayor asking that you be allowed to use it. That part shouldn't be any problem... Gayak: Hey! Is Freyr there? There you are! Good. Oh, hello Doctor. I've got a little request for Freyr that needs to be done before the Spring Festival. I'd like to use some of Frye's vegetables for the Spring Festival offering. As I'm sure you know, I only grow potatoes and turnips on my farm. So I'd like Freyr to grow some other types of crops. Oh, and Marlene has made some more Seed Bags, so I'll give 3 of them to you. If I recall correctly, there are 6 crops that grow in the spring. I'm not asking you to grow them all, but... Now that you have 6 Seed Bags, you can grow any of the crops you like! If you can ship the crops by the day beofre the festival, i'll make sure the market gives them to me. Dr. Hope: But Gayak, I thought no one took part in the Spring Festival anymore. Gayak: This time is going to be different! Those rumours about Flame Mountain erupting are making quite a few people nervous. I'm sure they'll be interested in a festival dedicated to a Fire Spirit that lives in the volcano's peak. If we offer some of Freyr's crops, every one will be impressed. They're sure to fix the north bridge. I want to have at least one other thing besides turnips and potatoes. I'll send those 3 Seed bags and a Harvest Basket over to your farm. They shoujld come in handy! Did you understand everything I just said, Freyr? You have a choice of responses: Yes. No. Respond 'Yes'. Gayak: All right then! Well, I have a lot of work to do so I'll be seeing you. Goobye, Freyr! Dr. Hope, Vita! Vita That Gayak always seems to be in a hurry. Come to think of it, Mr. Gayak never told Freyr when the Spring Festival is, did he? Dr. Hope: You're right, Vita. Hmph... The Spring Festival is on the fourth Sunday in spring, Freyr. So if you want your crops to be used for the festival, you'll have to ship them by the fourth Saturday. You should probably ship them soon, before you forget. I knew about the north bridge, so I had Gayak ask every one to repair it, but... Automation has made every one so complacent. Who knows when it'll get done if we just leave it to them?

He then will admonish you: Don't forget to visit me here every Sunday. I told the people in the town that you'll be coming every Sunday, so some of them may come to see you. The volcano is somewhat worrying. But if the eruption is caused by angry spirits, you may be able to help. After all, when you break the seals at the Easter Ruins fields you also appease the Spirits. I believe in you, Freyr. If you had said 'No' when Gayak asked if you understood everything, he would say: Gayak: Hmm. Let me try again. I need you to grow some crops for the Spring Festival. Anything but potatoes and turnips is fine. You have to ship them by the day before the festival. Shipping on the day of the festival is too late. I'll send 3 Seed bags and a Harvest Basket over to your Item Box. Before you leave, Vita again will tell you that the doctor is restless on Examination Day, but if you speak to her again, she will say: By the way, Master Freyr, You can sometimes find resources when you break up rocks with a hammer or cut up wood with an axe. You can ship those resources using the blue pod, so don't throw them away. Farming for the Spring Festival This is where you will be pleased that you used the sum of money from your first crop to buy seeds rather than tools! Potatoes and Turnips are the fastest growing crops but they will not be acceptable for the Festival offering. All other crops take longer to mature, and you will be happy now that you planted your asparagus, strawberries and cabbages earlier. If you bought flower seeds as well at the start of the second week of Spring, they will produce their first blooms now. Access the Herbal Channel to make an order to have them cut and shipped. The actual physical flower will be cut on the morning following your order. Once a flower is cut, the plant will produce another bloom if you continue to water it. Flowers, therefore, are multiple harvest plants in this game. Bridge Repair When you speak to people now, one topic that will occur again and again is the broken bridge north of your farm. Gayak first will tell you that he will be able to persuade people to help fix it if you provide an offering for the Spring Festival. Dr. Hope will speak of the need to fix the bridge. Moonlight will muse about it as well, saying that you and he would be the ones who would want to explore the land on the other side of the bridge if only it could be repaired. In fact, the bridge will be repaired at the end of the Spring season and you will have access to the lands on the far side of it on 1 Summer. Leveling Up your Tools It is not as easy to 'cheat' with your tools to increase your experience as it is in other Harvest Moon games. When there is nothing to water, you will be

unable to use the Watering Can. When there is no tillable soil to hoe, you will be unable to use the Hoe. When there is no rock to break, you will be unable to swing your Hammer... The most difficult situation exists with respect to the Axe and the Sickle. When there are no branches or weeds to cut, these tools cannot be used. Fortunately, there are little tricks that can be employed to deceive the game into thinking that the tool should be used. The Watering Can may be the easiest tool to 'level up'. All you have to do is till a square of soil. You can water a square only once, but you will be able to water any square that has been tilled once, even if no crop has been planted. Remember that Strange Moss will cause the water to remain in the soil for more than a day, so make certain that there are a few squares where you have not spread Strange Moss if you still need to add experience to the Watering Can. As soon as you have raised your experience to two stars, Masami will provide you with the 'Weird Watering Can' that has the ability to water nine squares at once, so it is worth your while to gain as much experience as you can with the Watering Can early in the game. As far as the Hammer and Hoe are concerned, I discovered a little trick that will allow you to use them an infinite number of times on the same squares! All you have to do is use the Hoe to till the squares, then use the Hammer to hammer the dirt back down into the soil, causing the square to be 'untilled' again. As long as you have sufficient PP, you can repeat this procedure indefinitely. It is a great aid if you wish to increase your experience with these tools early int he game. Once you have cleared your fields of all weeds and branches, you will be able to find little use for either Sickle or Axe in the first season. A few weeds and branches occasionally will appear on cleared land but not enough to raise experience with these tools to any significant degree. It is when the seasons change that you will be able to use the Sickle again to clear all dead Spring crops from the fields. Actually, on the 1st day of every new season, every field on your farm will be filled with dead crops. This is your best opportunity to 'level up' your Sickle. Unfortunately, dead plants will vanish after a short period, so you must work quickly if you wish to use the Sickle on them. N.B. As in most Harvest Moon games, experience with tools never is wasted. There are better tools to be found in this game that require a certain level of experience in each case. A Level 1 Tool will act upon a single square. A Level 2 Tool will act upon 9 squares. Masami's Watering Can will be your first Level 2 tool. A Level 3 Tool may act upon 9999 squares on occasion! There is another way to increase your experience with a tool and that is through the use of an Ochre or Yellow Stone in the mines. If you choose the option to 'use it now', it may or may not increase your experience with any tool that is in your rucksack. The tool need not be equipped in order to benefit but it must be in your rucksack. The tool that receives the experience appears to be randomly chosen. Becoming Human If you visit Dr. Hope on a weekday when he is working in his laboratory, he

will tell you that he is very busy and suggest that you visit early in the morning if you wish to speak to him. Go to the Mansion any day before 10.00 a.m. and you will find him having breakfast in the formal dining room in the front section of the ground floor of the house. Dr. Hope: Oh hello, Freyr. Aren't you here early? If you're here before your maintenance day, does that mean that you have a lot of free time? Or did you just want to see me? Yes. No. Choose: Yes. Dr. Hope: I see. I see. So you've learned what's it's like to miss some one. This will advance your 'human status'. New Item at the Supermarket

The Hammer and the Harvest Basket In most cases, when you purchase a special item at the Supermarket, an 'Out-of-Stock' sign will take its place. When you buy the Hammer, however, its place will be taken by a Harvest Basket. Harvest Basket: 800G Can hold up to 100 harvested crops. Individually handmade by a craftsman. The Harvest Basket The Basket will be a familiar item for any one who has played other Harvest Moon games. It is a container in which you temporarily can place crops before you carry them to the Shipping Bin. It does serve this purpose in Innocent Life as well, but it can be used in two different ways. At this point in the game, you only will have the option to carry the Basket to the Shipping Bin manually, but when Summer begins, you will be able to build a Bas&Ket Railway. When you have the Railway in place, the Basket can be placed on a cart and sent down the track. As it passes the Shipping Bin, the Crops can be shipped automatically. This will save time. Using the Scale Pack in Spring Purchase the Scale Pack as soon as you can afford it, even though there is only one item that you will be able to collect in this first season on the island. When you go to the North Forest, you will be able to fill the Scale Pack with Fly Agaric Mushrooms. They are not worth much, but it is important to collect every item that exists on the Island in order to complete your Shipping List. Items when shipped often unlock other items or options as well, so do not

ignore any item! As previously explained, the Scale Pack operates by weight rather than piece. Its maximum capacity is 3000g. 3000g of Fly Agaric ships for 150G. Every wild item has different shipping values. Incidentally, a full-grown Fly Agaric Mushroom has double the weight and value of a half-grown Mushroom, although both can be shipped through the Scale Pack. It is best, therefore, to wait until the Mushrooms are fully grown before you collect them. Fruits are different in that they cannot be collected until fully ripe. Some fruit trees have multiple harvests. Others only allow one harvest per year. Using Toys Apart from the seeds, crops and other items sold at the Supermarket, you will find two toys: a water pistol and a boomerang. The description at the Supermarket suggests that these toys can be used in farming. The description of both items, when they are in your rucksack, is as follows: A toy made by the Banks Corporation. If you equip it and use it in the fields, it could be a farming tool. It's fun to use, so it does not require PP, but it may accidentally break. The Water Pistol The Water Pistol when equipped will water one square of tilled soil at a time. It will not use any PP, but it will break in time. These toys always are available at the Supermarket, however, so you will be able to replace a broken water pistol with a new one. Until you have access to the first Mine where you will find items that will decrease the amount of PP used with regular tools, the Water Pistol can be quite useful. When you have Masami's Watering Can, you may not find the Water Pistol as useful, but it is rather fun to use from time to time. The Boomerang The Boomerang, like the Water Pistol, can be equipped and used without decreasing any PP. It is used to cut weeds. The Sickle is the tool that will be the most difficult to 'level up' in this game, however, so I suggest using it to cut all Weeds until you have experience with this tool at 'MAX'. Then you can have fun using the Boomerang later in the game! Sunday, 21 Spring: 3rd Maintenance The actions or events that advance the plot often occur after Sunday Maintenance at Dr. Hope's house. You will not be able to miss your appointment as the game will not allow you to go to sleep on Sunday until you

have visited Dr. Hope. After your 3rd Maintenance has been completed, Dr. Hope will give you an item that literally will open a new door in your life. Dr. Hope: By the way, I have something to give you today. It's a very important key that's been handed down for generations in the Grain family. There's a locked door in the cave by the entrance to the town, isn't there? This key opens that door. I'm sure it will come in handy. Here, take it.' You always should speak to Vita on Sunday before or after your Maintenance as she usually has important information to impart to you. Vita: By the way, Freyr. You haven't forgotten about the Spring Festival, have you? The festival is next Sunday. So if you want the crops you ship to be used for the offering, you have to ship them by Saturday. You should probably ship them soon, before you forget. The Key to the 1st Mine When you go through the tunnel in the mountain that links Easter Ruins with Volcano Town, you will see a locked door in the middle of the northern wall of this tunnel. Unlike sealed doors, this door simply requires a special key to open it and now you have that key in your possession. Simply go to the door and press Triangle now: 'You used the Grain Family Key'. This is the first Mine you can Blue Chests as well as rocks. Often they contain Jewels that Mine, there are three Chests. Blue and Yellow Jewels You need four Jewels of the same colour in order to break a Seal. The Jewels must be set in each of the four quarters or corners of a 'field'. You will see a number of these fields with empty altars on your farm. None of the seals can be broken at this point because you will not have four Jewels of the same colour. For now, you can set the Jewels on any Altar at your farm. It is only when the bridge has been repaired and you can cross to the northern side of the river that you will be able to enter the 2nd mine and find more Jewels. Rocks found in Mines can be smashed to find ores and coloured 'stones' that can be used or set in Tool Sockets. Tool Sockets There are sockets in each of the tools that you have, and there are two different gems that you can find in the 1st Mine that can be placed in those sockets. Each basic tool has one socket for either of the two jewels in the Mine. access on the Island. It contains a number of Blue Chests always contain special items. can be set on altars to break Seals. In this They contain Yellow and Blue Jewels.

The two jewels found in the first mine are: Crimson Stone: Ochre Stone: When set in a socket of a tool, a Crimson stone will prevent any PP from being used when the tool is used for a specified number of times. If you open your rucksack and highlight the tool, at the top you will see the name of the tool, then below that the level of the tool and next to that, the amount of PP used with a number 'per use'.. Below that .you will see the socket and to the right of it, a gauge. At the far right, there is a number 'to go'. If you have a jewel in the socket, that jewel will be displayed and it will alter the numbers 'per use'. 'To go' shows the number of times that the jewel in the socket will remain active. If you have set a Crimson Stone in the socket of your Level 1 Sickle, for example, you will see that the Iron Sickle's use of PP is 1 per use and, if you have not used it since you set the jewel in the socket, that you have 25 uses of the tool 'to go' before you begin to use PP again. The Ochre Stone operates differently. It is a bit of a gamble. When you an to find an Ochre Stone and choose the option to 'use it now', there is chance that it will increase the SP of a tool that currently is in your rucksack. You need not have the tool equipped but it must be in your rucksack. The tool is chosen randomly it appears. Once you have a Level tool, it can be useful to set an Ochre Stone in a socket, as it will keep stone of another colour that is set in the other socket from losing its potency. Crimson Stone You found a Crimson Stone. Do you want to use the Crimson's Stone power now? Yes. No. Do you want to put the Crimson Stone in your bag? Yes. No. Respond 'Yes' to place it in your bag if you wish to set it in a socket but make certain to do this BEFORE you leave the cave. Now go into your rucksack by pressing L and choose the Crimson Stone. Description: A piece of red glowing stone. Use it when you find it and your PP will be refilled by 1/4. Leave the cave without setting it in a socket and it will turn into Plain Ore. You will see two options: Press Triangle to: Set in Socket Press Square to: Put in the Trash. If you have no tool with a free Socket, you will see only the option to place it in the Trash. Do not do this. It is better to have it transformed into Plain Ore which ships for 10G. If you choose to set it in a Socket, you will be able to cycle through available tools by pressing the left and right direction buttons. When you choose a tool with an empty socket and set a Crimson Stone in it, you will see a prompt: If you attach it to this, sometimes you won't need any find a 2 any

energy while using this tool. Ochre Stone You found an Ochre Stone. A piece of glowing stone. Use it when you find it and your tool's SP will increase in rare cases. Leave the cave without setting it in a socket and it will turn into Plain Ore. If you attach it to this, sometimes non-yellow stones attached to the same tool will have their power restored. All these coloured gemstones are useful only temporarily. When they have been used fully, they will disappear. You therefore need to mine for new jewels to place in tool sockets on a regular basis. N.B. With a Level 1 Basic Tool, you have only one socket, which means that the Ochre Stone has no use when set in a socket. With a Level 2 tool, you can set the Ochre Stone in the small socket and a stone of another colour in the larger socket. The Ochre Stone then will prevent the other stone from losing its potency. (Every stone set in a socket can be used a specified number of times. Each use of the tool uses the stone as well, except when an Ochre or Yellow Stone is set in a socket. In such a case, although the Ochre or Yellow Stone will be used each time the tool is used, the other stone, if of a different colour, will not lose any of its uses.) As you unlock new mines, other stones will become available. Ores When you smash a rock in any mine, you can find jewels or ores. Some rocks contain nothing at all. The ores that you can find vary from mine to mine. In the first Mine, there are only two types of Ores to be found: Volcanic Ore and Plain Ore. Volcano Ore. A reddish ore sometimes found in volcanic regions. Ship it using the blue Shipping Pod. Individual Price: 40G Plain Ore Individual Price: 10G Plain Ore can be acquired in two different ways. It can be found by smashing a rock in a mine, or it will be 'created' from a jewel when that jewel has been taken outside of a mine without having been set in a socket. Shipping Ores When you return to your farm, you can ship all the ores you have collected by standing in front of the Shipping Pod and pressing Triangle. Do you want to put the resources you have in your bag into the Shipping Pod? Yes.

No. If you choose 'yes', you then will see a list containing every resource that you have in your Rucksack with its shipping value and the total amount you would receive if you shipped all of them. You can choose 'All' or choose individual Resources to ship. Cooking Lesson 3: Cutting (Advanced) Dorothy's Cooking Life Part 3 Hello. Dorothy Gremley here. This week on cooking Life, we're going to talk about how to wash things like vegetables. I imagine that some of you tried making a salad after watching last week's show. On this island crops are grown using safe fertilisers and herbicides so they're safe to eat without washing. But leaving dirt on them can ruin an otherwise delicious dish. You might want to use a scrub brush to wash vegetables that grow in the ground, like carrots and potatoes. Things that grow above ground like tomatoes and cucumbers absorb water easily, so just give them a quick wash. When washing leafy vegetables, be sure to use plenty of water to remove the dirt from their roots. Washing rice is the same as washing vegetables -- you don't want to use any kind of soap or detergent. When washing rice, be sure to do it quickly so that that the rice doesn't absorb the dirty water. And don't forget that cleaning up is part of cooking. You won't feel good about what you've made if your kitchen is a mess afterwards. Use the free time you have while grilling or boiling foods to clean up the kitchen. And of course, if you have a fully automatic dishwasher, you just have to fill it up and start it. See you next week! Enjoy your Cooking Life! Now go to your kitchen and choose: Cutting (Advanced) There is only one option at this point: Sandwich Cancel N.B. When you catch a fish or two, 'Sushi' will appear as another option here. Week 4 at the Easter Ruins This is the last week to harvest and ship any crops for the Spring Festival. In fact, any crop that you have harvested and shipped so far will count towards the offering. It would be best if you could ship at least one of every Spring Crop by Saturday. You must ship all offering crops by 5.30 p.m. on Saturday if you wish to have them used in the Spring Festival. Work Day: The Work Day generally begins for people after the 'afternoon bell' which rings at 10.00 .a.m. I do believe this is an error in translation as all other bells correspond to the proper times of day in their descriptions. The Work Day ends with the evening bell at 16.00 p.m. As in all Harvest Moon games, most people will have different dialogues at different locations and times. You do need to speak to every one regularly.

Seasons The biggest early surprise in this game is the length of the Seasons. Most Harvest Moon games allow 30 days for each season. This game gives a full five weeks to the season, thus ensuring that every season will begin on a Monday. Knowing this in advance will allow you to plant more crops later in the season. It therefore is not too late to plant crops that take even 10 days to grow. The latest you can plant a 10-day crop for harvest in Spring would be 23 Spring. Never forget that all crops are seasonal and will die when the Season changes. Shipping Wild Items Wild Items are harvested with the Scale Pack, determined by weight rather than number. When the Scale Pack is filled (3000g), ship it by standig in front of the green Shipping Pod and pressing the Triangle button. Do you want to empty the contents of your Scale Pack into the Shipping Pod? Yes. No. Water Quality At the start of the game, Big is analysing the water at your farm. He pronounces it safe, but with no special properties. The 'Brilliant Water' may be superior, but none is available. A little later, some one will mention that there is a spring of 'Holy Water' somewhere in the Ruins. Obviously, it is in one of the locations currently sealed away. When you obtain the Weird Watering Can from Masami, you will see that there is an option to use a different type of water and that different water has different effectiveness. Weird Watering Can: Masami's WC This is the first upgraded tool that will become available. You need to use your Watering Can until you reach Level 2 in experience. Then visit Masami to receive the Weird Watering Can as a gift from her. It will water up to three squares at a time but if you 'charge' the tool, it will water 3 x 3 squares at a time, as your character will turn in a little circle to water all 9 squares at once. You can 'level up' your Watering Can by watering ANY tilled square on your field, whether or not a crop has been planted on it. The next Watering Can has the ability to water 9,999 squares at a time, but requires a high level of experience before you will be able to use it. Cooking Lesson 4: Boiling Dorothy's Cooking Life

Part 4 Hello, Dorothy Gremley here. This week on Cooking Life, we're going to talk about boiling different foods. This involves putting water and stock into a pot, adding your ingredients, and simmering them. You can make a soup or stew out of almost any kind of ingredients. Just pick out a few things that you would like to eat and throw them in the pot! Of course, you can't expect to be making soup like a pro the first time you try, so start with something simple. You might just try boiling some potatoes or corn in a little salt water, for example. You can also buy instant curry or stew mixes that you just add to boiled vegetables for an easy dinner. Since these allow you to make something tasty without a lot of work, why not use one to make some stew? Add your vegetables to the pot and heat it until it begins to boil. Then turn down the heat. All you have to do is simmer the vegetables until they're done, while scooping off the foam off the top. The best way to tell if vegetables are done is to take out one of the larger pieces and taste it. Once the vegetables are done, add your favourite flavouring mix and you're finished! See you next week! Enjoy your Cooking Life! Go to the Kitchen and you will find that you have the option to access the 'Boiling' menu: Boiling: What do you want to make? Stew Curry and Rice Cancel As in the case of any new recipe, make it at least three times. It is interesting to read the description of each dish you make in the 'Dishes Made' menu. Making a recipe again and again after you have 'perfected' the skill sometimes will create a new variation on the dish that will be added to the 'Dishes Made' menu. Harvesting Spring Crops As in all Harvest Moon games, you will discover that some crops yield only one harvest while others yield multiple harvests. Strange Moss needs to be spread on any square only once in any season to be effective throughout the season. If you spread it on all tilled squares, you will not have been obliged to do much watering at all. There is no reason why you should not have been able to afford to plant every Spring crop and both varieties of Spring flowers. By Saturday, 28 Spring, all varieties should have been shipped and you will be able to go to the Spring Festival to find every type of Spring crop on the Altar in front of the statue. Crops with multiple harvests yield these harvests at different rates. In the case of Strawberries, you will find that you can harvest fruits every day from a single plant. In fact, Strawberries often yield more than one fruit in a day. The number of fruits that any plant will yield on any given day is random. You may be able to pick only one Strawberry from a plant or you may be able to pick four. Tomatoes in Summer are the same in this respect. Sunday, 29 Spring: 4th Maintenance and Spring Festival

On the day of the Spring Festival, you need to perform all your tasks and visit any one you wish to see on this day BEFORE you begin your Maintenance with Dr. Hope as the Festival will occur directly afterwards and end only when you go to bed. Actually, even if you speak to Dr. Hope, he will ask if you are ready to begin rather than automatically starting your Maintenance. If you respond that you are not ready, you will be able to leave to perform any tasks forgotten previously. After the Maintenance, Dr. Hope will tell you: It's almost time for the Spring Festival to start. Were you able to ship some crops besides postatoes and turnips? Your options: Yes. No. One hopes that you will be able to answer in a positive fashion! Dr. Hope: That's good to hear! Marica: Dr. Hope! Is Freyr there? Oh, there you are! The Spring Frestival will be starting soon. Come on, let's go! I stoppoed to look at the cave a little bit ago, and your crops were already set up on the altar! Well, I guess Freyr and I will be going now. Goodbye, Doc. Goodbye, Vita. Vita: Have a good time, Miss Marcia, Master Freyr. Dr. Hope. Yes, Take care. And say hello to every one for us. Marcia: All right! OK, Freyr. Let's go! She then will drag you away with her. On the way to the Spring Festival, Marcia will stop for a moment by the path that leads between the trees to the Artwork near Dr. Hope's house. Marcia: Um... I think it was right around here. Remember I told you that I saw some Nature Sprites once? I'm pretty sure it was right around here somewhere. Whan I asked my grandma about it, she told me all about the Nature Sprites. They're a form of the Forest Spriti, and they help to protect the forest. You: (?) Marcia: What it is? You haven't seen them too, have you, Freyr? You: Yes. Marcia: I knew it! That's a relief! Most people don't believe me when I say that I've seen them. They must be still around. Come on, Freyr! Let's go! When you reach the cave, Nana will be standing outside. Nana: Hurry up, you two! It's starting! Inside the cave... Marcia: I already visited the altar, so I'll just wait for you here. Okay, Freyr? Max: We give an offering to the Fire Spirit in thanks for letting us live here on this island. It's important for us to remember to be thankful for what we have. Come, Freyr. Let's give thanks. Gallion: We haven't had this many people come for years. Gayak: Well if it isn't our star! Hello, Freyr! You certainly did well to

ship all of the spring crops in time for this festival. I'm sure your efforts impressed every one! Jonathan: Hello, Freyr. You'd think that the person who supplied the crops for the offering would be here on time... But to tell you the truth-- and don't tell any one I said this-- I wish I arrived late too. The mayor's speech just went on and on... Charles: What's wrong with autofarmed crops? Old-fashioned ideas like that are what's keeping the young people away from events like this. Don't you agree? Mayor: I'll have to admit that I was a little taken aback to see that you missed my speech. But I must give you my thanks for shiping so many goods for the spring offering. I'''ll try and fill you in on the remarks I made when we have a little time to talk later on. On a table in front of the altar are a huge strawberry, a potato, a cucumber, a cabbage, a turnip and asparagus, all the Spring crops in fact. Marco: I'm busy right now. Don't bother me. I plan to construct a tunnel from here to an area deep underneath Flame Mountain. Then I'll use my new supercoolant to stop the eruption! Pretty cool idea, eh? Marcia: Why, Freyr... You look like you're having fun. You usually seem so straight-faced, I can never tell ywhat your'e thinking. But when you smile, you can actually be kind of cute... Hee hee. Well, I guess we should be heading home. Gayak: Hey! Where are you going? It's just getting interesting! Max: That's right, Freyr! We're about to start the spring festival dance! Marcia: Ack! No! Narrative: And so the Spring Festival ended without incident, and you returned home very late at night. When you returned, you found that the townspeople had sent you 2 Harvest Baskets and a Seed Bag in gratitude. You discovered that working hard and helping people can be quite enjoyable. Week 5 at the Easter Ruins:

Cooking Lesson 5: Advanced Cutting Dorothy's Cooking Life, Part 5 Hello, Dorothy Gremley here. This week on Cooking LIfe, we're going to further explore the world of cutting. Did you know that you can use many of the fruits and vegetables found on Heartflame Island to make juice? There are various ways of making juice, but today we're going to use a juicer. It lets you to enjoy the pure flavour of fruts and vegetables, and it's also quite healthy. I recommend it. Before putting the ingredients into the juicer, be sure to cut them up into appropriately sized pieces. This is true of other kinds of cooking as well. You can use sugar, honey, milk or yoghurt to add flavour. Add some herbs or sliced fruits as a garnish to make it even prettier. By the way, kale is one of the few things that can be grown in the winter, and is quite good for you. But there are many people who don't like the way it tastes or smells, so try mixing it with other juices. As a matter of fact, I'm looking into a way that will make kale juice even easier to

drink. I think you'll find that making juice is a fun and fascinating pastime. Give it a try! See you next week! Enjoy your Cooking Life! Cutting Drinks. What do you want to make? Vegetable Juice Fruit Juice Cancel N.B. Obviously, when Winter comes and you can obtain Kale, you will be given a new option under the category of 'Cutting Drinks'! Sunday, 35 Spring: 5th Maintenance As there are five weeks in this Season, you will have one more Maintenance before Summer begins on Monday. After he completes his Maintenance, Dr. Hope will announce that he has a present for you, and will bring out the refurbished Battlebot. The name he proposes for the Battlebot is Forte, now conditioned to work on the farm rather than to fight in any war. His weapons deactivated, Dr. Hope has every expectation that he will serve you well as a farming 'sidekick'. If you do not like the name 'Forte', you can change it to anything you prefer, but Dr. Hope will be most pleased if you accept the name he has chosen. The Battlebot The Battlebot is an interesting character and in fact, you may be somewhat surprised to find that the Doctor has given you an automated helper in the circumstances. After all, it is the 'personal touch' that will save the island. Automation is one of the problems that has resulted in the threat of a volcanic eruption. After your Maintenance, the Battlebot automatically will take you back to the farm. When he arrives there, he will tell you that he must spend the remainder of the day 'scanning' the farm. He will be available for work the next morning. To access the Battlebot Menu, press R. You will see an icon representing the Battlebot in the Wheel Menu. Choose it, then press the left and right directional buttons to access the three Battlebot Menus, which are: Forte's Chores Upgrades BasketRail Forte's Chores In this Menu, you will see the following options: Remove Garbage Water Crops Collect Resources Prepare Soil Remove Garbage: The robot will remove unnecessary things such as dog poo and dead plants from the field.

Water Crops: The robot will water the crops that need it. There is a limit to the number of squares that can be watered in a day. Collect Resources: The robot will collect materials such as wood and stone that are in the fields and ship them for you. Prepare Soil: The robot will prepare the soil for planting new crops. It will also remove dead plants, rocks, weeds, etc. Use the Up and Down buttons to scroll to any option. Press the X button to turn any option on or off. The Battlebot can perform ALL these tasks at once if you choose to turn them all on. The Battlebot Dilemma As previously stated, one of the reasons that your character was invented was to restore the farm by hand rather than by automated means. Now that an automated helper has been provided for you, it is your choice whether or not to take the easy path of automation or to continue to pursue the more arduous path of farming by hand. The dilemma will become more clear when you find better tools in Blue Chests. You will be unable to use them if your experience level is too low. In this game, swinging a tool in the air to upgrade your experience is not possible. If you cannot use the tool on a square of soil or a plant, you will be unable to use it at all. Upgrading the Hammer is easy, because you always have access to rocks in the Mines. You do need to keep mining, however, if you wish to increase your skill level. Furthermore, if you set the Battlebot the task of preparing your soil, he automatically will remove all rocks from your fields, depriving you of the chance to use your Hammer on them. Upgrading the Watering Can will be easy only if you do not set your Battlebot the task of watering your crops. With the addition of Strange Moss to the soil, you should be able to water all your crops by hand, as you will not be obliged to water each crop on a daily basis. As far as the Axe is concerned, branches will continue to appear on your fields but you need to chop them into wood yourself. Set Forte the task of 'collecting resources' and you no longer will be obliged to cart the bundles of stone and wood by hand to the shipping bin. There will be few branches to cut, however, which means that increasing your skill with the Axe will be a slow process. The Sickle is another tool that requires you to make a real choice, as the Battlebot can be set to remove all weeds and all dead plants automatically. On the first of any season, every tilled space in your fields will be covered with dead plants. If you wish to increase your skill level with the Sickle, this is the time to do it. If you set the task of clearing your fields and preparing the soil to the Battlebot, you will find that you have lost any opportunity to use your Sickle. As you can see, therefore, the Battlebot is a 'mixed blessing'. You must make your decisions carefully if you wish to reap the greatest advantages in this game.

Dropped Items In 'Innocent Life' as in Magical Melody, any item that you 'drop' or place on the ground accidentally will vanish into the ground after a very short time. If you miss the Basket for example, and set a crop on any square, you must pick it up again immediately or it will be absorbed into the ground. This does not apply to weeds or rocks, however. You can move them from square to square without any trouble. Summer Season With the first change in Seasons from Spring to Summer, your options will be expanded and your life will change in a drastic fashion. In terms of your fields, the change in Season will fill each tilled square with a dead plant. You either can use your Sickle on these dead plants to increase your experience level or you can set the Battlebot the task of clearing and preparing your fields for new crops. Obviously, the Battlebot will work faster than you could, but the first day of a new Season is your best opportunity to increase the level of experience with the Sickle. New Wild Fruit Trees and Plants across the Repaired Bridge When you awaken on 1 Summer, Max will be in your room, standing in front of the lift. He will announce that the repair of the bridge has been completed. With the addition of 'Forte' to your farm to help with your faming tasks, access to the land on the far side of the bridge will expand your options enormously. Max will tell you that a raft has been made and placed next to the bridge. The raft is to the left of the bridge. Stand on it and it will take you automatically to the river bank to the left of the Ruins. It is a useful shortcut, especially when returning home late at night. When you explore the land on the far side of the bridge, you will find more Mock Strawberry Plants, but you will find new fruit trees as well: Olive Trees: Harvest on 8 Fall Fig Trees: harvest on 15 Summer. Hot Spring No Harvest Moon game would be complete without a Hot Spring and Innocent Life is no exception. If you continue north past the Olive and Fig trees, you will reach the Hot Springs. As in most other Harvest Moon games, the Hot Springs will restore energy slowly over the course of time. Cave and Underground Lake To the left of the Hot Springs, you will find a cave entrance. If you explore

this new cave, you should find 2 more Yellow Stones and 2 Blue Stones. You will find new ores and jewels in this Cave, as well as an Underground Lake. The new ore is Easter Ore. The new jewel is the Azure Stone. Easter Ore: 30G A very light and hard variety of ore sometimes found in the Easter Ruins. Ship it using the Blue Shipping Pod. There are two new areas in the Cave that cannot be accessed at present due to doors with seals. Azure Stone: Azure Stone: A piece of glowing blue stone. Use it when you find it and you will be able to pick up pieces on that level without using PP. Leave without setting it in a socket and it will turn into Plain Ore. The operation of the Azure Stone when placed in a socket is: If you attach it to this, whenever you use this tool, the ground there will be watered as well. N.B. When placed in a socket in any Watering Can, the operation of the stone is different. As the Watering Can itself waters the ground, the stone then acts to prevent loss of energy instead. Breaking the Seals If you place four jewels of the same colour in altars that form a square on your field, you will break a seal. You now do have four Jewels of the same colour, if you retrieved the two Yellow jewels from the new Cave. You have a number of choices here. You can choose to form a very small square or a larger one. When the seal on a 'square' in your field is broken, all the paving stones on that field will disappear and be replaced with soil that can be tilled. If you study the different areas of your field, you will notice that the largest fields have boulders and spaces with packed stone where you smashed rocks. Those spaces will not be cleared when you break a seal. By breaking a seal with the four Yellow Stones that you obtained, you will be able to gain access to a new area of your field and you will find that the door at the end of the new cave now will open for you. You can choose any field you like as the field on which to place the Jewels on the 4 altars at each corner. Your choice will NOT affect the door that is unlocked when the seal breaks. Your choice will affect only the field itself, as the squares within the four corners will be 'unlocked' as well. If you choose a very small field, only a few squares will be unlocked. If you choose a huge field, more squares will be unlocked. Incidentally, apart from the effect that four Jewels have in breaking a Seal, each colour of Jewel is connected to a different Element and has different powers on the field it influences. Yellow and Blue both cause water to be

retained much longer in the soil. A Red Jewel causes crops to grow faster, but the soil will dry out faster at the same time. As the beginning of Summer is the start of a new week, you will be able to find a new Cooking lesson on the Cooking Channel: Cooking Lesson 6 Cooking Life, Part 6 Hello, Dorothy Gremley here. We talked about boiling vegetables to make a stew awhile ago. Did your stew turn out well? This time, we're going to do something a little more advanced and make our own seasonings. Japanese cooking generally uses things like sugar, miso, and soy sauce for seasoning. Western food often uses salt, pepper and wine. In either case, the key to making something taste good is to start with good stock. There are many kinds of stock used in Japanese cooking: seaweed, fish or shitake mushrooms... In Western cooking, you often make stock with chicken or beef bones mixed with herbs and vegetables. But people who are just beginners or who don't have much time are better off using instant stock. There's a simple phrase to help you remember the order in which to add seasonings in Japanese cooking. 'Some Starfish Vex Sea Mammals'. In other words, add Sugar, Salt, Vinegar, Soy Sauce, and Miso. But in the end, as long as it tastes good, it doesn't really matter that much what order you use. Remember, cooking takes practice. You can't expect everything to turn out perfectly the first time. As you make the same dishes over and over, you'll learn what works best. Don't be discouraged by mistakes. See you next week! Enjoy your Cooking Life! If you never caught a fish, you will see the following options:: Boiled Vegetables Pot-au-Feu Spaghetti Cancel If you caught a fish or two previously, you will see: Boiled Fish Boiled Vegetables Pot-au-Feu Spaghetti Cancel Shop-a-Million Supermarket

Summer Crops and other New Items When you visit the Supermarket on 1 Summer, you will find new seeds, new crops and a number of new, important items. You will notice that some of the crops that are being sold are not available as seeds. These are crops that must be 'unlocked'. The actual crops that are sold in Summer are:

Squash 360G. Onion 90G Green Pea 60G Pineapple 450G Watermelon 375G Lemon 135G Strawberry 150G Melon 750G Tomato 75G Corn 225G The seeds that are sold are as follows: Onion Seeds 10G Can be easily grown by beginners. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Squash Seeds 35G Quite expensive if purchased at a store. May be cheaper to grow at home. Corn Seeds 25G Bears fruit again if watered after picking, so plant early for more! Tomato Seeds 15G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make more profit. Watermelon Seeds 35G Popular for their large size and sweet taste. Grow some in your garden. Lemon Seeds 30G Can gather a number at a time. Will bear fruit again if watered after harvesting. New Items available in Summer: Balloon Tent 3500G A tent that pitches when thrown. Essential for sleeping outdoors. Bas&Ket Rail 1400G A 20-piece set of straight rails. Connect together to use. Bas&Ket Cart 980G Use to place baskets on when still. Runs on a rail with a motor. Bas&Ket 20S 1600G A rail motor. Slow in speed, but capable of pulling heavy items. Auto Unit 5000G Automatically sets up and throw contents into Shipping Bin. The Tent The Tent is a device that allows you to travel overnight from your farm into the wilds. All you need to do is equip it in your hands and throw it on the ground. With the Tent, you will be able to 'sleep over', restoring all PP. The Bas&Ket Rail

The Bas&Ket Rail is a new aspect of Harvest Moon. It is a railway that you can create along the outer edges of any of the little fields on your farm. Track can be laid on any paved stone or any soil that is untilled. If you wish to transform tilled soil into untilled soil, simply use your hammer to pack the dirt down again. There are straight rails and curved rails. You can design your track any way you like. Lay down pieces of track using the Triangle button, then stand next to the track and press the Button again to 'turn' it in the right direction. You need to buy all the parts for the Bas&Ket Rail if you wish to use it properly. That means that, apart from the track, you will need the Motor and the Cart. When set up, place any Basket on the Cart in order to be able to send it PAST the Shipping Bin. Use Forte's menu to operate the Bas&Ket Rails. Note that the track needs to be laid in a circle in order to be useful for automatic shipping. Do not end the track at the Shipping Bin. Automatic shipping requires an 'endless' track. As you progress in the game, you will be able to buy more powerful motors for the Bas&Ket Rails that will allow your items to move faster towards the Shipping Bin. In fact, the maximum number of Carts that you can purchase is four. When you have purchased four Carts, the next upgrade in terms of motor and Cart will become available. Using the Railway It is Forte, your Battlebot, who actually operates the Railway. If you wish to start, stop or back up the cart next to the motor, you must access the Bas&Ket Railway menu in Forte's lists of options. Although you can have as many carts as you like on the tracks, you only can have one motor on the railway at any point in time. As you upgrade the Railway, you will be able to purchase carts that correspond with each upgrade. This ultimately will give you a total of 16 carts. You can place them at strategic locations on the tracks, either with or without Baskets on them. You then should design your Railway as an endless circle. You need to set up the rails next to the Shipping Bin rather than attempting to end the line AT the Shipping container. In other words, create your Railway system as an infinite looping circle that connects at all points. Then set your Baskets on it and fill them or allow your 'helpers' to fill them. As the Basket passes the Shipping Container, it will operate as a hoover to suck the Crops into the Shipping Container. Riding the Rails If your character stands on any cart, he can 'ride the rails'. Simply order Forte to start the railway and your character can take the railway as far as he likes, ordering Forte to stop when he reaches his destination. This is my favourite use of the Railway. Railway Upgrades

As the game progresses, you will be able to buy upgraded motors, carts and baskets for your Railway. It appears that the option to purchase upgrades depends on two factors. You must purchase all available existing Railway products, in other words, keep buying every item (apart from the Rails) until the 'Out of Stock' sign appears. The other requirement appears to be related to shipping. Ship every possible item, including every item found in the wilds, in order to unlock new options in the game. Shipping is crucial to any Harvest Moon game and Innocent Life is no exception. Players who have not shipped all possible items may find that they cannot unlock the option to purchase Railway upgrades nor the option to purchase Earth Power Sand at the Supermarket. New Areas to Explore When you have placed the four Yellow Jewels on the four corners of any 'field' area, you will break the seal in the new cave to the west of the Hot Springs. This will allow you to move through the door hitherto sealed into a new area. In this new area, you will find a chest containing a single Blue Jewel. That will be sufficient to allow you to break another Seal. Place the four Blue Jewels at the four corner altars of any field at the farm. The next morning, the Seal will be broken and you will be able to access the blue door to the left of the Entrance of the Ruins as well as the Blue doors in the Storage Area. This will allow you to embark upon a new Ranching venture. Vending Machines When you have broken the Blue Seal, you will be able to go through the Blue door to the left of Franco's room. Within, you will find Vending Machines from Million's Supermarket. Here are the seeds from the crops that you saw at the Supermarket but could not grow with seeds sold there. The following Vending Machines will be accessible at this point: Green Pea Seeds 18G. Can gather many from a single tree. Grows fast and is ideal for beginners. Melon Seeds 75G. Grow high-quality melons on your own farm! Takes time to grow. Rose Seeds 45G Will bloom in various colours. White is the most challenging to cultivate! Sunflower Seeds 10G A popular flower during the summer. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Pineapple Seeds 100G Will bear fruit if watered after picking. Plant them early for profits. There are vending machines that sell products you can buy at the Supermarket as well:

Tomato Seeds Basket Rail 1 Basket Rail L N.B. Ultimately, you will be able to find two more varieties of seeds here. Ranching The vending machines are exciting to find and useful as well, but it is when you explore the storage area again that you will discover the most exciting aspect of breaking the Blue seal. You will find that the two blue doors along the southern wall of the storage area no longer are sealed. The door on the left leads to a Sheep Barn that contains automatic shearing machinery for five sheep. Ignore that for the moment, as you will be unable to buy any sheep at this point. Patience, though. That option will be available before the end of the week. It is the door on the right that leads to your Chicken and Cow Barn. This Barn in Innocent Life is used for both Chickens and Cows. These animals are segregated only by sections in this barn. The Chickens are on the left side of the barn and the Cows are on the right. A pasture for the Chickens can be accessed through a door in the western wall and a corresponding pasture for the Cows can be found by going through a door in the eastern wall. Inside the barn itself, you will find a number of stalls and a conveyor belt. The Barn will be empty at this point, however. You need to go back to your room and access the World Ranch Channel in order to obtain the necessary knowledge about raising poultry and livestock. Here is the text you will see when you access the World Ranch channel: Welcome to World Ranch, the worldwide livestock farming network! What can I do for you today, pardner? Your options: Buy livestock. Sell livestock. Hear explanation. Cancel. Choose the 'Buy livestock' option first: Ranch: This is all the livestock we have fer sale at the moment. Which do you want, pardner? Chicken 500G Cancel. If you attempt to buy a chicken, however: Ranch: Sorry, pard, but you don't seem to have a Cluck-o-Matic on yer farm yet. Before you can start raising a certain type of animal, you'll need to get a robot helper like that. If you want to raise chickens, get yerself a Cluck-o-Matic. Maybe somebody who knows a lot about farms could help you out. Need anythin' else, partner?

Even though you have been told you cannot buy a chicken at this point, you may wish to explore the other options on the menu, as they will provide information about ranching: Choose 'Hear explanation'. This will open a new menu: About livestock. About shipping. About chicks. About livestock ranks. Cancel. About livestock. When livestock are raised with a Master, they live longer and don't get sick. If the pasture is in the right location, yer animals will find food fer themselves. That means you don't hafta do much work to take care of 'em. You just hafta give 'm plenty of attention. Of course, if you bother 'em too much, the animals can get tired. Try and strike a good balance. Oh yeah, if yer animals aren't feelin' well, you won't be able to collect items from 'em for selling. N.B. Essentially, what this means is that the animals are sent outside automatically when the weather is fine but will remain in the barn when it rains or snows. You do nothing. Products are collected automatically and in the case of chickens and cows, placed on the conveyor belts in the barn. You can interact with each animal once each day and the animal will respond by displaying a large pink heart. If you interact twice with any animal, the animal will not respond in a positive fashion. (Later in the game, the Pink Mask representative will sell items that allow you to interact more than once with each animal.) About shipping You can sell eggs from chickens, wool from sheep, and milk from cows. Eggs and milk are automatically collected every mornin' and put on the conveyor belt. If you wanna hatch an egg or use the items fer somethin' else, get 'em off the belt before they're sold. Use the Incubator Bowl to hatch eggs. If you wanna make somethin', use the makers by the Shipping Pod. Wool is only collected once a week. It's sheared and shipped every Friday at 5.30 p.m. N.B. What this means is product. When you enter be on the conveyor belt. you wish. The belt will that you the barn You can begin to do nothing in terms of collecting the basic in the morning, all the eggs and milk will take the items from the belt and use them if move at 5.00 p.m.

The basic value of an egg is 50G. With eggs worth only 50G, it is a good idea to make Mayonnaise, using the Maker that is to the left of the conveyor belt. The basic value of milk is 150G. With milk that is worth only 150G, you may wish to make Cheese, using the Cheese Maker to the right of the conveyor belt. Later you will obtain eggs worth 200G and milk worth 500G. These can be made into Mayonnaise that ships for 1200G and Cheese that ships for 1500G.

About chicks If you put an egg into the Incubator Bowl, a chick will hatch in about 3 days. Chickens given lots of love and whoese rank is high many lay eggs that hatech high quality chicks. But you can only have 5 chickens on yer farm at one time, includin' yer chicks. You can't go over the limit, so don't put eggs in the Incubstor once you have 5 chickens. N.B. You have a single incubator in this game. Take an egg from the conveyor belt and throw it into the incubator in order to hatch a new chicken. You must give a name to the chicken at the time when you place the egg in the incubator. About livestock ranks Talking to yer animals or pettin' em will increase their Happiness. When the Happiness Bar fills up, the animals will get one big heart. 10 big hearts equals 1 star. Animals with stars will fetch higher prices, and they can produce better quality items, too. But it can't take an awful lot of loviin' to raise an animal's rank... Right now we're lookin' into ways to raise animals' rank without havin' to spend so much time on it. If we succeed, we'll be able to have a lot more animals here at the World Ranch. N.B. Animals who are asleep will not respond to your attention. You either need to return when the animal is awake, or lose the increase in affection you would have received that day. All Cows will sleep when it rains or snows. Two out of five Chickens will sleep through rain or snow. The Cluck-o-Matic Now you should know everything you need to know about Ranching at this stage. It only remains for you to go into town, find Jonathan and speak to him. When you speak to him anywhere, he should say: Jonathan: So you got yourself a barn, eh? Well then, let me give you my Cluck-o-Matic! Beginners like you really need something like the Cluck-o-Matic to help you raise chickens right. Having a robot chicken around helps keep the other chickens in line. But we don't use it anymore, so I'll have it sent over to your farm tomorrow.' You do not have to pay for the Cluck-o-Matic, but you will need to have money to buy chickens. Buy one Chicken from the World Ranch and then begin incubating the eggs to obtain the maximum number of Chickens, which is 5. Purchasing Poultry and Livestock As soon as you have purchased your first chicken, return to town to speak to Jonathan again and he will say: Jonathan: So you got yourself some chickens you say? Then I'll be sure and send you a Baa-baa-matic!'

When you return home after this announcement, you will be able to purchase Sheep from the World Ranch Channel. As soon as you purchase your first sheep, return to town to see Jonathan once more. He will say: 'What's that? You have sheep now? You're certainly doing well. I'll send you our Moo-o-Matic right away. Are you tryhing to drive my farm out of business? Hahaha!' When you access the World Ranch Channel again, you will be able to purchase Cows as well. The prices of animals are as follows: If you wish to purchase an animal: Chicken: 500G Sheep: 1500G Cow: 3500G You can sell unwanted animals to the World Ranch as well. If you wish to sell an animal: Chicken: 450G Sheep: 600G Cow: 2450G Any animal purchase from the World Ranch will arrive at the Barn the next morning. As soon as you have the Robot Animal, however, and order an Animal from the World Ranch, you will be able to speak to Jonathan again to prompt him to send the next variety of robot animal, even if the Animal you purchased has not been delivered yet. There are two separate Barns, accessed from the two dark blue doors in the southern wall of the Storage Area. The barn on the left is for Sheep with five shearing machines. There is no pasture for the Sheep. The poor creatures remain inside their Barn. The other Barn is shared both by Chickens and Cows and is accessed from the blue door on the right. The pasture for chickens can be reached by going through the double door on the western wall of this Barn. The pasture for Cows can be reached through the double doors on the eastern wall. You will find a conveyor belt in the middle of the Cow/Chicken Barn. Eggs are placed on the left side of this belt every morning and Milk in bottles will be placed on the right side of the belt. A Mayonnaise Maker is situated at the far left end of the belt and a Cheese Maker is situated at the far right end of the belt. Simply place an egg in the Mayonnaise Maker to make Mayonnaise or a bottle of Milk in the Cheese Maker to make Cheese. Ranch Products Players of FoMT/MFoMT or HM DS will recall that special upgrades had to be made before Mayonnaise or Cheese could be made. In this game, it is not necessary to make any upgrades or even to purchase the 'Makers'. As soon as the seal on the barns are broken, you will find the Makers next to the conveyor belt where

ranch products are placed before shipping. The values of Ranch products made from Level 1 Animals are as follows: Egg An egg laid by a free-range chicken on Freyr's Farm. The selling price is 50G each. Mayonnaise: Organic mayonnaise made from an egg laid on Freyr's farm. Surprisingly light and tasty. The selling price is 200G each. Milk: Special milk taken from a happy cow on Freyr's Farm. Very rich and tasty. The selling price is 150G per bottle. Cheese: Cheese made from Freyr's milk. Has a simple and creamy taste. The selling price is 250G each. Wool The selling price is 800G. Shearing your Sheep Eggs and Milk are collected automatically each morning and placed on the conveyor belts in the Barn, but the system for shearing sheep is a little different. Sheep can be sheared only once each week, and shearing is scheduled always for 5.30 p.m. on Friday. Shearing is automated, but will not occur for a new sheep in the first week after you purchase the animal. At 5.30 p.m. promptly on Friday, you will see a prompt to the effect that the shearing has been initiated. You then will watch the Sheep go through the shearing machines and come forth quite 'naked' without their coats. You will not be able to handle the wool. It will be shipped automatically. Once the system has been initiated for any Sheep, that Sheep will be sheared automatically each week even if you are not present. Animal Care Stand next to the chicken or livestock to pet it once with a brush that will automatically appear in your hand. The animal will display a large red heart. If you pet it more than once in a single day, the animal will respond with (...). It therefore is best to pet each animal only once each day. The outdoor chicken 'pen' is to the left of the Chicken/Cow Barn. The outdoor pasture for cows is to the right of the Barn. Sheep remain in the Shearing Barn at all times. On rainy days, your animals automatically will be brought into the Barn. When you have a pet, the pet automatically will go outside to your farm when the weather is good. On rainy days, your pet automatically will stay in your room and will 'whimper' unhappily when you speak to him.

As the representative of the World Ranch will inform you, the maximum number of any type of animal that you can keep at the Farm at present is 5. You therefore can own 5 chickens, 5 sheep and 5 cows. An incubated egg counts as one chicken in this respect. Your Buggy On the 4th of Summer, if you have been following this walkthrough and have managed to break the two Seals and do all the actions described previously, you should find a new form of transport outside the entrance to the Ruins. Narrative: It's a brand new electric buggy. It's evidently a present from Dr. Hope. There's a letter from Dr. Hope on the seat. You read it. Letter from Dr. Hope: 'Congratulations on breaking the Blue Jewel Seal, Freyr. New paths will open up for you now. Use this buggy to travel anywhere you like. When you're done exploring, head north past the desert... Past the plains... And see the old woman who lives in a shack by Mermaid Lake. I'm sure she can tell you more about the Water Spirit that watches over this Island. Now that the Blue Jewel Seal is broken, the sandstorms in the desert have surely stopped as well. Now go, Freyr. Dr. Hope' If you visit Dr. Hope now before 10.00 a.m., he will give you more information about the next 'plot point' in the game. Dr. Hope: Aren't you rather early? Are you worried about something, perhaps? Yes. No. Respond that you are worried. Dr. Hope: Is it Flame Mountain? I suppose you've heard the rumour that it's going to erupt. To tell you the truth, I've been a bit worried about it myself. I think the time has finally come for you to help the people of this island out. It's the Fire Spirit that's causing Flame Mountain tobehavve this way. And the only thing that can appease the Fire Spirit's anger is the Water Spirit. If you want to meet the Water spirit you need to go past the northeast desert and the plains to Mermaid Lake. There's an old woman living on the bank of Mermaid Lake who will help you.' Fishing You may be wondering about Fishing at this point. You will have access to two Mines, have an Axe to chop the branches in your field, a Hoe, a Sickle and the Weird Watering Can but you have had no opportunity to fish or to purchase a fishing rod. In order to obtain the option to fish, you must explore the area to the south of the Desert. There you will find a Tent belonging to a Fisherman. The tent contains a number of beds as well as a Shine Pod. If you wish to do so, you can spend the night there. Speak to the Fisherman now, then look for him at any place on the island that is next to a body of water. When you find him, speak to him and he will ask if you want to fish. If you answer affirmatively, you will be able to cast a Fishing Rod. Once you have caught some fish, you will find new recipes

available in your kitchen. Among the new recipes 'unlocked' when you catch a fish or two are Sushi and Boiled Fish. The Fisherman is a character who will 'unlock' a few options in the course of the game. The easiest way to find him is by staying overnight in his tent, as he can be found on the Plains in the Summer season in the morning after 6.00 a.m. The Desert and Beyond When you first broke the Seal to open the door at the end of the 2nd Cave, if you went to the end of the path, you would encounter a terrible sandstorm. After the gift of the buggy from Dr. Hope however, the sandstorms will disappear and you will be able to travel into and through the Desert. In the desert, you will find Pepino and Rambutan trees, both bearing fruit at the beginning of Summer. (There are fig trees and mock strawberry plants as well.) There are two areas that can be accessed from the desert: to the east you will find the Plains, and to the South, you will find the Dunes. The Fisherman's Tent will be found in the area of the Dunes, north of another 'piece' by Moonlight. If you go East, you first will arrive at a flat field that contains many Peach Trees. There are two paths in this area. One is at the north end and one is at the east end. The path at the north end of this field leads to the area of the Hermit's Hut. In the area surrounding the hut, you will find Bananas and Papayas. Northwest from the Witch's hut is a path that will lead you to another cave and a beach on Mermaid Lake. There are bananas, cacao and papaya trees on this beach. There is another Mushroom Forest near Mermaid Lake and the Witch's Hut. This one has many different varieties of Mushrooms. The varieties of Mushroom that can be found in the South Mushroom Forest are: Enoki Shimeji Wood Ear White Wood Ear Purple Shimeji If, instead of taking the northern path at the field of Peach Trees, you go east instead, you will arrive at the Plains. In the Plains, you will find another artwork by Moonlight as well as a number of wild horses. The fisherman often can be found fishing at the eastern end of the Plains, which is encompassed by the sea on three sides. Values of Summer Fruits

Fruits are valued by weight rather than piece, but you can find the value of a Scale Pack filled with any specific fruit in your Shipping LIst. Papaya 8000G Banana 300G Rambutan 575G Cacao 2375G Pepino 1500G Farming Menu By the end of the first week in Summer, you should be experienced enough with farming and ranching to begin to take more interest in the details of the various menus you can access. Your Shipping and Farming Menu is accessed by pressing R, then highlighting the icon that looks like a small handheld computer device. You will find the following categories listed by pressing the Left or Right directional buttons: Chickens Cows Sheep Crops Flowers Gathered Items Other Shipped Items Dishes Made When you access any of these categories, you then need to scroll up or down using the Up and Down Directional Buttons to explore the list. By pressing Triangle in any of these menus, you can see the 'Total Amount Made' from any specific item. Chickens In this menu, you will see the Name, Mood, Days Raised and Shipping Price of each Chicken that you own. A Chicken's Mood should be Good. As far as Days Raised are concerned, days spent as an egg in an Incubator are counted. A chicken that has not yet hatched will be given a name as soon as the egg is placed in the Incubator and will show up then in this menu. Press the Triangle Button to see the Happiness Gauge for each Chicken. Cows In this menu, you will see the Name, Mood Days Raised and Shipping Price of each Cow that you own. A Cow's Mood should be Good. Press the Triangle Button to see the Happiness Gauge of each Cow. Sheep In this menu, you will see the Name, Mood, Days Raised and Shipping Prices of each Sheep that you own. A Sheep's Mood should be Good. Press the Triangle Button to see the Happiness Gauge of each Sheep.

Crops Here you will see a list of every Crop that you have shipped. Next to the name of the crop the number you have shipped will be displayed. At the far right, the Highest Shipping Price paid for this item will be shown. If you then press Triangle, you will see the Total Amount Made for any specific Crop shipped. Flowers Here you will see a list of the Flowers you have shipped through the Herbal Garden. Next to the name of the Flower is the number shipped and on the far right, the highest price paid for each specific type of flower. Press Triangle to see the Total Amount Made from the shipment of any variety of flower.

Gathered Items The items that you have gathered from the wilds are listed here by weight rather than by piece. Here the highest price paid will refer to a Scale Pack filled with the item in question. In other words, the highest price paid refers to the price for 3000g of that item. Press the Triangle button to see the Total Amount Made by shipping this item. Other Shipped Items Here your Ranch Products, Building Materials and Ores are listed. The number shipped as well as the highest price for each is displayed. The list and values of 'other items' are as follows: Egg: 50G Milk: 150G Wool: 800G Cheese: 250G Mayonnaise: 200G Wood: 10G Stone: 5G Volcano Ore: 800G Easter Ore: 120G Plain Ore: 90G Here the Highest Price for the Ores appears to differ from the value of the Ore when it is in your rucksack. Again, press Triangle to see the total amount made for every item in the list. Dishes Made

This is an interesting list as it shows the dishes that were not quite successful the first two times they were made as well as the perfected dish. To the right are displayed the number of times each dish was made. For example, the 'Drinks' on the list are as follows: Yucky Tea Regular Tea Apple Tea Milky Tea Icky Coffee Coffee Cafe au Lait Vienna Coffee Nasty Herb Tea Chamomile Tea Lavender Tea Mint Tea Remember that making a dish more than once 'unlocks' new dishes and finding new items will allow you to create new dishes as well. For example, when you have caught a fish or two, you will be able to make new fish dishes. A complete list of all dishes that can be made can be found in my Cooking Guide for Innocent Lilfe at: Innocent Life Harvest Moon PSP Cooking Guide

Navigating the Island From Easter Ruins, you can take three separate paths at the beginning of Summer. River Path and Raft Go northwest down the little path to the river, where you will find your raft moored. Take the raft as a shortcut to the repaired bridge. Suspension Bridge Paths

Repaired Bridge Path Go northeast and cross the suspension bridge, then take the path to the northwest. It becomes a switchback path which, when followed north will lead to the repaired bridge. Go northeast from there to the 2nd Cave, and if you continue east through the Cave chambers, you will reach the Desert.

Northern Mushroom Forest If, after crossing the Suspension Bridge, you go east, you will find two paths. One goes further east and leads to the Northern Mushroom Forest where you can find Fly Agaric. The other leads to the East Lake. Heartflame Cave and Volcano Town If you go south from the Entrance to the Ruins and follow the path to the Cave, you will find Volcano Town at the other end of the Cave. Hot Springs Area After you speak to the Witch in her Hut near Mermaid Lake, you will be able to find a new path to the left of the Cave next to the Hot Springs. Go north and you will find an entrance to a new Cave System. In this system of tunnels, you will find your first Red Jewel as well as some Master's Tools. 3rd Cave System The 3rd Cave System is the largest so far and contains many Blue Chests. In these chests you will find Blue, Yellow, Red and Purple Jewels. You will not find enough Jewels of any colour to break any more Seals however at this point in time. New items found in Blue Chests in this cave system include Master Tools, a Volcano Tool and Earth Power Sand. Powers of Jewels for Altars Every large Jewel that can be set into an Altar has its own specific powers. Blue Jewels A brilliant shining crystal. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will retain water for 6 extra days. You can take it outside of the cave without setting it in a socket. Yellow Jewels A brilliant shining crystal. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster and retain water for one extra day. You can take it outside the cave without setting it in a socket.

Red Jewels A brilliant shining crystal. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster, but will also dry up more quickly. You can take it outside without setting it in a socket. Purple Jewels A mysterious shining jewel filled with spirit power. Fields surrounded by the power of the jewel will mature faster and retain water for 4 extra days. Crops will also sell for higher than usual. Upgraded Tools The tools that you will find in the 3rd Mine system will be 2nd Level Tools like Masami's Watering Can and each will have 2 sockets rather than one. In this cave system, you will be able to find larger stones to place in the larger socket. Master's Hoe Only a master farmer could ever hope to use this hoe to its fullest potential. It makes tilling the soil easy. Using the Master Hoe, one can till up to nine squares at a time. Master's Axe Only a master farmer could ever hope to use this axe to its full potential. One chop and you're done. This Axe will chop a branch in a single swing. Volcano Sickle A sharp sickle made of Volcano Ore. Cuts down three squares of weeds in a single swipe. Earth Power Sand You will find your first Earth Power Sand in the Cave system unlocked by the Witch in the hut near Mermaid Lake. Earth Power Sand: Natural fertiliser filled with the goodness of the earth. Hold it in your hand and spread it on the ground to change barren ground into fertile land. Each one can be used 9 times.

The Earth Power Sand is used to transform the bad soil that contains bits of stone into tillable soil. Use it in the same way that you use Strange Moss. Equip it and then press Triangle each time you reach a square that requires its transforming power. N.B. Choose carefully which squares to transform. You should be able to purchase Earth Power Sand before the end of Summer at the Supermarket, however. Impassable Mist When you first explored the 2nd Cave system, you found a sandstorm at the far eastern exit that made it impossible for you to enter the desert. After you received your Buggy, the sandstorms disappeared and you were able to enter the Desert area. In the third Cave system, there is an area filled with Mist at the far north exit. You cannot pass through the Mist at this point. If you attempt to enter, you will see a prompt: A thick mist covers the forest, making it impossible to go any further.

Exploring the Lands through the Second Cave In the Desert, there are Pepino and Fig Trees. The Pepino can be harvested from 1 Summer and still can be harvested again a few days later. From the Desert, go east towards the Heartflame Plains. You will travel through an area filled with Peach Trees. Harvest on 15 Summer. East of the Peach Trees is Heartflame Plains where the wild horse ares. North of the Peach Trees: Southeast Bank of Mermaid Lake. This is where the Hermit's Hut is. Gift for the Hermit After you have explored the tunnels to the left of the Hot Springs, you should visit the Hermit again: Hermit: Oh, it's you again. The forest path opened for you. You didn't bring a gift for the one who opened it? Me? What kind of gift, you ask? It should be obvious. After all, I live by a lake and am here surrounded by blue jewels. It must be something to do with water, yes?' Hint: Nothing that you have or can acquire at this point in time will be acknowledged as a gift by the Hermit. Cooking Lesson 7: Grilling Dotorthy's Cooking Life, Part 7

Hello, Dorothy Gremley here. This week on Cooking Life, we're going to talk about grilling. Grilling and its cousin frying involves cooking food over direct heat on a grill or a frying pan. Using an iron frying pan or griddle helps distribute the heat evenly, for a nicely browned result. Most ingredients will taste just great with just a simple sprinkling of salt and pepper. The amount of time you grill your food is up to you, but done is better than raw. Foods that can be eaten raw or that are very fresh can be just given a quick pass over the frying pan. If you want to make sure that the food is cooked through and through, cover the food while grilling it. Try grilling yourself. I think you'll find it easy and surprisingly challenging at the same time. See you next week! Enjoy your cooking Life! Under Grilling, you will find: Omelet Salisbury Steak Sunday Maintenance, 14 Summer:

Your Dog After your usual Sunday Maintenance performed by Dr. Hope, he will announce that Gayak's dog has had puppies and that Gayak is prepared to give one to you. Gayak will arrive and present a puppy to you. He will suggest a number of names for the dog. If you wish to choose your own name, you can do so by entering the text of the name you want for the dog. Fruits for 15 Summer On 15 Summer, new Fruits and plants will become ready for Harvest in the wilds. You will be able to harvest Peaches from Peach Trees. There are a number of these in the Field to the south of the Hermit's Hut and to the west of the Plains. There is one Fruit Tree closer to the Easter Ruins, at the entrance of the 3rd Cave System. Mock Strawberry Plants, which can be found on the ground everywhere, including the area outside the Entrance of the Easter Ruins are ripe now as well. Figs, found near the north bank of the river with the Repaired Bridge are another fruit that can be harvested on 15 Summer. Wild Horses You will find Wild Horses on the Plains east of the Desert. There is a way to ride these horses, but you must speak to Jonathan in order to discover how to learn to do it. He will tell you that there is a special whistle to use with horses and will advise you to ask the Fisherman about it. When you find the Fisherman again after this conversation, he will ask you: Fisherman: Hm? You want me to teach you how to whistle? Yes. Fisherman: All right then. Just move your mouth like this and blow lightly.

Simple, right? The wild horses on the plains generally feel their happiest at midday or in the evening. So if you go there at that time, you should try talking to them.' Weather is immaterial. You can visit the horses at midday or in the evening even on a rainy day. Stand next to the horse and whistle by pressing Triangle. You then will be able to ride the horse. Any adult horse can be ridden, but you will not be able to write the little white colt. Use the directional buttons to dismount at any point. You will not be able to direct the horse's movements. Your only choice is to dismount. Sleepovers If you sleep in your guest room at Dr. Hope's house, your Human Status will increase. Sleep there, then awaken at 6.00 a.m. as usual to obtain this reward. Go downstairs to find the Doctor in the formal dining room. When you speak to him, he will say: 'Good morning, Freyr. Please sit there and have some breakfast.' You automatically will sit across from the Doctor to eat breakfast. Afterwards: Narrative: The breakfast that Vita prepared was incredibly delicious. Your Human Status increased! You then will see the categories and points for the skills that have increased. Arriving at the Doctor's house before 7.00 a.m. if you slept at your own house will not result in the breakfast invitation. You only will receive that invitation if you sleep at the Doctor's house the night before. N.B. Each time you stay the night at the Doctor's house, then join him for breakfast at 6.00 a.m., you will gain points with respect to your Human Status. You therefore may wish to spend at least one night each week at his house. Cooking Lesson 8: Grilling (Advanced) Cooking Life Part 8 Hello. Dororthy Gremley here. This week on Cooking Life, we're going to talk more about Grilling. Actually, 'roasting' might be the more appropriate term, since we'll be cooking over an open flame. Cooking with fire is the oldest form of cooking, dating back to prehistory. Have you ever seen a fish on a skewer being roasted over an open fire? This is actually one of the tastiest ways to eat fish. And of course, doing the same thing to meat is called 'barbequing' and is also very popular. However, because it creates a lot of smoke, it's probably best done outside. If you ever have a chance to go camping, I recommend that you try barbequing. Of course, if you have a kitchen with a smoke ventilation system, you can barbeque anytime you like. See you next week! Enjoy your cooking life! When you choose 'Grilling (Advanced)', if you never caught a fish, your only option will be: Steak

If you caught a fish or two, your options will be: Grilled Fish Steak Sunday, 21 Summer Maintenance By now, you should realise that plot progress in this game follows a certain pattern. Most advances occur on Sunday after your Maintenance. If you attempted to bring the Hermit a gift, your attempts will have been unsuccessful. The hermit would not acknowledge either a 'Watermelon' (something to do with water) or a Blue Jewel... After your Maintenance, Dr. Hope will muse: This summer certainly is a hot one. I don't envy you working out in the fields in weather like this... At this point, Masami will arrive. Masami: Hello, Dr. Hope. Oh, hello Freyr and Vita. Dr. Hope. I'm sorry to keep you waiting, Masami. Masami: No, I'm just greateful that you're willing to listen to what I have to say. It seems like what we heard about the volcanos is true. The Banks Corporation is finally going to start construction there. Dr. Hope: And there's a good chance that the volcano will erupt. Could be this year... could be the next. That's what my data indicates. Masami: So it's all right if I ask Freyr? Freyr, have you already met the hermit who lives by East Lake? Masami then will give you more information about the history of the Island. Masami: There are three spirits who live on this island. The Water Spirit, Forest Spirit, and Fire Spirit all protect us. It is the anger of the Fire Spirit that is threatening to make the volcano erupt... I'm sure that the Water and Forest Spirits are happy that you're working to revive the Easter Ruins. But as for the Fire Spirit... Once its anger is provoked, it only grows stronger and stronger. The only thing that can stop it is the Water Spirit. Freyr, I'm going to give you something that I have been guarding for many years.' Narrative: Masami gave you a red shining stone! It's a Red Jewel! Masami's Red Jewel Masami: Use the Red Jewel to break the seal and open the door to the Easter Ruins. Somewhere deep in the ruins should be the Crest of the Water Spirit. You must bring that to the hermit by East Lake. Dr. Hope, please put this Red Jewel in Freyr's Item Box. I will be going now... Masami leaves. Dr. Hope: I suppose you're wondering why Masami told you all of this, Freyr. Masami is a descendant of one of the original Easter People. Loong ago,, the

Easter People wanted to defeat their enemies the Volcano People so much... that they stole the Crest of the Water Spirit from the tower by Mermaid Lake, hoping to use its power. They had deceived the Forest Spirit into opening a path to the Mermaid Lake tower for them. But human beings could never hope to control the power of a Spirit Crest. Finally, the three Spirits sealed off most of the island... Robbed of their reason for living, the Easter People eventually died out... And the Water Spirit sealed off the Forest Spirit for letting the humans deceive it. At least that's what a legend of the Volcano People says. I can't help but feel a little guilty making a child like you responsible for saving the whole island.' Power of the Red Jewels Nonetheless, you ARE responsible, so your next task must be to place all four Red Jewels in altars in the four corners of one of your fields. Remember when you choose a field for this that the Red Jewel contains the power of fire. Plants will mature faster, but will need to be watered more often. On the other hand, you now have Forte to do the watering for you. You therefore may wish to plant Roses and Pineapples in the field liberated by the Red Jewels. They are the crops that most likely were destroyed in any Summer storms that you experienced. If you can plant them now and accelerate their growth with the Red Jewels, you may be able to harvest a few before the end of the season. The description of the Red Jewel is: A brilliant shining crystal. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster, but will also dry up more quickly. You can take it outside the cave without setting it in a socket. You have set the Jewel on the Altar. All four jewels glow in unison. Walkthrough: Monday, 22 Summer Whenever you place four Jewels on the four corners of a field, you must wait until the next morning for the seal to break. The next morning, when you visit your farm on Monday you will see a prompt to the effect that the power of the Jewels on the Altars has broken the Seal. Remember before you completely become involved with the new areas that you can explore today that this is the day that Blueberries can be harvested in the wilds. Cooking Lesson 9: Oven Baked Dishes Dorothy's Cooking Life, Part 9 Hello, Dorothy Gremley here. This week on Cooking Life, we're going to talk about baking. Even people who cook often will sometimes say that they don't bake much. But if you use your oven well, you'll find that a new worlk of cakes, cookies, and breads opens up to you. And it's really not hard to do. You just have to prepare the ingredients, put them in the oven, and wait! Of course, this means that the preparation stage is very important, as is the termperature of your oven. Still, if you've been watching Cooking Life all this time, it should be easy for you. Your oven will adjust its temporerature itself, so you jsut have to put in the food at the proper time. Why not try

backing a meat or fish dish, along with some vegetables to go on the side? See you next week! Enjoy your Cooking Life! Choose 'Oven Baked Dishes' now and you will have the following options: Roast Beef Macaroni and Cheese Pizza

Exploring the Ancient Ruins Now, when you go to the Entrance antechamber to the Ruins, the Red door that formerly was locked will open. The area within reminds one a bit of Catacombs. There are skeletons everywhere, but there are Blue Chests as well. There are a number of floors in this area. Basically you need to go up and down various stairways in order to access different parts of each floor. It is not very complicated, but I will try to explain where the Chests are located. Apart from the Blue Chests, there are rocks to smash that contain Ores and coloured Stones. If you go right through the first doorway from the entrance you will find a Blue Chest that contains an Orange Jewel. Orange Jewel Orange Jewel; A mysterious shining jewel filled with spirit power. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature very quickly. However, water retention is the same as usual, so don't forget to water. If you take the corresponding doorway on the left side of the Entrance tunnel, you will find another Blue Chest. There was an Easter Hammer in the chest! Easter Hammer Easter Hammer: A light and hard hammer made of Easter Ore. If you put enough strength into it, you can even break boulders. If you take the path that leads North from this Chest, you will find a locked Orange door. Return to the Entrance tunnel in this area and you will find another set of doors north of the first two. The one on the right is locked. The doorway on the left leads to a stairway. Go up the stairway and then continue to the far right, past another stairway, to find another Blue Chest. This one contains a Purple Jewel. Now go up the second stairway and then go right and north through a little maze to find another blue Chest that contains an Orange Jewel. Now explore the left side of this upper area. You will see two Blue Chests in the centre of this area that you cannot reach from here.

At the far southwest, there is a locked Orange door. In the far northwest, there is a stairwell that leads down. Take it. Directly south is a wooden door. Go through it to find two Chests. The first contains a Red Jewel and the second contains a Purple Jewel. Now go east to find a winding staircase that will lead you back up to the middle part of the chamber you left previously that you could not access. Here you will find the two Blue Chests that you saw but could not reach as well as another Blue Chest in a little alcove. The two Blue Chests contain a Green Jewel and an Angel Ribbon. Green Jewel Green Jewel: A mysterious shining jewel filled with spirit power. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster and retain water for 6 extra days. Crops will also sell for more than usual. Angel Ribbon Angel Ribbon: A pink fluffy ribbon. Said to be made of a special kind of silk that only angels can see. A woman who wears it can attract the man of her dreams. The Blue Chest in the little alcove contains 999G. Go back down the winding staircase now to explore the rest of the area below. In a central 'chamber', you will find two Blue Chests, both of which contain Red Jewels. You will see another winding staircase to the left. Take it and at the top, you will find a Blue Chest on a dais. Open it: There was a Water Crest in the Chest! Now you can take the Water Crest to the Hermit. Here is a list of the Treasures found in the Catacombs: 1 Green Jewel 2 Purple Jewels 3 Red Jewels 2 Orange Jewels 1 Easter Hammer 1 Angel Ribbon 999G 1 Water Crest The Hermit and the Water Crest Take the Water Crest to the Hermit. Hermit: Oh! It's the Crest of the Water Spirit! It looks like you're serious

about wanting to save the people on this island. Hmm... Very well then. Take this Crest of the Forest Spirit and give it to the mermaid. In exchange, I will take the Crest of the Water Spirit. Speak to the Hermit again: Hermit: It looks like your serious about wanting to save the people on this island. This island is in danger of being destroyed by the angry Fire Spirit, but there is still hope. If the Water Spirit awakes and puts the Fire Spirit's Crest on the Altar of Ice, the eruption might stop. The first step is to rouse the Giant Forest. The tower in Mermaid Lake where the Crest of the Water Spirit must go is connected to the Giant Forest. Forest Crest: A symbol of the power of the Forest Spirit. If you show it to the Nature Sprites, something may happen. The Mermaid and the Forest Crest All you need to do now is go to the edge of Mermaid Lake. Take the exit northwest of the Hermit Hut and then take the little switchback path down to the shore. Stand there and the Mermaid will swim to you. She will tell you: Mermaid: I pity you, life form. You're caught in the middle of an ancient feud. But if the Water Spirit wishes that the way be opened to you, then so be it. You may enter the Giant Forest. However, I can only clear the Mist Forest. The rest is up to you. Go now. The path is open for you!' The Mist at the northern exit of the 3rd Cave system now will dissipate. You will be able to explore the Mist Forest. The Mist Forest You will be obliged to explore the Mist Forest on foot as your Buggy cannot be driven across the single log bridge that spans the water at the entrance to the Forest area. You immediately will see a Blue Chest to the right. It contains the Monsoon Watering Can. Monsoon Watering Can Monsoon Watering Can A legendary watering can that waters giant stretches of land at once. Waters up to 9,999 soil squares. This is a Level 3 Tool and if you have been using your Battlebot to water all your crops, you will not have the level of experience required to wield the Monsoon Watering Can. This tool has three sockets. A level 2 tool has two and a level 1 tool has but one.

Nature Sprites As you continue to walk through the Forest, you will see many Blue Chests, but they will be sealed and you will be unable to open them. If you take the northern path in the very centre of the Mist Forest, you will see that there is an entrance to the main Forest, but that it is barred by the same sort of tree roots that formerly barred the entrance to the 3rd Cave System. When you go east, you will encounter two of the three Harvest Sprites. The first will be dressed in red: I'm the Nature Sprite of Knowledge. I am one of the 3 you? If you're able to enter this forest, you must be mermaid. Then maybe you know where the Forest Spirite lost and we can't find our way back there. The Nature gone and without him we can't remember. Nature Sprites. Who are a friend of the is sleeping. We're Sprite of memory is

When you speak to him again, he will say: The Nature Sprite of Memory is the only one who knows the way back to where the Forest Spirit is sleeping. He's our memory, after all. To the right of the Sprite of Knowledge is another Sprite dressed in blue: I'm the Nature Sprite of Friendship. I am one of the 3 Nature Sprites. Who are you? If you're able to enter this forest, you must be a friend of the Water Spirit. Then maybe you know why the Nature Sprite of Memory won't come back to us... His sad memories were too much for him and so he went somewhere far away. Nature Sprite of Memory Speak to the Nature Sprite again to obtain your first clue about the means by which to bring the missing Sprite back: 'The Nature Sprite of Memory loves flowers. I can tell because I love them too, and we're connected. I particularly like winter flowers. I love seeing lots of poinsettias growing in the pure white snow.' Poinsettias are central to the plot now. As they can be grown only in the Winter, you will realise that you need to concentrate on other tasks now, that you simply must be patient with respect to the locked chests and the locked entrance to the main Forest. The Hermit and the Tower After you have visited the Mist Forest for the first time and have spoken to the two remaining Nature Spirites, return to the Hermit's Hut to speak to the Hermit again. Hermit: It's just as I thought. The Nature Sprite of Memory will not show himself... It'll take something major to get him to appear once again, after what I did...The only thing we can do is wait for him to show his face. Still, Nature Spirtes are like children. Theyr'e more likely to approach if they see people enjoying themsevles. Now then...I will be waiting in the tower at Mermaid Lake.

MBC Construction in the Fire Spirit Temple Cave If you recall, at the Spring Festival, Marco mentioned that he was planning a construction project in the Temple Cave. His plan involved conducting supercoolant to the site of the Volcano. When Masami brought the Red Jewel to you last week after your Maintenance, she mentioned that Marco finally was beginning the construction. If you visit the Temple Cave, you will see that the torches surrounding the statue now are unlit, and that a barrier has been set at the west alcove of the cave. A portion of the floor in the west is being excavated as well. It almost looks like a plot where crops can be grown, although it would require Earth Power Sand first... Wild Items to be Harvested On 22 Summer, the blueberries will ripen and can be harvested. There are blueberry bushes at the shore of the Lake east of the suspension bridge and more blueberry bushes on the little path to the 3rd Cave system that the Hermit opened. If you have harvested all fruits as they became ripe, you will find now that peaches and figs are growing again. Pepino fruits appear to be on the trees almost every day. Pepino fruits are replaced quickly after harvest. You will not find any cacao or rambutan, apart from those you failed to harvest earlier. Remember that harvesting wild items does use PP. If you need to restore PP, the Shine Pod at the Fisherman's Tent may be closer than Dr. Hope's Mansion. Sunday Maintenance, 29 Summer: When you go to Dr. Hope on Sunday for your weekly Maintenance, you will be told about an accident that occurred the previous night. Accident at the Construction Site Dr. Hope: By the way, did you heart about the accident that happened at Marco's construction site? Apparently some coolant leaked in the cave and spread fumes everywhere... Luckily no one was hurt, but it would probably be a good idea to stay away from the cave for now. As usual, Vita will give you more useful information about the situation: Vita: After the accident last night, Mr. Gallion came to talk to the doctor. He wanted to know what could be done about those fumes. The doctor suggested growing some herbs in the cave.... But no one can get close enough to the cave to do it, because of the fumes. If you're interested in helping out, you might want to talk to Mr. Gallion. A Nasty Odour...

Perhaps you should see Mr. Gallion now. Unfortunately, he is busy with his Haiku class on Sunday mornings. If you speak to him there, he simply will recite his latest attempt to write traditional Japanese poetry. Wait until evening to find him at the dining table in his own house with Million and Masami. Lenny fixes dinner for every one at Masami's house on Sunday nights. When you speak to Gallion, he will say: 'I certainly was surprised to hear about the acccident that Marco's company had. I guess some of that coolant they were using spilled and backed up inside the cave. They say that it isn't toxic, but the cave is filled with nastiest smelling gas... So I asked my son to order up a bunch of Earth Power Sand and herb seeds. It's an old technique, but they say that growing herbs can help get rid of odours like the one in the cave.' If you had guessed that the excavated tiles in the cave might be used to grow items, you were correct. If you had wondered when you would be able to obtain more Earth Power Sand, you now need wonder no longer. Cooking Lesson 10 Dorothy's Cooking Life, Part 10 Hello. Dorothy Gremley here. This is the last episode of Cooking Life so I'd like to try baking a special cake. Sinc eyou can leave the temperature to your oven, we're going to concentrate on making your cake rise. A cake rises when the air bubbles in the batter expand in the heat of the oven. you want ot mix the batter so not to pop all of these bubbles, but that's easier said than done. It took me quite a while before my cakes would rise properly. If you don't enjoy that kind of experienc, don't be ashamed to buy a pre0made cake from the store. Once the cake is done, it's time to decorate it. You can use frosting, seasonal fruits, or whipped cream to add some flair to your creation. Or you might even try using nuts or herbs for a distinctive touch. Thank you all for watching Cooking Life all this time. I hope you will keep up with your cooking from now on. Just try it whenver you have some free time. If you do, I'm sure that you'll find that cooking has added something new and fun to your life. Goodbye everyone! Enjoy your Cooking Life! Tune in next week for a rebroadcast of 'Cooking Life with Dorothy Gremley'! Go to the Kitchen and choose 'Oven Baked Treats'. You will see the following: Bread Cake New Items Unlocked By speaking to Gallion about the accident, you will have unlocked three new items but you will find them at two separate locations. It does not matter which you visit first, as any items you purchase will be sent to your farm, not placed in your rucksack immediately. Shop-a-Million Supermarket Shop-a-Million Supermarket

When you visit the Supermarket, you will find a new item to the right of the tools. Earth Power Sand Earth Power Sand: 2000G Expensive, natural fertiliser that turns barren wasteland into rich farmland. If you have been wondering how to spend all the money you have been making each day, you now know. Earth Power Sand is a rather expensive item, and you will need quite a lot of it if you wish to make all the soil in your fields fertile as well as the small plot in the Temple Cave which consists of a total of 25 squares. One portion of Earth Power Sand will fertilise 9 squares. Vending Machines Vending Machines The new herb seeds will be found in the Vending Machines to the left of Franco's room in the Ruins. There, you will find the following: Rosemary Seeds Rosemary Seeds 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Grows from spring to autumn. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Slightly fragile in storms. Lavender Seeds Lavender Seeds 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Grows from spring to autumn. Can usually be picked in 10 days. Weak in storms, so plant with care. After purchasing these items, go to your storage room to pack the seeds into Seed Bags and to place both seeds and Earth Power Sand in your rucksack. You may wish to pack some Strange Moss into your rucksack as well. You will need 3 bags of Earth Power Sand and 3 Strange Moss to fertilise 25 squares. If you wish to plant herbs in every square, you will need 25 bags of herbs in whatever combination you choose. Now return to Volcano Town and enter the Temple Cave. Use the Earth Power Sand to transform the ground into tillable soil, then use your hoe to till the soil. If you have Strange Moss, place that on each square of tilled soil before you plant the seeds. Once the seeds are planted, use Masami's Watering Can to water them. With Strange Moss on the field, you will not be obliged to visit the Temple Cave to water the crops every day. On the other hand, rather surprisingly, a severe storm will destroy crops that are planted inside the Temple Cave, and you may find that most of your herbs will be destroyed if you experience a severe storm after planting these. Resow the herbs and keep watering them. The fumes in the Temple Cave will not

disappear until every square in the Temple Cave holds a flowering herb. Herbs, like Flowers, must be cut and shipped using the services of the Herbal Garden. N.B. BUY AS MANY ROSEMARY AND LAVENDER SEEDS AS YOU CAN. ALTHOUGH YOU CAN PLANT THEM FROM SPRING THROUGH AUTUMN, THE SEEDS ARE SOLD ONLY IN SPRING AND SUMMER. Important information about Herbs All herbs in this game can be planted from Spring through Autumn but the seeds usually will be sold only in one season. Rosemary and Lavender seeds become available in your first Summer, but although you can plant them through Summer, Autumn and Spring, the seeds will be sold only in the Summer season (and in Spring in the second year). It is a good idea to purchase as many seeds for herbs as possible, as you then will be able to replant even when the seeds no longer are available for purchase. For the purpose of clearing the Cave Temple of noxious gases, you need to be able to keep a fully grown herb in each of the 25 squares. Severe storms may destroy most of the plants. If you need to replant in Autumn, you will not be able to purchase any Rosemary or Lavender and will be obliged to rely on the stores you have in your Seed Box. If you do not have any herb seeds to plant in the first Autumn, you will be obliged to wait until Spring of the second year, when new herb seeds become available. Never forget that you only have two years to complete the goal of averting the wrath of the Fire Spirit. Here are the herbs that can be planted from Spring through Autumn with the number of days it takes for them to grow and the seasons in which the seeds are sold: 7 days to Harvest: Rosemary, fragile, multiple harvests (sold in Spring and Summer) Lavender, fragile, multiple harvests (sold in Spring and Summer) Peppermint, fragile, multiple harvests (sold in Spring) 10 Days to Harvest: Camomile, fragile, multiple harvests (sold only in Spring)

Sunday Maintenance, 35 Summer When you go to Dr. Hope's Mansion for Sunday Maintenance, Vita will tell you about the Mushroom Forest east of the suspension bridge. Vita: The summer is already over. Time certainly does fly. In fall, you can pick lots of mushrooms in the Mushroom Forest. Hm? The Mushroom Forest? Well... I believe you can find it if you go east through the forest on the northeast side of the Easter Ruins. You should have found it in Spring, and been collecting Fly Agaric Mushrooms for two seasons now.

A Pregnant Cat Dr. Hope Today he that she too much and Vita have been worried about his Siamese cat for some time now. will tell you that: 'I thought my cat was sick, but it turns out was pregnant! She's getting older... I hope having kittens won't be for her.'

On Sundays, the Siamese will be found upstairs in the bedroom to the south of the main Staircase. Bas&Ket Rail Upgrades As previously stated, the total number of Carts that can be purchased for the Railway is four. When you have purchased four, an 'Out-of-Stock' sign will appear. When you return to the Supermarket, you will find an upgraded Motor and Cart now for sale. Bas&Ket 40H 3500G A rail motor. Faster and as strong as the previous model. Bas&Ket Cart L 1800G A lightweight rail cart that easily holds harvest baskets. Autumn As you may have suspected, the day after your Sunday Maintenance on 35 Summer will be the first day of Autumn. If you wish to level up your tools as much as possible, it would to set your Battlebot, Forte, to 'OFF' on the last day of Summer to the tasks of collecting Garbage and Preparing the Soil. This you to take advantage of all the dead plants that will fill your morning of 1 Fall in order to use your Sickle. Preparing your Tools In preparation for all the tool use planned for 1 Fall, you may wish to visit the 3rd Mine System on Sunday, 35 Summer in order to obtain stones for the sockets of all your tools. Battlebot Errors It may sound like a nasty undertaking, but you may wish to have a look inside your Trash Bin from time to time, especially if you have set the Battlebot the task of removing Garbage from your fields. Apart from a few Dead Plants and Dog Poo that you will find in there, you actually may find some good crops! I have found perfectly good Tomatoes at the end of Summer in the Trash Bin, as well as the Plain Ore that I sent to the Trash Bin from the Mine when my rucksack was full. be a good idea with respect will allow fields on the

You probably will not need the money these items will bring when shipped, but it is the principle of the thing... If you really are desperate to find weeds to level up your Sickle, you often will find these in the rubbish bin as well. Planting Herbs Rosemary and Lavender grow both in Summer and in Autumn so you can plant more of these herbs if you like, especially if you lost any in a severe storm recently. Walkthrough: 1 Fall At 6.00 a.m. on 1 Fall, watch the Weather Forecast, then contact Herbal Garden to see if any of your herbs are ready to be harvested. Make any necessary orders, then go to your farm. If you set your Battlebot to 'Off', you will find every square on every field filled with dead crops. This is your best opportunity to use your Sickle. Use your Sickle until you have used all PP, then go to your Storage Area to pet your animals and collect and process all Ranch Products. By the time these tasks have been performed, it will be after 10.00 a.m. and the Supermarket in Volcano Town will be open. That should be your next destination, as today would be the first day to plant autumn crop seeds. Actually, most of the seeds that are sold at the Supermarket are sold in the Vending Machines in Autumn as well. There is one variety of seed that can be purchased only from the Supermarket, however and one variety that can be purchased only from the Vending Machines. Other than that, the list of seeds offered in Autumn is identical. Do not forget to visit Dr. Hope's mansion to use the Shine Pod to restore all your PP. Visit the Cave Temple if your plants there need to be watered. Till your fields and spread Strange Moss on them before you plant any Autumn crops. Any herbs that you planted in Summer still will be growing, but you can plant any additional herb seeds that you may have in your Seed Box if you wish. Remember that you need fully matured herbs in all 25 squares of the plot in the Cave Temple if you wish to rid the place of the noxious fumes so make certain that every square is filled there with Rosemary or Lavender. You now have three different fields that are surrounded by Jewels: Blue, Yellow and Red. Plant the crops that take the longest to mature in either the Yellow or the Red fields as their growing time will be cut by one day in those fields. The Blue Jewel only allows the soil to retain water longer. If any hours of the day remain after you finish these tasks, you may wish to visit either the desert or the tropical areas near the Mermaid Lake as you will find fruits to gather there. If any of the stones set in sockets in your tools have disappeared after use, you may wish to go to a Mine instead to find new stones to set in the tool or tools. Shop-a-Million Supermarket

Autumn Seeds: The seeds that you will find for sale at the Supermarket on 1 Autumn are as follows: Eggplant Seeds: 12G A popular vegetable during the fall. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Sweet Potato Seeds 10G Irresistable when warmed up on a cold day. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Green Pepper Seeds 15G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. Carrot Seeds 18G A necessity for curry and rice. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Hot Pepper Seeds 20G Can gather a large quantity at a time. Beneficial if planted at an early stage. Tangerine Seeds 25G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. Kiwi Seeds 30G Big yields from a single tree. Bears more fruit if watered again. Cosmos Seeds 10G A popular flower during the fall. Crops for Sale: As during Summer, when Strawberries, a Spring Crop, were sold at the Supermarket, in Autumn the Melon, a Summer crop, can be purchased here. Eggplant: 105G Sweet Potato: 105G Green Pepper: 90G Carrot: 180G Hot Pepper: 60G Tangerine: 150G Kiwi: 135G Melon: 750G If you purchased three of the Bas&Ket Cart L the last time you visited the Supermarket, today you will find: Bas&Ket Cart H 2700G The latest model from Convey-R Inc. A fast, lightweight cart! For every item that no longer is available, usually because you purchased it and you never will need to buy another, you will see the sign: Plant seeds again after harvesting.

'This item is on backorder. Please come back again.' -Manager Million' Vending Machines in Autumn In Autumn, you can buy the following items from the Vending Machines at the Easter Ruins: Cosmos Seeds 10G A popular flower during the fall. Plant seeds again after harvesting A flower that blooms in autumn. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Usually destroyed in storms. Cat's Tail Seeds: 3G A flower loved by cats. Will bloom again if watered after cutting. A flower that blooms in autumn. Can usually be picked in 5 days. Weak in storms, so plant with care. Eggplant Seeds: 12G A popular vegetable during the fall. Plant seeds again after harvesting. A crop that grows in the autumn. Can usually be harvested in 6 days. Weak in storms, so plant with care. Sweet Potato Seeds 10G Irresistable when warmed up on a cold day. Plant seeds again after harvesting. A crop that grows in the autumn. Can usually be harvested in 5 days. Will usually survive storms. Green Pepper Seeds 15G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. A crop that grows in the autumn. Can usually be harvested in 7 days. Weak in storms, so plant with care. Carrot Seeds 18G A necessity for curry and rice. Plant seeds again after harvesting. A crop that grows in the autumn. Can usually be harvested in 7 days. Hardy even in storms. Hot Pepper Seeds 20G Can gather a large quantity at a time. Beneficial if planted at an early stage. A crop that grows in the autumn. Can usually be harvested in 7 days. Will usually survive storms. Tangerine Seeds 25G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. A crop that grows in the autumn. Can usually be harvested in 14 days. Weak in storms, so plant with care. Bas&Ket Rail I 400G Bas&Ket Rail 140G Organising your Fields in Autumn At this point, you should have three fields encompassed by activated Jewels as well as your central field. It may be a good idea to create a Railway to

serve them if you have not done so previously. You should organise your plants a little as well. Crops that take the longest to mature should go inside the field influenced by the Red or Yellow Jewels. As previously suggested, it may be a good idea to clear all dead plants yourself in order to increase your experience with the Sickle. You may wish to programme your Battlebot to water all your new plants on the first day of Autumn if not thereafter, as it will be a very busy day. Visiting the Shine Pod in the middle of the day will restore enough energy to finish your tasks before you go to bed finally. Strange Moss will have to be spread once again on any soil that you wish to use for planting this season. Wild Items in First Week of Autumn By the 3rd day of Autumn, you will be able to harvest Pawpaw Fruit. You will find Pawpaw Trees in a couple of locations. The closest is the forest to the east of the suspension bridge. If you visit the North Mushroom Forest there, you will find that the Fly Agaric Mushrooms have been supplanted by Purple Shimeji and Enoki. They will not be fully grown, however, at this point, although you can harvest them now if you wish. More Pawpaw Trees can be found at the bottom of the little path east of the Hot Spring. There are PawPaw trees east of the Desert as well. Pepino is ripe in the desert in this season as well, so if you wish to go there to fill your Scale Pack, you will find ripe fruit. You may find the Fisherman closer to home now. He can be found at the bank of the river on the far side of the repaired bridge in the afternoon. Sunday Maintenance, 7 Spring: When you visit Dr. Hope for your Sunday Maintenance, he will tell you that he has good news and bad news for you. The Cat had Kittens! The good news is that his cat had kittens, and you will be able to choose one today to keep as a pet. Before he has a chance to impart the bad news to you, Marcie will burst through the door. An Experience of Sorrow Marcia: Doctor! I-s it true that your cat died? Dr. Hope: Ah... Yes, I'm afraid it is. Gayak just helped me bury her. Marcia: Oh... How sad... Dr. Hope: She was always on the weak side. I suppose the strain of giving birth was just too much for her. Dr. Hope: Come now, Marcia. Why don't you and Freyr go and visit her grave? Marci: Yes... I understand, Dr. Hope. Let's go, Freyr... You walk with Marcia to the Grain family graveyard.

Marcia: That poor cat... But I'm glad that her kittens are all right... Marcia: ............................ Well, shall we go, Freyr? Then: D-don't... Don't look at me like that... This is so embarrassing... Sniff... You sure are strong... You're not crying... Sniff... But even if you're not crying, I bet your sad, aren't you? Freyr? Oh stop it! I don't like to be stared at! Sniff... I'm going home! Marcia runs off. Narrative: The cat's death... Marcia's tears ... These seem to have triggered an odd feeling somewhere inside you. What could it be? You begin to think about Dr. Hope, Vita and Marcia...You learned a little about what sadness is like... This is one of those pivotal 'human emotion' events that will boost your character's statistics. Love, Creativity and Humour will increase at the end of this little event. Return now to Dr. Hope and speak to him again. Dr. Hope: I saw Marcia running away a bit ago. She's a good girl. She has a kind heart. Have you decided which kitten you want? You can't change your mind once you've decided. You will find two kittens in the basket to the left of Dr. Hope. One is brown and the other is a classical bluepoint Siamese. You will be able to choose one of the kittens, and after you have named it, Dr. Hope will tell you that Moonlight will fetch it during the night to bring it home to your farm. Your Pets You now have two pets, a dog and a cat. You really have few responsibilities with respect to this animals and few opportunities to interact with them apart from speaking to them at least once each day. The dog automatically will go to the fields in his own little pod lift on sunny days and will remain in your room whimpering when it rains or during a severe storm. The little kitten at this point in time will be found in your bathroom during the day and will sleep on the little carpet near your kitchen at night. Monday, 8 Autumn:

Wild Items to Harvest You may recall that the 8th of Autumn is a day when a number of trees found in the wilds bear fruit. Apples, Chestnuts and Olives become ripe on 8 Autumn and can be harvested on this day. There are three Apple trees on the path between the Ruins and the Cave that leads to Volcano Town. There are Apple Trees and a Chestnut Tree in the area east of the Suspension Bridge. There are Olive Trees in the area between the north bank of the river with the Repaired Bridge, south of the Hot Spring. There are a few Olive Trees east of the Desert. You may notice at this time that the fig trees are producing more fruit as well. The figs are not ripe yet, but another harvest should be possible in a couple of days.

Mining Strategies Mining in Innocent Life is rather different from mining in other Harvest Moon games. For the most part, the most useful items that you will find in the Mines, once you have emptied the Blue Chests, are the Stones that can be used instantly or set in sockets in your tools. Interestingly enough, it is possible to go to a Mine to restore energy when your PP is almost gone. Crimson Stones are very plentiful in the 3rd Mine system. It is possible to go to the 3rd Mine system to find enough Crimson Stones within a few minutes to completely restore your PP. Beyond that, you may wish to visit the Mines on a regular basis to find new stones to place in the sockets of your Tools. Azure and Blue Stones will give power to the tool used on any square to water that square. If, therefore, you use a Hoe set with Blue and/or Azure stones to till new soil, the squares will be both tilled and watered. Crimson and Red Stones when set in any tool will allow the tool to be used without diminishing your energy at all. These Stones are very useful in farming. The Ochre and Yellow Stones sometimes increase experience with a Tool, but the effect is not guaranteed, unlike the stones of other colours. In this game, you do not need to buy upgraded tools. Upgraded tools either are given to you or are found in Blue Chests. It is possible, however, that you must find at least one piece of Volcanic Ore before you will be able to open the Chest that contains the Volcano Sickle and that you must find at least one piece of Easter Ore before you will be able to open the chest that contains the Easter Hammer. If any player is able to find these items BEFORE he/she has shipped the ore from which the items were made, please do let me know... 2nd Week in Autumn You know by now that most individuals will repeat themselves if you speak to them again. From time to time, however, their dialogue will change. If you visit Volcano Town in the second week of Autumn, you will obtain information about the next big village festival, the Mushroom Cooking Festival. Mushroom Cooking Contest Announcements As with respect to the Spring Festival, Masami always has information about local festivals to impart. Masami: The Mushroom Cooking Contest is almost here. It's always held here on the 4th Sunday in Fall. It lasts from evening to nighttime, so please feel free to stop by. Speak to Nana when she is working as a waitress at Masami's restaurant to obtain a little quest:

Nana: Freyr! You came at just at the right time! I have something I want to ask you. I really want to win the Mushroom Cooking Festival this year. But I can't do it with my usual dishes... So I wonder if you woulnd't mind getting me some Porcini mushrooms. They should be in season by tomorrow. I'll be sure to give you a little gift it you'll do it for me! Just put them in your Scale Pack and bring them here. Let's see... I think 100g should be enough... The Herbs and the Noxious Gas When every square in the Temple Cave plot holds a flowering herb, enter and you will see the following prompt: The cave is filled with a noxious gas. Oddly enough, you now will see no fumes at all. The fumes that clouded the cave whenever you watered your herbs in the past will have disappeared completely. When you leave the cave, Marco will be at the entrance: Marco: Oh, are you here too? Great! What am I talking about? Why, the cave, of course! Your herbs have completely cleared the cave of that gas. The townspeople didn't say anything, but I could tell that those fumes were pretty bad... I wanted to do something to thank you. So I talked to Dr. Hope and borrowed the plans for Forte so I could add an option to him myself! I guess that makes us even. Well, see you later! Your Reward for Growing Herbs The upgrades that Marco made to your Battlebot will not appear until the next morning. When you awaken, access your Battlebot Menu to see the new upgrades that Marco has made for you. They are: Carry Quick Power Charge Carry: This helps prevent you from getting tired from simple farm work. See Forte to have it attached. Quick: This helps you regain energy faster than normal. See Forte to have it attached. Power: This helps prevent you from getting tired from any kind of work. See Forte to have it attached. Charge: This makes your maximum PP twice its normal value! See Forte to have it attached. Collecting Porcini Mushrooms

Although Nana told you that you could harvest Porcini mushrooms before the end of the second week in Fall, if you have been collecting Mushrooms throughout the year, you will know that mushrooms when they first appear are not fully grown. Porcini Mushrooms grow only in the North Mushroom Forest in Autumn. You will not find any in the South Mushroom Forest. The total number to be found is 9. When they first appear, each one will weigh only 10g, which means that the total weight of all of them will be 90g. If you take that to Nana, she will not accept it even in 'partial payment'. It is 'all or nothing' here. Wait, therefore, at least a few days. On Sunday, 14 Fall, each Porcini Mushroom will be half grown and will weigh 25g each. You therefore need only 4 to satisfy Nana's requirement. If you wait a few days longer than that, they should grow to their full size and weight which is 50g. By Tuesday, Day 16, Porcini Mushrooms will weigh 50g each and you will require no more than two to meet Nana's needs. Actually, if you do not speak to Nana before your Sunday Maintenance on 14 Fall, Dr. Hope will inform you that Nana has a request to make. I evidently activated the quest early by speaking to her on Wednesday, 10 Fall, and found the newly sprouted Porcini Mushrooms when they first appeared. In any event, do not collect the Porcini Mushrooms before Sunday, 14 Fall if you wish to be able to satisfy Nana's weight requirement. Spirit Water You may have noticed a small pool of water in the pasture outside the barn where the cows wander on sunny days. You can fill any watering can from this pool, but when you have enough experience to equip and use the Monsoon Watering Can, you will be able to fill it with 'Spirit Water'. By this time, if you have been watering your crops yourself rather than allowing Forte to do it, you should have 'MAX' experience with the Watering Can. This will allow you to equip and use the Monsoon Watering Can. You should have 'MAX' experience with your Fishing Pole and Axe by now as wel, as they require less experience than the other tools. Sunday Maintenance, 14 Fall: After the Maintenance is finished, Dr. Hope will tell you: By the way, the Mushroom Cooking Contest is coming up. Autumn is mushroom season, you know. I hear that Nana has something she wants to ask you. If you have spoken to Nana previously, you may have given her the Porcini mushrooms before you even have your Maintenance today. If not, then speak to her after this to hear her request. Vita will say: 'Do you want to fill your Monsoon Watering Can with Spirit Water? You can get Spirit Water from the Spring outside your barn. If you have some poinsettia or kale seeds, you can grow crops even in winter.' The information about the kale seeds and poinsettia is new, even if you know about the Spirit Water. Porcini Mushrooms for Nana

If you did not collect and give Nana 100g of Porcini mushrooms before your Maintenance, do it now. She will say: Freyr! You got some Porcini Mushrooms for me! Thank you! I'll just take them then. I'm a cinch to win the Mushroom Cooking Contest now. If I don't make a special kind of Salisbury Steak, Dorothy will just win the Mushroom Cooking Contest again. I guess she's a better cook than I am, overall.' She makes no mention of the reward she promised you at this point in time. Patience is required. Mushrooms in Cooking When you shipped your first mushrooms (of any variety apart from Fly Agaric), you will have been able to add new dishes to your 'Dishes Made' list. The Mushroom Salisbury Steak of which Nana spoke was a dish that would have been 'unlocked' when you ship any sort of Mushroom apart from the rather dangerous Fly Agaric Mushroom, so you may have made it for the first time in the Summer season when you first picked mushrooms in the South Mushroom Forest. As you may have noticed, growing and shipping every crop does bring rewards in terms of the dishes you are able to make. Although your Refrigerator always is fully stocked, the ingredients somewhat depend on the vegetables, fruits and mushrooms that you ship. For example, I was able to make 'Cabbage Roll Pot-au-Feu' because I shipped Cabbages in Spring. At this point in time, you should have almost completed your 'Dishes Made' list. Truffles or Matsutake There is another new variety of Mushroom in Autumn but you will not find it in either Mushroom Forest. Go to the entrance to the 3rd Cave System to find Matsutake. You will find them on either side of the entrance to the Cave. They are the most valuable sort of Mushroom you will find, but they can be harvested only once. They will not appear before 15 Fall and when they appear, they will be fully grown. Daily Tasks in Autumn The first task on any day is to watch the Weather Channel, then access the Herbal Garden Channel to ship any herbs that are ready to be cut. After that, go to your farm and Save your game there. Harvest any ripe crops and water any squares that need to be watered afterwards. Remember that a multiple harvest crop always needs to be watered AFTER harvest in order to be able to yield another harvest. Make a reconnaissance of your entire farm to see if any weeds need to be scythed, any rocks smashed or any branches chopped. You can leave the resources on the ground afterwards for Forte to collect if you do not wish to save them in your Item Box. N.B. If you have enough experience to equip the Monsoon Watering Can, make

certain always that it is filled with Spirit Water from one of your pastures and water your crops personally rather than setting Forte that task. After your field work is finished, go to your storage area to care for your animals and collect any ranch products for processing. Make certain that you pet every sheep, chicken and cow that you own and if you process eggs or milk into mayonnaise and cheese, ship it before you leave the area. Now you can choose how to spend the rest of the day. You can gather wild items in your Scale Pack, mine for ores and stones, ride a wild horse and/or fish. The Fisherman usually is to be found at the riverbank north of the repaired bridge in the early afternoon in Autumn. Time appears to be suspended while you are fishing, unlike other Harvest Moon games where casting a line a few times can consume hours. Time does pass in the mines, as you will have noticed, so you need to budget wisely. I often mine a little while passing through the second cave system on the way to the Desert, Tropical areas or Plains. There always is ripe fruit to be gathered east of the 2nd cave system, and some valuable Mushrooms can be found in the South Mushroom Forest. If you have been riding the wild horses, you may have noticed that one horse always appears to be asleep on the western edge of the Plains. It is possible that this horse may be expecting a foal. Seldom are any efforts in Harvest Moon wasted. You should do a little fishing and horseback riding from time to time... Mining may serve another purpose if all your tools are not at 'MAX' experience by now. Usually it will be the Sickle that is used least, but if you find Ochre or Yellow Stones in the Mines and choose the option to 'use it now', the SP of the Sickle may increase very slowly. The Ochre and Yellow Stones work only occasionally but when they do, the Ochre Stone will add 1 point to your experience and the Yellow Stone will add more. You should sleep at Dr. Hope's house at least once each week in order to be able to join him for breakfast the next morning. When you speak to him at 6.00 a.m. at the breakfast table, he will ask you to join him. Afterwards, you will gain 1 Love Point and 3 Cooking Points. Sunday Maintenance, 28 Fall: Last week, Vita mentioned that the Doctor is not in the best of health. Today she makes the same announcement: Vita: The doctor hasn't been eating well recently. I don't think he's feeling very well. I hope you'll be able to appease the Fire Spirit's anger soon. If you have your Maintenance BEFORE you attend the Contest, the Doctor will say no more than: Dr. Hope: Oh that's right. The Mushroom Cooking Contest was today. Dorothy won, I suppose? In fact, you need to attend the Contest at the Restaurant, then return to speak to the Doctor. He will say: Dr. Hope: Oh that's right. The Mushroom Cooking Contest was today. Dorothy won, I suppose? Then he will add:

Dr. Hope: What? Nana won? And it was thanks to your porcini mushrooms? Very impressive! I don't blame you for helping Nana. She's very cute, isn't she?

Mushroom Cooking Contest The fourth Sunday in Autumn is the date set for the Mushroom Cooking Contest. Unlike the Spring Festival, which lasted until bedtime and sent you straight to bed afterwards, you can enter and exit Masami's Restaurant as much as you like during the day and evening. Speak to every one there to discover that, thanks to the Porcini Mushrooms you gave Nana, she won the Festival this year. Make certain to speak to Max to obtain your reward. Reward for 100g of Porcini Mushrooms When you speak to Max during the Mushroom Festival at Masami's Restaurant, he will tell you that he has sent some Earth Power Sand to your Item Box as a reward for helping Nana. It is not much of a reward, but at least your help was acknowledged in some fashion. By the time that the Mushroom Festival arrives, you probably will have used Earth Power Sand on every rough square on your farm and will not need any more of it, but for those players who did not purchase Earth Power Sand the moment it became available at the Supermarket, Max's gift may be appreciated more. Sunday Maintenance, 35 Fall: After your maintenance today, Vita will tell you again that the doctor has not been eating well and that she is worried about his health. The Doctor will tell you: The Mushroom Cooking Contest just ended and now people are talking about the Christmas Party. I understand that Dorothy has something she wants to talk to you about. As you helped Nana win the Mushroom Cooking Contest against Dorothy, it is only fair that you should help Dorothy now. Dorothy's Request: When you speak to Dorothy, she will say: Dorothy: Oh, I'm glad you came, Freyr. You see, I'm looking for someone to help make some cakes for our annual Christmas Party. Have you seen my television show, Cooking Life? If you watch the final episode, you'll see how to make cakes. If you would like to help out, please come to my house on the 23rd of winter. Of course, I'll compensate you for your time.' If you have been following this guide, you will have watched all 10 Cooking Lessons long before this and will have made a few cakes as well. Never mind. If not, then watch the Cooking Lessons you missed until you have seen the 10th and last one, then make some cakes before 23 Winter. As the Cooking Channel airs a new programme only once each week and does it in chronological order,

however, you will not be able to do this in time for the Christmas Party if you have missed too many lessons! N.B. Dorothy can be found regularly in a number of different places. On Saturday mornings, she attends Masami's Flower Arranging Class after 10.00 a.m. She can be found in her own house in the early morning and at night. The Last Day of Autumn Today is the last day to harvest any crops as well as fruit from any of the trees that are in the areas surrounding the Easter Ruins. Once Winter arrives, the only place where you will find fruit is in the Desert or the Tropical areas. Unfortunately, even if you set Forte's rubbish collecting task to 'Off' tonight, you will have little scope for use of your Sickle tomorrow. The only Dead Plants you will find on the 1st of Winter are the herbs in the Temple Cave. Snow Soles Before you go to bed on the last day of Autumn, you should collect your Snow Soles from the Item Box and equip them, storing your Power Soles in their place until Spring. If you fail to do this, you will find that your character will move very slowly indeed in Winter! Winter On 1 Winter, your farm will be transformed into a Winter Wonderland and every square will be covered with ice. If you attempt to use your hoe on this ice, you will be unable to do so. Even so, there are two types of seed sold both at the Supermarket and at the Vending Machines during the Winter season. How then can you grow any crops? Winter Crops and Flowers The two varieties of seed sold both at the Supermarket and through the Vending Machines are as follows: Kale Seeds 15G The only vegetable that can be grown in the winter. High nutritional value. A rare crop that can grow in winter. Can usually be harvested in 7 days. Usually survives snowstorms. Poinsettia Seeds 15G The only flower that grows in the winter. Blooms again if watered. A flower that blooms in winter. Can usually be picked in 14 days. Hardy even in snowstorms. Temple Cave

When you visit the Temple Cave, you will find that your herbs have Plants. Use your Sickle to rid the small field of them. You will to plant the Winter seeds that you purchased here, however, as any do so will result in a prompt to the effect that nothing but herbs grown here. Farming in Winter

become Dead be unable attempt to can be

How then are you going to be able to do any farming in Winter if your Hoe will not cut through the Ice that covers your fields? The answer is very simple. Use your Watering Can first to sprinkle the fields with water, thereby melting the Ice. At this point you should have your Monsoon Watering Can filled with Spirit Water. Using the Watering Can Ordinary water will not melt the ice, nor will you be able to use the Doctor's Watering Can or Masami's Watering Can at all, as they can be filled only with ordinary water. Even if you fill them at the pools where Spirit Water is found, it will be ordinary water. If you attempt to do so, you will see a prompt: It seems that you need a special fluid and watering can to water these snowy fields... The only Watering Can that can be filled with Spirit Water is the Monsoon Watering Can. Fill the Monsoon Watering Can with Spirit Water from the pool either in the Chicken's Pasture or in the Cow's Pasture. You then will be able to melt the ice that covers any area of tillable land. Once the ice is melted, you can use your Hoe on the squares as usual. Spread Strange Moss on the fields, then plant Kale and Poinsettia to your heart's content. You cannot use your Watering Can to melt the ice on paved squares, but you can melt the ice on any unpaved squares where you wish to place railway tracks if you want to spend some time this Winter changing the route of your Bas&Ket Railway. N.B. Be careful when standing next to a railway track that is on a paved surface not to touch it by accident to 'turn it'. If you pick it up, you will not be able to set it down on the paved square again until Spring! This is very annoying, actually. It may not matter much in practical terms, as you will not be harvesting much by hand, as Poinsettia is cut by the Herbal Channel, but it is not as attractive visually. Poinsettias When you speak to people now, many of them will tell you about the Christmas party. Poinsettias are critical to the next step in saving the island, so spend the first day of Winter preparing your fields and filling them with Poinsettia and Kale. As Poinsettia takes a fortnight (14 days) to mature, the sooner you plant it, the better. If you plant them in the Yellow and Red

fields, they will be ready to cut in 13 days. If you speak to Franco in the morning after you plant any Poinsettias, he will tell you: Franco: I heard that you planted some poinsettias. If you can manage to ship a lot of them by the day before Christmas Eve, they can use them to decorate the town. I can't wait! The most obtuse player now should realise that you are being told to plant and ship Poinsettias before the date of the Christmas Party on the 24rd of Winter. Essentially this means that they must be planted by the end of the first week of Winter to be shipped before the day of the 24th. That should be plenty of time for even the most indolent player to fill a field with Poinsettia plants.

Sunday Maintenance, 7 Winter Today Vita will ask you: Vita: have you heard, Freyr? The Nature Sprite of Memory has a single warm memory. And that is of the poisettia plants that grow on the snowy plains. They must have associated it with the festivities of Christmas time. Now you have heard from more than one source that shipping Poinsettias is necessary if you wish for the return of the Sprite of Memory. Dr. Hope: Time certainly does fly, Freyr. Already another winter is upon us. But I can't recall there ever being a more fruitful year than this. What do you think? Was this year a good one for you too? Your options: Yes. No. Dr. Hope: That's good. Keep up the good work until the Fire Spirit has been appeased.

Masami's Request: Visit Masami to obtain the actual request for a specific number of Poinsettias. She will tell you: Masami: Time certainly does fly. I can't believe we have to worry about the Christmas Party again so soon. You'll have to get ready too. The mayor usually only buys enough poinsettias to decorate Town Hall... But if you could grow and ship some poinsettias too, we could decorate the entire town with them! Let's see... If you could ship 20 of them, I think that would be enough to reach as far (as) Dr. Hope's house. He'd be so surprised, he might even go to the Christmas Party himself! Winter Haiku: You may have noticed that the 'students' in Masami's Haiku class write different haiku each season. Here are some Winter Haiku:

Gallion: 'The scarf that warms you if caught in a shutting door can also choke you.' Franco: 'Winter ice and snow. behind.' You made me fall down upon my poor old

Liberta: 'Oh black frying pan, you should be used for cooking, not as a weapon.' The Importance of Kale Every item in any Harvest Moon game has a part to play and Kale is no exception. You may recall that kale is mentioned in one of the early Cooking Lessons. If you wish to complete your 'Dishes Made' List, you need to plant and ship Kale. In fact, when you have shipped Kale, you will discover a new entry in your Kitchen Menu, under the Heading of 'Cutting Drinks'. Now your options will be: Vegetable Juice Fruit Juice Kale Juice Cancel In any event, Kale and Poinsettias are the only Winter crops. There is no excuse not to plant both in this season. Winter Activities If you visit Gayak during the Winter season, he will tell you: 'It's easy to feel like there's nothing to do on rainy days, or during the winter. You're young. You should keep farming, even in winter.' Apart from farming, there is plenty to do in fact. Trees in the Tropical and Desert areas continue to bear fruit during the Winter, the horses continue to run on the Plains and the Mines always provide opportunity for activity for a diligent player. Both the Northern and the Southern Mushroom Forests continue to harbour mushrooms, although those growing in the Northern Forest are only Enoki and Purple Shimeji, two of the least valuable varieties of fungi. In the Southern Mushroom Forest, you will find the same varieties that grew there in other seasons. You should have all Tools with the possible exception of the Sickle at MAX experience now. If not, however, take this opportunity to 'level up' any tools that remain at a lower level of experience. Forte's Upgrades If you have not been availing yourself of the Upgrades that Forte received when you succeeded in ridding the Cave Temple of noxious gases, you should do so. These upgrades allow Forte to keep your robot character at the highest level of functioning ability. Only one can be 'equipped' each day. After use of any

of these enhanced abilities, it will require maintenance that prevents it from being re-equipped immediately. Nonetheless, these enhanced abilities can be quite useful. N.B. When you equip the 'Charge' enhancement, you should use a Shine Pod immediately thereafter if possible in order to be able to benefit from the 'double PP'. 'Charge' does not give you any PP. It simply gives you the ability to possess twice the normal maximum PP. You therefore need to fill the PP gauge before it will be of any real benefit to you. Locked Doors in Cave Systems It may be useful to make a note of the colour and location of any locked door you encounter. There are a number of locked doors still in the three cave systems. If you are observant, you will have realised that all three systems are linked and that two of the purple locked doors you have found link the three systems. For example, the purple locked door in the 3rd Cave system is a door that links this cave with the cave entrance at the Mermaid Lake. The purple locked door in the 2nd Cave system, on the other hand, is the same door that you have encountered in the 1st Cave. Other locked doors in the Caves include the Green door in the wooden tunnel in the 3rd Cave system . This leads to a new area entirely. A yellow locked door in the second Cave system leads to another unexplored area. Locked doors still exist in the Easter Ruins. There are two orange doors to the right of Moonlight's room and another orange locked door in the Ruins 'Catacomb' area. Fishing in the Winter You may have noticed that the Fisherman appears to fancy a different fishing location each season. In the Winter, he enjoys ice fishing. Although the river is not frozen, the lake is. Go east of the suspension bridge to the edge of the Lake where the 'Southern Constellation' artwork is situated. If you go to the middle of the frozen lake, you will find the Fisherman fishing from a hole he has cut in the ice. He can be found there in the morning. Shipping Poinsettias If you planted Poinsettias on 1 Winter in a Red and/or Yellow Field, you will be able to make an order to have them cut after 13 days rather than 14. After the first harvest, you can harvest Poinsettias every three days. This means that 10 Poinsettias planted on 1 Winter will have yielded the requisite number of 20 by 17 Winter. As they are very colourful and ship for 100G each, however, you may wish to plant 150 to 200 to fill your fields with them. Lily Bells

In mid-winter, you should be able to find a new flower in the wilds. They resemble both the 'Lily of the Valley' and the 'Snow Drop' and in fact are named Lily Bells. Gather them as you would gather any wild item by placing them in your Scale Pack. You will find them in three different locations: in the forest east of the suspension bridge, in the Peach Tree field south of the Hermit's Hut and on the path between Easter Ruins and Volcano Town. Sunday Maintenance, 21 Winter: Recently, Vita has been Today she will tell you that he was able to see the Fire Spirit's anger hinting that the Doctor's health gradually is failing. that: The doctor seems a little better today, now you, Master Freyr. I hope you'll be able to appease soon, Freyr.

Dr. Hope: The Christmas party is next week. Every one in town is going to be going to the Mayor's Hall. The party is going to be on Wednesday the 24th. That day is different from your usual maintenance, so remember. More Winter Haiku: Franco; Hibernating bear. When I found your winter home, I could not bear it.' Gallion: 'A practical joke. I popped out of a snowman, but they just fainted.' Jessica: 'To love and be loved. The dream of any woman. And of any man.' Then: 'Wait. There's no seasonal word in that one...' Cooking with Dorothy, 23 Winter: Actually, if you recall, the Mayor's wife Dorothy asked you to come to her house on Tuesday, 23 Winter to help bake the cakes for the Christmas Party. This will be a busy week. If you go to the Mayor's house before the night bell at 20.00 rings on 23 Winter, it will be a wasted visit. Wait until you have heard the night bell ring, then enter the kitchen to speak to Dorothy there. You have to go to the Mayor's house and the kitchen after the night bell at 20.00. Dorothy: Oh, did you come to help out, Freyr? How nice. Well then, let's make some nice cake together, shall we? We have a lot to get ready, so we may not be finished until midday tomorrow. She then will ask you: Dorothy: Are you sure that you want to start now? All right. Let's get going. First I need you to sift this flour... You now have the option to answer either 'Yes' or 'No'. In fact, you should have completed all your chores and necessary tasks BEFORE you went to the

Mayor's house, but if there is anything that needs to be done before tomorrow, answer 'No.' Dorothy then will respond: Oh, is there something you need to do first? All right then. Talk to me again when you're finished.' When you are ready to surrender control of your character, tell her that you are ready to help her bake the cake. Narrative: And so you began to help Dorothy make a cake for the Christmas party... Not only that, you also helped clean up the Town Hall. It grew late and you finally fell into a deep sleep... The Christmas Party: When you regain control of your character, it will be midday on 24 Winter and the Christmas Party will be in full swing. You will be seated in the small parlour of the Mayor's house with Gayak and Marlene. Speak to them: Gayak: It must have been difficult to ship all of those poinsettias. But surprisingly enough, Dr. Hope is here at the party. He hasn't been out since his health problems started. This is all thanks to your hard work. Another Seed Bag Marlene: Welcome, Freyr. I made a Christmas present for you. Well, it's just a plain Seed Bag. I'm sorry it couldn't be something fancier. I sent the Seed Bag to your Item Box, so keep an eye out for it. Unfinished Romances After this, go towards Marcia and Lionel to experience a little scene between them. The Christmas Party evidently is an occasion that encourages thought about romance, as you will overhear more than one conversation in which the romantic aspirations of the characters will be revealed. Lionel is in love with Marcia, but is too embarrassed to tell her how he feels. In the kitchen, Lenny discusses Million with his sister Emma. He is afraid that his sister will lose Million if she does not make a move soon. At the small family dining table, Becky sits with Simon and Big. Becky: You shipped so many poinsettias that they even decorated Dr. Hope's house! The Nature Sprites might even come! The large formal hall with the stage and long dining table is where the main party is held. It is decorated profusely with poinsettias and garlands. Masami: It just doesn't seem like Chrsitmas without poinsettias. In my homeland, we always used lots of poinsettias at Christmas time. But the poinsettias here don't seem to be from a very reputable dealer. In comparison the ones that you shipped are all beautiful, Freyr.

Gallion is sitting on the stairs that lead to the stage. Gallion: Freyr... I know it might be a lot of work, but would you be willing to grow poinsettias for us every year? Masami really looks forward to the shipments of flowers from your farm. Vita's True Nature When you speak to Sharon, you will discover a very interesting fact concerning Vita: Sharon: It's only been 2 years since I came to this island, so this is just my second Christmas Party. I hear that Dr. Hope's maid was the one who made the cakes up until now. Her cakes were delicious. But his maid passed away, and then Vita came to live with him. Come to think of it, I believe Dr. Hope said that she came from the same place as you did, Freyr. She's pretty and smart. Really a nice girl. Evidently, you were not the first robot Dr. Hope ever made to interact with humans in human form! Dr. Hope and the Sprite of Memory Speak to every one, then speak to Dr. Hope last. Dr. Hope: It's been so long since I've been out. But it looked so festive that I just couldn't help myself. It's all thanks to you and the poinsettias you worked so hard to grow, Freyr. And you made that cake as well, eh? Impressive. Dorothy told me how you helped her. I'm proud to call you my son, Freyr. He then will suggest: Dr. Hope: Well, now. it's still a bit early, but would you like to go back to my house and relax for awhile? Have you said hello to every one? If you have spoken to every one, tell him 'yes.' If not, say no, and he will say: I see. Then you'd better go and talk to every one. I'll be waiting here.' When you have spoken to every one, speak to Dr. Hope again to inform him that you are ready to go. Dr. Hope: I see. Then let's be going. Now you will experience a rather dramatic scene involving the Doctor. As you began to leave, Charles will speak to you. Charles: (!) : Dr. Hope! Leaving so soon? Dr. Hope: Yes. But Freyr and I both had a wonderful time. Every one looks like they're having so much fun. I don't want to interrupt them. So we'll just slip out. Charles: I understand, Doctor. Take care. You walk down the road with the Doctor. Poinsettias line the road on either side.

Dr. Hope: It's so beautiful, Freyr. It's like a dream world. Oh, Vita came to meet us. Vita: Welcome home, Doctor. I have drawn a hot bath for you. Dr. Hope: How nice. Well then, why don't I just... He clutches his heart and falls to the ground. Vita: Doctor! No... Freyr, the Doctor is...

Suddenly the Sprite of Memory will appear from the trees. The Sprite of Memory Sprite of Memory: Wait. I am a Nature Sprite. Most of my memories are sad and painful ones. But my memories of the doctor are good.' The Sprite of Memory sprinkles magical powder on the doctor's prostrate form. Sprite: Dr. Hope's parents were good people, just as he is. They took good care of the forest. But now they have passed on. The doctor's body is very weak. Even with the power of the forest, it is not possible to cure him completely... There isn't much time... Make the most of what you have.' The Sprite then melts back into the trees. Vita: The doctor... He's sleeping. We should carry him to his bed while we can. Next you will find yourself inside Dr. Hope's bedroom. He is sleeping in his bed. Vita: The doctor is smiling... He must be having a good dream. Don't worry about the doctor. I will stay by his side until he opens his eyes. So please, Master Freyr. You must save this island before the volcano erupts... Go to the Giant Forest! Meet the Nature Sprites there. But please hurry. You see, even with the Water Spirit's help, the Forest Spirit can only be appeased during the Winter. You have much to accomplish, and you need all possible energy. If your PP is not at maximum now, use the Shine Pod downstairs before you leave the Doctor's mansion. The Giant Forest To reach the Giant Forest, you must go to the Mist Forest where you found two of the Nature Sprites previously. The Mist Forest contains a number of Blue Chests that continue to be 'sealed with a mysterious power'. Make certain that you have the Crest of the forest Spirit in your rucksack! Go to the Mist Forest, and run north to the place where the roots act as a barrier to the Giant Forest further north. When you arrive there, you will find that the two Nature Sprites of Knowledge and Friendship have been joined by the Sprite of Memory. Speak to the Sprite of Memory. Sprite of Memory: I've been waiting for you, Freyr. Do you have the Crest of the Forest Spirit?Thank you. Now we can use my memory to go to where the

Forest Spirit sleeps. Follow me.' The tree roots that formerly barred the entrance to the Giant Forest now open and you will run into the Forest with the Sprites. Nature return We can a warm Sprite to our regain memory of Memory: This is the Crest of the Forest Spirit. Now we can true form. our power as the lord of the forest. Thank you, Freyr. This is indeed. I will treasure it.

The three Sprites are transformed into tiny lights of blue, red and yellow. The lights circle one another and climb into the sky. White light, then you will see a huge hollow tree before you in place of the Sprites. Forest Spirit: Ah... Yes, this form suits me best. Can you believe tha any one would turn an old spirit like me into those three tiny Nature Sprites? The Water Spirit can certainly hold a grudge. But this just goes to prove that it's not one's appearance, but rather what's inside that counts. Cough! In any case, please accept my belated thanks, Freyr. Feel free to pass through at any time to reach the tower at Mermaid Lake. I wish you good luck... Thank you... Thank you...' You can reach the Tower of the Mermaid if you wish to follow the path through this Tree. Time is of the essence here. After many weeks in Winter where you could do nothing but wait for the Christmas Party, you now have only a few days to perform the rest of the actions needed to pacify the Fire Spirit and save the Island. You either can explore the Tree and Tower now, or return the next day to do it. If you explore it now, however, you will obtain a number of Jewels that will break Seals to unlock new paths. At this point, you either can open all the Chests in the Mist Forest or enter the Tree. In any case, if you go to the left, you will see two Chests. You will find a Green Jewel and a Giant's Axe in these chests. Giant's Axe Giant's Axe: An axe once owned by a legendary giant. Wood cut by this axe is always a valuable resource. The Path to the Mermaid's Tower Now enter the Tree. Go north along the passageway, then east towards a river. You will see a Blue Chest to the north. It contains an Earth Hammer. Earth Hammer Earth Hammer: A legendary Hammer that can shake the earth's foundation. Makes it easier to find things in caves. Your experience with the Hammer should be at MAX and you therefore should be

able to equip this Hammer now. You will find a river to the right with a shell floating near the bank. Press Triangle and you will see a prompt asking if you wish to ride the shell. Get on the shell? Yes. No. At first you will float automatically down the river on the shell, but when you reach the next screen, you will have control over the direction the shell takes. You will be able to land either at the left or the right bank of the river. On the left bank, there is nothing but rocks that can be smashed. On the right bank, there are stairs that lead upward. Take them. You will find yourself in an area containing two statues of mermaids holding upturned vases. These statues can be moved. There are two tiles in the north of this area. Push each of the statues onto a tile. When you have done this, water will gush forth from the vases filling the pool below. A shell boat will appear, floating on the waters. Take the shell boat north across the pool of water. Continue north through the doorway and then up another flight of stairs. You will see two tiles now in the south and two more mermaid statues. Push each of them onto a tile. Water will gush from their vases, filling the pool to the south. You need to go back down the stairs in the north, then south in the next area back to the shell boat. Take it to the south bank of the pool. Now go south through the doorway in the centre of the southern wall. You will find yourself outside the Mermaid Tower. Go to the left and you will see a shimmering shore as well as a Blue Chest. Open the Blue Chest to find an Enchanted Hoe. Enchanted Hoe: Enchanted Hoe: A fun and mysterious hoe blessed with Nature Sprites powers. It sometimes helps you to find things... Return to the chamber you left and now, rather than taking the stairs on the right downward, take the stairway on the left upwards. You will find yourself in an area with two Blue chests and a pool on the right with another shell boat. Open both chests. Each contains a Blue Jewel. Take the shell boat to the right side of the chamber to find four tiles on the floor and a locked door north of the tiles. You must step on the tiles in a specific order if you wish to unlock the door. Each of the tiles represents a season. You will see a Flower representing Spring, a Sun that represents Summer, a Leaf that represents Autumn and a Snowflake that represents Winter. Step on them in chronological order: Spring, Summer, Autumn then Winter. Upper right, lower left, upper left, lower right.) As you step on each tile, it will light up. When you step on

the last tile, the door will unlock. You will hear a little fanfare when this occurs. Go through the door and up the stairway. You will find yourself in a chamber with golden brown floors. There will be a shell boat of the same colour. First take it to the left to find four Blue Chests, each of which contains a Blue Jewel. Reunion with the Hermit Now take the shell boat to the central part of the chamber, where you will find your old friend, the Hermit. Hermit: Ho ho ho. So you made it this far, did you? Very well, I will return the Water Spirit's Crest that I was holding for you. Narrative: The hermit gave you the Water Spirit's Crest. Hermit: Because this crest was originally stolen by humans, it can only be returned by another human. Now then, place the crest on the altar. Hermit: ........................ What's wrong? You're not going to try and tell me that you're not human, are you? Why would you have human status if you weren't human? Hm? Now hurry. This cold isn't good for my joints. You placed the Water Spirit's Crest on the altar! Water Spirit It begins to radiate light, then you will see the Water Spirit, a beautiful female. Water Spirit: Thank you for returning my power to me, Freyr. I am the Water Spirit, the mother of all life. Your efforts in the ruins are slowly helping return life to this island. But I'm afraid that the Fire Spirit's anger cannot be appeased with my power alone. But there's a small chance... You must combine my power with the Ice Grail that sleeps under East Lake. In winter, the surface of East Lake freezes. You can cross it to reach the Ice Grail. And it is now winter... Stand back please. If my power were to touch you, you would be obliterated. You now witness a huge earthquake which creates a hole in the ice of East Lake. It is larger than the small fishing hole of the Fisherman. The Water Spirit vanishes, leaving the sparkling Crest on the altar. quite alone. You are

You now can leave the Tower, especially if you wish to open all the Chests in the Mist Forest today before midnight. Blue Chests in the Mist Forest From the entrance to the Giant Forest, go west first to open a Blue Chest that contains a Red Jewel. Go west to the next screen to find a Chest that contains an Orange Jewel. Below it, in the same area is a Chest containing a

Green Jewel. Go west a little further to find a path that goes south. Take it and you will find a Chest containing a Red Jewel. Go east now, but do not leave this screen. To the north is a partly hidden chest that contains an Orange Jewel. Go east to find a chest containing a Purple Jewel. Go east to the next screen to find a Green Jewel. Ignore the path north and continue east instead to find another Chest that contains a Red Jewel. If you contine east to the next screen, you will be retracing your steps. You now need to take the path south that leads out of the Mist Forest. Before you leave the Mist Forest, open the remaining Blue Chest near the entrance to the 3rd Mine system. It contains another Red Jewel. List of Treasures from Mermaid's Tower and Mist Forest In your rucksack now, you should have the following treasures from today's adventure: Green Jewel x 3 Blue Jewel x 6 Red Jewel x 3 Orange Jewel x 2 Purple Jewel x 1 Giant's Axe Earth Hammer Enchanted Hoe If you did this in a single day, it will be close to midnight, so you will be able to do little else today. There is one seal that is more important than the others, however. If you wish to set four Jewels in altars on any field tonight before you go to sleep, it should be the Green Jewels. Breaking More Seals You will not be able to find your Buggy when you leave the Mist Forest. Run to the river and take the raft to return to your farm, then set four Green Jewels on a field there to break the seal on a door that leads to a new area. If you have time to set four Purple Jewels on any field, that will open all the shortcuts through the Mine systems tomorrow. You may not have enough time to set Orange Jewels on altars, but if you do, this will unlock the two doors to the right of Moonlight's rooms. When you go through each of these doors, you will find two (empty) self-contained apartments, each with its own kitchen. The doors that you unlock in the Ruins by setting Jewels on four Altars simply lead to small areas filled with rocks that you can smash. As you can see, it is the Green and Purple Jewels that should be used first.

Green Jewels In the morning, when you go to your farm, if you set four Jewels on any field or fields last night, the Seal/Seals will be broken. If you set four Purple Jewels on any field, you will find that the purple doors creating barriers between the three cave systems have been unlocked. This will make life easier for you, but it is not critical by any means. What is necessary, however, is to unlock the Green door in the 3rd Mine system. You can do this only if you set 4 Green Jewels on any field in your farm area. When setting Jewels on altars in your fields, it is useful to pay attention to the power that each colour of Jewel possesses. Green Jewel: A mysterious shining jewel filled with spirit power. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster and retain water for 6 extra days. Crops will also sell for more than usual. As the Green Jewel offers the longest water retention as well as the best crop value of any of the Jewels, you may wish to set your Green Jewels in one of your largest fields. In any event, if you set the four Green Jewels in a field last night, the Seal will be broken this morning. Perform your chores, then set out for the 3rd Cave system. Hint from the Water Spirit Actually, if you go to the East Lake first to find the hole that the Water Spirit made in the Ice, you will see the following hint when you stand next to the hole: Narrative: You hear the Water Spirit's voice echo from all around you! If you are going to the Ice Grail, be sure to bring the Fire Spirit's Crest. Let the Green Jewel be your guide. I suggest that you simply go the 3rd Cave system first. Fire Crest It is in the area behind the Green Door that you will find the Fire Crest. For any player who is not familiar with the location of this door, you need to go to the 3rd Cave System. When you enter, you will be in the first section of this Cave system, which is rectangular in shape. The entrance to the Mist Forest is at the far north. Instead of going that far, take the first exit to the East. In the next section, go east, then towards the north, taking the exit in the northeast. You will find yourself in a tunnel that is open on one side. In the centre of this tunnel is a Green Door. If you have broken a seal using your set of Green jewels, you will be able to go through the Green Door now. You will be obliged, however, to leave the Buggy outside the door. You will find yourself in a cave system shaped like a corkscrew. It is a fire cave and you need to go west in order to begin to follow the 'corkscrew' to the bottom.

You will see a small group of rocks that can be smashed. Some are likely to contain Crimson Stones as this is a fire cave, so if you need PP, smash them. At the first turn at the east, you will find two chests. The Chests contain a Yellow Jewel and a Purple Jewel. Continue taking the path counterclockwise toward the bottom. You will find another Blue Chest. This contains a Flame Sickle. Flame Sickle: This flaming sickle burns away weeds. Put enough energy into it and all the weeds that you see are history. The Flame Sickle may be the one Level 3 Tool that you as yet are unable to equip if you do not have MAX experience with the Sickle. The Chest containing the Flame Sickle is located about halfway to the bottom. Continue down the path and you will reach another Blue Chest at the bottom of this spiral. This Chest contains a Yellow Jewel. The exit from this cave is here as well. Take it and you will find yourself in another cave. The path here is shaped rather like a crescent or C and the path begins at the top of the C. Go counterclockwise here to find an alcove in the northwest that contains two Blue Chests. The Chests contain a Yellow Jewel and a Purple Jewel. Continue down the path and you will reach the bottom of the C. Here the path divides into two. Take the lower path and you will find two more Chests in an alcove in the southeast. The Chests contain a Purple Jewel and a Yellow Jewel. Continue to walk east to reach the entrance to the third section of this Volcanic Cave System. Descend the flight of stairs to find yourself on a new path shaped like a crescent or C. Again walk counterclockwise to find a Chest that contains a Red Jewel. Continue walking and you will find a row of three Chests on the western side of the C. They contain an Orange Jewel, a Red Jewel and another Orange Jewel. The exit is at the bottom of the C in the southeast. Descend a flight of stairs and you will find yourself in the final chamber of this volcanic system. The path here is shaped like a spiral and there are Blue Chests along this path. The first contains a Red Jewel. A few steps lower, you will find another Red Jewel in a second Chest. At the bottom of the path is an Altar with the Fire Crest. Press the Triangle Button to acquire the Fire Crest. Rising Jewels When you set four Jewels of the same colour into the four quarters of any field, they will be activated and will break the seal on that field. At the same time, they will unlock a door or doors somewhere on the island of the same colour. If you try to remove a Jewel that has been activated in the first few weeks after setting it in an Altar, you will find that you are unable to do so.

After a full season, the Altars in which these activated Jewels are set will begin to rise from the ground. When the Altar has risen from the ground, you will discover that the activated Jewels now can be removed in order to replace them with Jewels of different colours or to be used in another field to break the Seal there. Although you can use the same four Jewels again and again to break Seals on your fields, it should not be necessary to do so as, by the time that the first sets of activated Jewels have risen, you should have been able to find many more full sets of Jewels at various locations on the Island. By the end of the first year, you should have enough Jewels to occupy every Altar. The real advantage in being able to remove Jewels after activation is if you wish to change the magical effects on any specific field. Jewels in Tools Jewels can be set in sockets in Level 3 Tools instead of being set on Altars. When set in Tools, however, they cannot be removed again and will vanish once their power is used completely. A Jewel when set in a tool can be used 99 times. Red Jewel: While this is attached, your energy will refill completely before it reaches 0. Yellow Jewel: While this is attached the power in non-yellow stones will not decrease. Blue Jewel: is different from tool to tool: When set in Monsoon Watering Can: If you attach it to this, the SP earned while using the Monsoon Watering Can will be doubled. When set in any other Level 3 Tool: If you attach it to this, whenever you use this tool the ground will be watered and the SP amount doubled. Three Levels of Gemstones There are three different levels of gemstones that can be found in caves, either in rocks or in Blue Chests. A Level 1 tool has only one socket for a Level 1 gemstone. The smallest gemstones are the Ochre, Crimson and Azure gemstones. These are the ones to set in the sockets on Level 1 Tools which are the basic tools you acquire at the beginning of the game. A Level 2 Tool has two sockets, one for the smallest Level 1 gemstones and a larger socket for the larger gemstones that you find when you smash rocks in caves. The larger Level 2 gemstones are the Yellow, Red and Blue gemstones. It is only the Level 3 Tools that have a socket for the Jewels that you find in Blue Chests. You can place a Yellow, Blue or Red Jewel in the third and largest socket in any Level 3 Tool. The Level 3 tools are: The Monsoon Watering Can, the Earth Hammer, the Enchanted Hoe, the Giant's Axe and the Flame Sickle. Using Yellow Gemstones

The Ochre and Yellow gemstones will have a real function when you set them in a Level 2 or Level 3 tool. When you have only Level 1 tools, the only use of the Ochre and Yellow Jewels is to use them at once, hoping that they will boost the SP of one of the tools in your rucksack. Once you have a Level 2 Tool, you can use an Ochre or Yellow gemstone in one of the sockets to augment or restore the power of a Red or Blue gemstone in the other socket. When you have a Level 3 Tool, you can do the same by setting an Ochre or Yellow Gemstone or even a Yellow Jewel in one of the sockets to boost the power of Blue and/or Red Gems in the other two sockets. Using Blue Gemstones For the most part, a Blue Gemstone placed in a tool socket will give watering power to the tool. It is most useful, therefore, to set an Azure or Blue Gemstone in one of the sockets of your Hoe, as whenever you till a square, that square will be watered as well. Placing Azure or Blue Gems in the Axe, Sickle or Hammer can be slightly useful, but not as much as when placed in the Hoe. An Azure or Blue Gemstone placed in the Watering Can boosts SP instead. Using Red Gemstones Crimson and Red Gems and Red Jewels basically act on your PP to restore it. One Crimson or Red Gem therefore should be placed in every tool to limit the amount of energy consumed when using the tool. Jewel Strategies You may have wondered why you had more Blue, Yellow and Red Jewels than those of the other colours. The reason is that one of the primary uses for these Jewels is for your Level 3 tools. As previously mentioned, once the Altars in any field have risen, Jewels can be removed and/or exchanged for Jewels of other colours. The best Jewels to use in a field where you grow crops obviously are the Jewels that allow the greatest crop value, the fastest harvest and the greatest water retention. The Jewels with these powers are the Purple and Orange Jewels. The Yellow Jewels are the next best in terms of this. Blue Jewels are most useful when placed in a Level 3 Tool or when placed in your Barn. If you notice, there are two Altars for Jewels in your Barn. Transforming Jewels When two floating sets of Jewels of different colours touch a third set at any point, their power may combine to change the colour of that set to Purple or Green after a full season has passed. You can create Orange Jewels as well, but it is more useful to create Jewels that actually boost the value of your crops. As the years pass, therefore, you should be able to transform all sets

of Jewels in your fields ultimately either to Green or Purple. When any Set of 4 Jewels is transformed, you will see the following prompt: The colours changed! It seems the 4 jewels joined their auras to increase their energy! To create Purple and Green Jewels, you need to remember the rules: Red, Yellow and Blue are Primary Colours. Green and Purple are Secondary Colours. Green is created from Yellow and Blue; Purple is created from Red and Blue. Orange is created from Red and Yellow. There is one field in the southeast that touches both a field in the Northeast and another in the far corner of the southeast. This is the field that can be used to transform Jewels to a different colour. Other Aspects of Life In any Harvest Moon game, you ignore any aspect of life at your own risk and this game is no exception to the rule. There is a time limit on the quest of appeasing the Fire Spirit, but you should not pursue this goal too quickly now, as success will mark the end of an epoch. You do have a few days before the deadline, which is the end of Winter. Perhaps you can spare a little time to collect the Lily Bells that will appear again in the East Forest and the path between the Easter Ruins and Volcano Town as wells cooking a few new recipes and visiting some people in Volcano Town. Professional Cake-Making If you have cooked diligently since the start of the game, you will have found that even after you shipped your first Kale and made 'Kale Juice', you could not complete the last two items on the 'Dishes Made' list. The items obviously were 'Baked Treats' but no matter how many cakes you made, you never made the special cakes needed to complete the list. It is only after you help Dorothy with the Christmas Party Cake that you will be able to make the two cakes that complete the Cooking List. They are: Chocolate Special Flower Special The Angel Ribbon You should go to Volcano Town in order to collect the Lily Bells on the path as well as paying your respects to your 'father', Dr. Hope. Before you visit him, however, you should place the Angel Ribbon in your rucksack and visit Jessica in the kitchen of the Mayor's house before the 'afternoon bell' at 10.00 in the morning. She prepares breakfast each morning for her family. When you speak to her, she will say: Jessica: My, what a pretty ribbon. Is it for me? Your options:

Yes. No. Tell her that the ribbon is for her and she will demur, saying: Jessica: Are you sure? It looks valuable. It's so shiny. Almost like it is from some other world. Are you sure? Tell her again that the ribbon is for her. Jessica: Thank you! But I can't just take it without giving something in return. Here. Narrative: Jessica took out a sparkliing red stone. It's a Red Jewel! Jessica: I'll send it on to your Item Box, don't worry. You now should have enough Red Jewels to equip each Level 3 Tool with one if you so desire. N.B. If you tell her that the Angel Ribbon is not for her, she will say: I didn't think so. It's too nice. No,

Effect of the Angel Ribbon Speak to Million after you have given the Angel Ribbon to Jessica and you will discover one of its effects: Million: I've been having the strangest feeling recently. I just can't get Jessica out of my mind. But earlier I used to think that Sharon was the most beautiful woman I'd ever seen. Note that it is not mandatory to give the Angel Ribbon to Jessica. Some players give it to another character instead. A Visit to Dr. Hope You should see Dr. Hope BEFORE you go to the frozen East Lake to find the Ice Grail. When you do so, he will be sleeping but Vita will be keeping her vigil at his bedside. Speak to Vita now for a marvelous farming upgrade. The Life Arm Vita: Thank you for waiting, Master Freyr. There was a present for you in the doctor's storage area. It seems that even as he was fighting his sickness, the doctor took time to make farming devices for you. I have had them delivered to your farm, in accordance with the doctor's instructions. Each Harvest Basket and Carrying Box will automatically be equipped with this device -- the Life Arm. if you place an equipped basket in a field, the crops in that field will automatically be harvested. it may be a little difficult to understand. The best thing is for you to try it yourself at your farm. If you speak to Vita again, she will offer more information about the Life Arm:

Vita: Are the Life Arms working well? The baskets and boxes that you get from now on will all be equipped with Life Arms. However, there are only 14 Life Arms all together. They will jump from one basket to another... So if you place them too closely together, they will get in each other's way and reduce their efficiency. You should try putting them in an variety of directions to see what works best. Using the Life Arms When you return to your farm after speaking to Vita about the Life Arms, you will see an addition at the corner of each of your Harvest Baskets. This is the Life Arm. The most important fact about the Life Arm automatically! You must stand next to the button to initiate the Life Arm. You then wish to Start the Life Arm. Do so and the every ripe crop within its 'reach'. is that it will not work Harvest Basket and press the O will see a prompt asking you if you Life Arm will begin to harvest

A Life Arm is like a little mechanical insect. It will fly over a section of your field, harvesting crops one by one and placing them in the Harvest Basket. It will NOT ship the crops. The crops will remain in the Harvest Basket until you send them to the shipping bin, either by carrying the Basket to the Bin manually or sending it via the Railway. As Vita warned you, Life Arms can get in one another's way if they are placed too close together. You will learn where to position each Harvest Basket for maximum efficiency. The Ice Grail When you have finished all other tasks, go to the East Lake where you will find the Fisherman sitting at the shore. Speak to him now. The Fisherman's Romance Fisherman: I sure was surprised when the surface of the lake parted and that big hole appeared. But the Water Spirit certainly was beautiful. My old girlfriend was pretty, too... She's a teacher at Volcano School. I hope she's happy with her life now... Go to the left of the Fisherman to find a huge rectangular hole in the frozen surface of the Lake. When you are next to it, your character automatically will leap into it. Two Blue Jewels You now find yourself in a chamber made of ice. There is a Blue Chest to the north. Open it to find a Blue Jewel. Continue to walk counterclockwise to find another Blue Chest containing another Blue Jewel.

In the centre of this chamber, you will find some steps leading to a dais. Go up the steps to the Altar there. Narrative: The area is shrouded in a frozen silence. This must be the place that others call the Ice Grail. Do you want to place the Fire Spirit's Crest on the altar? Using the Fire Crest If you are not ready for the drama that ends this part of your life, choose 'No'. Otherwise choose 'Yes.' Yes. No. A flame floats to the centre and causes the appearance of the Fire Spirit, the statue that formerly stood in the Cave Temple. Quenching the Anger of the Fire Spirit Fire Spirit: Grrrr... Are you the one who summoned me here? How could some one like you? This must be the work of the Water Spirit! It will take more than this to quench my anger. In fact, you're just fanning my flames... You hear the sound of water being thrown onto the Fire Spirit to quench its rage. Water Spirit: Stop, Fire Spirit. You've been angry long enough. Calm yourself. The Water Spirit douses the flames again with water. Fire Spirit: S-shut up, Water Spirit! I won't give in to you! Again the Water Spirit casts water upon the Fire Spirit Water Spirit: There is no need to fight. Come... Ugghh... ............... Fire Spirit: W-what is this? I feel good. It's as if the world has returned to its original condition. Now you can see the Water Spirit in the centre of the frozen Lake. The Fire Spirit now stands to the left and south of the Water Spirit and your own tiny figure can be seen nearby. Water Spirit: At last you understand. We spirits were meant to work goether to protect this world, not threaten it. Fire Spirit: Hmph... Don't take all the credit. After all, you didn't do it by yourself, did you? Water Spirit: No. I could not have done it without Freyr's help. You'rve done very well, Freyr. Now then. It is time that you returned home. Narrative; And so the Fires Spirit's anger vanished and Heartflame Island was saved from destruction. When you returned to the town., all of the townspeople said that they had heard what the Fire Spirit had said. And so they hailed you as a hero.

A Hero's Welcome You now find yourself on the tallest round dais with the fountain. midday. Principal Rose, the Mayor and Dorothy stand there. Mayor: You did it, Freyr! I guess you were a real boy, all the excitement, I'm afraid I didn't have time to get but... I sent 10 containers of Earth Power Sand to your least I could do. And please accept this certificate. citizens of Volcano Town. Certificate of Citizenship 'Freyr Grain succeeded where countless others had failed. He saved Heartflame Island from destruction and brought life back to the Easter Ruins. And we, the people of Heartflame Island, offer him our heartfelt thanks and welcome him as a citizen. Signed: Chuck Gremley, Volcano Town Representative. Dorothy nods and says: Thank you so much, Freyr. Be sure to talk to the other townspeople as well. Principal Rose: You're just wonderful! Maybe Franco isn't as bad as I thought. After all, he did help you, didn't he? Take the stair ramp to the second dais to find Charles, who is not pleased with your success and glory. Charles: I underestimated you! You deserve a rest. Leave the future of this town to me! Masami: The water's surface sparkles. I imagine your heart shines much the same way, doesn't it, Freyr? Gallion: It's so bright... I can't even see Masami's beautiful face... Appearance of an Alien On the third dais, you will find Franco, Moonlight and the Alien from the television series, Final Z Rangers. Alien from Final Z Rangers: Heh heh heh... What a peaceful and defenseless little town... I t should be well within our power to control a town of this size... Franco: Who brought that weird stuffed animal here? This is an important day for Freyr! We don't have time to be wasting with toys... Moonlight: That blue stuffed animal is very well made. It's a regular work of art! i particularly like the way the eyes will sparkle from time to time... Almost like it's alive... A Sad Farewell It is

after all... But with you a proper reward, Item Box. It was the It's from all of the

When you try to walk down the stairs that lead to the main road of Volcano Town, Marcia will appear, running towards you. Marcia: Freyr! The doctor... He's ... Next, you will find yourself at Doctor Hope's bedside with Marcia. Marcia: Dr. Hope woke up just a few moments ago! Dr. Hope: Hello, Freyr. I'm glad you came. You did it. I know you could. You brought about a miracle. I only hope that something will happen to reward you for all of your hard work. Don't worry about me. I've had a good life. No, it was a great life. And being able to talk to you to the very end makes mine complete. I've put Vita in charge of all of my affairs. If you need anything, please talk to her. Farewell... I wish you every happiness... Marcia: Is he... Is he dead? Doctor! Sob... Oh, Freyr... Sob... You turn to face her. Marcia: Hmm? Look, Freyr! You're crying! You're crying real tears! Freyr... Freyr! The Credits Roll Sunlight streams into the room and tiny orbs of light begin to fall like snow. The credits roll but this is not the end by any means! Marco and the Supercoolant You now see Marco in the Temple Cave, looking at the site of his construction. Marco: l'll never understand it. Why didn't my machine work like I planned? And that gas leaking the way it did. It's all very strange... We used all the latest technology. There can't have been any mistakes... He races into the construction area. There is an explosion in the distance. When he emerges, it is obvious that he has survived a major explosion. Marco: Of course! That must be it! You now have an opportunity to choose a Save File. To be continued your LIFE Time Limit for Appeasing the Fire Spirit If you follow this guide, you will be able to appease the Fire Spirit before the end of the first Winter, but as the initial prediction for the eruption of the volcano was 'in a year or two', you should have more than one year to accomplish this goal if you need more time. Note, however, that you can

accomplish the last step only during the Winter season. If, therefore, you do not complete the task before the end of the first Winter, you will be required to wait until the second Winter season. If you fail to complete it by the end of the second Winter, disaster will strike! Life Continues When you load this file, 2 days will have passed since you first entered the hole in the Lake to find the Ice Grail. Access the Weather Channel to hear about your own exploits: Weather News: Neo: I have important news! The eruption of Flame Mountain that I predicted was averted! For some reason, I can't tell who was responsible for this. Perhaps it was some superior force? But in any case, the future once again stretches out in front of us. Let's just be happy about that. And now... A New Area to Explore in the 2nd Cave When you set 4 more Yellow Jewels on an Altar, you will unlock the door in the second mine in the Underground lake area. Go through the Door. You will find a Blue Chest that contains a Yellow Jewel. To go further south to the next chest, you will be obliged to leave the Buggy behind. Open the Blue Chest to find a Blue Jewel. Continue down the path to find an exit in the southwest. You will find yourself in a cave made of ice. It is, in fact, the southern half of the place where you found the Ice Grail. In fact, you can see the Altar in the north but you cannot reach it from here. You will find a Blue Chest on the left. It contains a Cool Pins. Cool Pins: A badge made out of pins that are as cool as ice, this is a present from the Wind Spirit. It can help a man keep his cool, especially if hes nervour about talking to a woman. Cool Pins If you gave the Angel Ribbon to Jessica, you may know what to do with the Cool Pins now. You need to visit Million early in the morning in the Supermarket before it opens. He then will say: Million: Hm? Are those Cool Pins for me? Yes. No. If you say 'No', he will say, 'Oh, sorry!' Don't keep the poor man in suspense. Tell him that the 'Cool Pins' indeed are for him. He then will say: Wow! I didn't expect a gift from you, Freyr. Thanks a lot!'

The Construction Site If you return to the Construction Site in the Temple Cave after the little scene involving Marco and the explosion, you will find that the barrier preventing exploration has been removed. Enter and you will see an enormous gold statue of Marco in an antechamber that still is under construction. Beyond the statue is an archway made of wooden beams with a little signpost that declares: Welcome! Enter and you will find yourself at the southeast end of a new cave system. There are rocks to smash here but the most interesting discovery awaits you at the exit. The exit is in the northwest corner. When you emerge from the tunnel, you will be met by the Fire Spirit. He will declare: Fire Spirit: Wait just a minute, Freyr. The wasteland beyond this point is under my control. So let me make a few things clear right off the bat... You must not bring impure objects such as Basket Rails into the Wasteland Farm. And any items like Harvest Baskets that make farm work easier are also not allowed. Further, I am allergic to flowers and herbs, and will not stand for them to be in my fields. I bet you feel like giving up, eh? If you choose 'Yes': Fire Spirit: You're a surprisingly perceptive younmg man. Well then, I suppose you'd better head on home. Obviously, you do not want to give him this response. A New Challenge You will have the option to choose: Yes. No. If you choose 'No': Fire Spirit: Oho! You think you're up to it, eh? All right then, I'll let you farm here. But there's just one condition... If you aren't able to harvest at least 1000 crops from here in the next two years, you lose. If you lose, I will release the power of the alien that I am currently holding at bay. Still interested? If you choose 'Yes': Fire Spirit: Hahaha! This should be interesting! Very well then, get started. I'll be watching you. The Wasteland Farm of the Fire Spirit Explore your new farmland. You can use your Monsoon Watering Can to melt the

ice that covers the fields. You then will see that about half of the squares consist of barren soil that will require Earth Power Sand to convert it to fertile tillable land. You now may be grateful for the gift of 10 Earth Power Sands that you received from the Mayor. You may realise as well that although the Life Arms on the Harvest Baskets will be extremely useful at the Easter Ruins, your labours will be multiplied by this new challenge. You may wish to spend the remaining days of Winter transforming the barren squares at the Wasteland into fertile ground.

Your Maintenance You now are in charge of your own Maintenance. Use the 'Upgrade' options that Forte has to keep your energy at its maximum and to allow you to perform your work with ease. Using the right combinations of Jewels in your Tools will prevent you from losing all PP when performing your chores. You can plan to automate most of your farming at Easter Ruins in order to concentrate on the quest of shipping 1000 crops from the Wasteland Farm. N.B. Forte apparently needs to perform the Upgrade Maintenance tasks regularly in order to keep himself at maximum efficiency as well. If you fail to set the maintenance tasks for awhile, you may find him 'pacing' aimlessly back and forth in a tiny area of your farm, performing no tasks whatsoever. Restoring Energy There are a number of ways by which energy or PP can be restored. You can restore PP at any Shine Pod or any Hot Springs, by going to bed or by finding a Crimson or Red Stone in a mine and using it immediately. There are Shine Pods at Dr. Hope's mansion and at the Fisherman's Tent in the Desert. The Hot Springs is located north of the restored bridge. Crimson and Red Stones can be found in any of the mines on the island. You can sleep and therefore restore energy in your bed at the Easter Ruins, your bed at Dr. Hope's mansion or any of the guest beds in the Fisherman's Tent. The Shine Pod is the most efficient and immediate source of energy. By entering any Shine Pod, you will fill your energy or PP gauge completely. The Hot Springs will restore up to 50% of your total PP. It does take time, however, and PP is restored in small increments on a gradual basis. Sleeping in any bed will restore PP completely, but you will not awaken until the next morning. As far as the Jewels are concerned, a small Crimson Jewel will restore one quarter of your total PP, while the larger Red Jewel will restore half of your total PP. These effects are instantaneous when you choose the option to use the Jewel 'now'.

Preparing the Wasteland Farm When you return to the Wasteland Farm with your Earth Power Sand, you will be met again by the Fire Spirit.

'Ah, you came, Freyr. Up until yesterday, you farmed 0 crops on the Wasteland Farm. Unless you farm at least 1000 more, you'll lose and the people of this island will be at the alien's mercy. Good luck, Freyr...' The Fire Spirit will meet you each day that you visit the Wasteland Farm to inform you of your status with respect to his two-year farming challenge. Earth Power Sand is 2000G. Each order will fertilise nine squares. You will need more than 100 orders of Earth Power Sand to transform every square of the Wasteland Farm into fertile soil. There is no need to do this immediately if you do not have sufficient funds to purchase that much Earth Power Sand, but if you have been farming diligently throughout the year, you should have more than enough money to meet this demand. In fact, at the point of time when you 'saved the Island' from the Volcano, you should have had a total of approximately 500,000G even after purchasing every upgrade the Supermarket had to offer throughout the year. If you accepted the Fire Spirit's Challenge before 27 Winter, you can grow Kale at the Wasteland Farm and harvest it before the end of Winter. If not, you probably will not have enough time to bring any Kale you plant through to harvest before Spring. Sunday, 35 Winter: As this is the last day of Winter, you should make certain that Forte's Garbage collecting option is Off if you do not yet have maximum experience with the Sickle, and make certain that the appropriate gemstones and Jewels are set in the sockets of the tools you will use tomorrow. The tools you will use most tomorrow are the Sickle, the Hoe and the Watering Can. A Haiku for Dr. Hope If you visit the Haiku class today, you will discover that Franco has written a new Haiku in memory of Dr. Hope. Franco: 'Sometimes I like to write serious haiku too... 'Tears flow down my cheeks only to disappear in the falling snowflakes.' That's dedicated to Dr. Hope. Franco: Sometimes I like to write serious haiku too... 'Tears flow down my cheeks only to disappear in the falling snowflakes.' That's dedicated to Dr. Hope. Ring 2: Spring When you have saved the island from the threat of the Volcano, you will begin Ring 2 of your life in Spring. Your Dog One of the first things you may notice is that your dog no longer is a puppy. He is fully grown now and is a huge beast who no longer can be housed in your

room. He therefore will be found on your farm at all times, day and night, rain or shine. The domed 'box' to the right of the shipping containers is his kennel. On rainy days, he will whimper but will remain on the farm, rather than returning to your room. Your cat still will be a kitten and will continue her usual routine. In the morning, she will be in the bathroom. At noon, she will walk round and round your table. At night, you will find her on the rug in front of the kitchen. Farming Strategies for Spring If you have appeased the Fire Spirit's wrath before the end of the first Winter, your only goal in the second year will be to meet the Fire Spirit's challenge with respect to the Wasteland Farm. If, however, you failed to appease the wrath of the Fire Spirit, you only have one more year in which to do it. The final step in this must be performed before the end of the second Winter. If you have been following this Walkthrough, however, you will be concerned now only with the Wasteland Farm challenge. You really do need to have all Level 3 Tools if you wish to be able to meet the Fire Spirit's challenge at the Wasteland Farm. You definitely need the Monsoon Watering Can and the Enchanted Hoe in any case. You will be able to spread Strange Moss on the field in Spring, but you will not be able to use Baskets on this farm. Remember that you cannot grow either herbs or flowers there either. Provided you do have all Level 3 Tools, you should set Forte to every farming task on the farm at the Easter Ruins. When Spring arrives, spread Strange Moss on your fields, plant the crops that take the longest to mature within the influences of Jewels that increase speed of growth, then allow Forte to water the crops and keep the fields clear of weeds and rubbish. The Life Arms on your Harvest Baskets can harvest everything there now, making Easter Ruins almost completely automatic. You only have to remember to make regular orders with the Herbal Garden to cut and ship all flowers. Your real labour now will occur at the Wasteland Farm. You can spread Strange Moss there, but you will have to do all the planting, watering and harvesting by hand. Although the Fire Spirit gives you two years to achieve the goal of shipping 1000 crops from the Wasteland Farm, with Level 3 tools, you should have no problem with shipping 1000 crops before the end of Spring. The easiest way to attain this goal in a single season is by planting a large quantity of Turnips and Potatoes for a huge harvest within the first fortnight. At the same time, plant large quantities of Strawberries, Cucumbers and Asparagus in the Wasteland Fields. Although they are slow to mature initially, once you have harvested a Strawberry plant once, you will find that you will be able to harvest the fruits every day thereafter. I deliberately did not mention Cabbage here because Cabbage takes a long time to mature and is a single harvest crop. It is a valuable crop, but your goal at the Wasteland Farm has nothing whatsoever to do with shipping values. It is far better to plant your Cabbage at the Easter Ruins within the influence of Green, Purple or Orange Jewels in order to maximise values.

Supermarket in Spring of Year 2 You will find two new varieties of herb seeds at the Supermarket this Spring: Basil: Shipping Price: 60G Basil Seeds: 8G A refreshing herb with a nice fragrance. Harvest again if watered after picking. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Slightly fragile in storms. N.B. As with all other herbs, although Basil seeds are sold only in Spring, once planted, they will continue to grow through Autumn. Peppermint: Shipping Price: 60G Peppermint Seeds: 8G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. N.B. As with all other herbs, although Peppermint seeds are sold only in Spring, once planted they will continue to grow through Autumn. Earth Power Sand will be available still as well as all the crop seeds and crops that were sold last Spring. You can purchase more Bas&Ket Rails here as well. New Bas&Ket Railway Items If you purchased all possible upgrades and items for your Bas&Ket Railway previously, a new motor and other accessories should be available now at the Supermarket. Apparently, a new company or subsidiary of the original, Convey-R Inc., now is making parts for the Railway. Bas&Ket 60T: 6000G A conveyor motor. Fastest Convey-R Inc design for pulling heavy loads. This motor will improve the efficiency of your Railway. Convey-R DX: 9800G A rail motor from Bas&Ket Inc. Low in horsepower but high in speed! Convey-R Carry: 4800G A basket from Bas&Ket Inc., to be used on a conveyor from Convey-R Inc. N.B. Limit of 4 Convey-R Box: 1200G A lightweight basket from Bas&Ket Inc. Can be placed on top of a rail. N.B. Limit of 4 Vending Machines in Spring of Year 2

When you go to the Vending Machines on 1 Spring, you will see some new seeds as well as two varieties of crop seeds that were available at the Supermarket last year: Hyacinth Bulbs: 9G You won't know what colour it is until it blooms. Blooms again if watered. A flower that blooms in spring. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Usually destroyed in storms. Lavender Seeds 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Grows from spring to autumn. Can usually be picked in 10 days. Weak in storms, so plant with care. Rosemary Seeds 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Grows from spring to autumn. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Slightly fragile in storms. Chamomile Seeds 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Grows from spring to autumn. Can usually be picked in 10 days. Exceptionally fragile in storms, so plant with care. Peppermint A fragrant Grows from fragile in Seeds 8G herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. spring to autumn. Can usually be picked in 7 days. Slightly storms.

Strawberry Seeds 20G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to earn more money. A crop that grows in the spring. Can usually be harvested in 14 days. Slim survival rate in storms. Turnip Seeds 10G Sweet and delicious. Relatively easy to grow. Turnip Seeds: A crop that grows in the spring. Can usually be harvested in 6 days. Somewhat strong in storms. Asparagus Seeds 40G Grows again if watered after harvest. Can be repeatedly picked. A crop that grows in the Spring. Can usually be harvested in 6 days. Very weak in storms, so plant with care. These seeds are listed in the order in which they appear in the Vending Machines from left to right. As always, the two types of Bas&Ket Rails are offered from the two machines at the right end. N.B. Remember that herb seeds can be planted from Spring through Autumn, although they will not be sold in every season.

The Alien In case you thought that the appearance of the Alien from Final Z Rangers at the ceremony was a joke, you will have realised from the challenge given by the Fire Spirit that some kind of alien invasion may threaten the island now.

In fact, the Alien himself can be found now on any afternoon on the rooftop of Neo's laboratory. If you speak to him, he will say: 'Heheheh... Soon this entire island will go gaga... But wait... My body feels weak. I can't seem to get up my energy. What could be happening...?' The Alien actually lives in the second apartment to the right of Moonlight's room. You will find him there only in the morning before the afternoon bell rings at 10.00 a.m. Shortcuts Now that all the Purple doors have been unlocked, you can go from the 1st Cave to the southwest bank of Mermaid Lake by cutting through the 3rd cave system. You cannot take the Buggy, but it is not a very long journey by foot and you will be able to find Cacao and Papaya in Spring there as well as at the other seasons of the year. From there, you can take the switchback trail to the South Mushroom Forest or the Hermit's Hut area in a matter of minutes. A New Wildflower In your second Spring, you will find Lily Bells in all the locations where they appeared during Winter. You will find a new wildflower as well. In the field north of the repaired Bridge, you will find large orange Lilies. They look like Daylilies. They can be found throughout the Desert area as well, usually near Trees. Fishing in the Spring Take the little path that goes east down the hill from the Hot Spring to find the Fisherman in the afternoon during Spring. Festivals in Spring, Ring 2 Once you have appeased the anger of the Fire Spirit, the Spring Festival no longer will be held. There will be no community festivals in Spring in the second year for those who have met the goal of saving the island from the threat of the volcano. Shipping 1000 Crops from the Wasteland Farm As previously stated, it is not difficult to ship 1000 crops from the Wasteland Farm before the end of Spring. You have two years, but if you wish to complete the task as quickly as possible, it can be done by the end of the third week of Spring. Until you have shipped 1000 crops, the Fire Spirit will greet you each time you enter the Wasteland Farm, giving a running account of how many crops have been shipped 'up until yesterday', as he puts it.

When you have shipped a total of 1000 crops from the Wasteland Farm, the Fire Spirit will declare: Fire Spirit: I've been wiatiing for you, Freyr. I'm surprised to see that you've fulfilled the conditions I set for you! There's really nothing else to say. I will continue to keep the alien at bay. And you are welcome to continue using this farm for as long as you like. Farewell, Freyr!' Before he leaves, however, he remembers to add a note of caution: Fire Spirit: Just let me remind you of something... Impure objects such as Basket Rails and Harvest Baskets are still forbidden here. And please don't plant any herbs or flowers. I'm still allergic to them, you know. But I'm sure you already knew that. And now I bid you farewell, Freyr.' From this point forward, you will be able to use the Wasteland Farm in peace. There are advantages to farming here rather than at the Easter Ruins with respect to some crops. You may have noticed that weeds, branches and rocks do not appear on the field at the Wasteland Farm. When you are deciding where to plant crops that grow very slowly, you may wish to choose a field at the Easter Ruins and surround it with Jewels that cause the crop to grow more quickly. Severe storms appear to be most common during the Summer season. Any crop or flower that is both fragile and slow to mature should be grown at the Easter Ruins within the influence of Jewels that speed its growth. N.B. Even after you complete the Fire Spirit's challenge, the Alien will continue to stand on top of Neo's tower. Level 3 Tools Level 3 Tools, apart from being more powerful, can be rather fun to use. The Enchanted Hoe can dig up ore occasionally from a field. Using the Earth Hammer guarantees that you will find more items when you smash rocks in any mine. A Clue from Neo If you speak to Neo now, he may tell you, 'Ugh... I'm so tired. I really think I'm going to collapse. Oh, don't worry. I have 1000 years worth of weather reports prerecorded. I guess I can relax a little now. After all, everything turned out all right.' New Tenants at Easter Ruins When you broke of Moonlight's any one there, new tenants in the Orange Seal, you unlocked the two orange doors to the right room at the Easter Ruins. During the day, you will not find but before the 'afternoon bell' at 10.00 a.m., you will find each self-contained apartment.

In the room next to Moonlight's room, you will find the Sales Rep from the 'Pink Mask Company'. Lucia frequently speaks rather wistfully of the products

offered by the Pink Mask Company. Jonathan, on the other hand, warns Marco of his wife's gullible nature and tells him to beware of those who sell questionable items. If you speak to Marco and Jonathan when the Banks family visit the Branch family on Saturday night, you will hear the following: Marco: I've heard really good things about Pink Mask Incorporated's products. I wish they'd come here. Of course, I've never actually used any of them. Jonathan: Your wife certainly seems to be easy prey for people selling scam products. You should be careful. 'Pink Mask' Representative As you might imagine, the Pink Mask representative wears a pink masque. The first time you speak to him, he will say: Pink Mask: Oh! A customer? Greetings. I am a representative of Pink Mask Incorporated. I'm terribly sorry, but I'm not open for business at this time. Could you come back later, please? You can answer: Yes. No. If you answer 'Yes', he will say: This is quite a small island, isn't it? My sales prospects don't look promising. If you say 'No'. Oh, I see. What can I get for you, then? A menu will open, showing a list of the items he offers: Shiny Coat 198G Healthy Colour 1980G Surprising Seeds 3980G Blue Egg 1280G Mother's Touch 48900G Mother's Touch: If you wear this and pet an animal, your pets, cows, chickens, and sheep will feel great. The crops that you harvest with it will sell for more money, too. N.B. This item is worth buying. It does increase the values of crops and animals. Any crop harvested with the 'Mother's Touch' equipped will have a higher value than it would have otherwise. Shiny Coat: If you wear this and pet an animal, they will become shiny and clean! But aside from that, it doesn't seem to have any effect. (Can be used 5 times) N.B. The Shiny Coat does have an effect in that it allows you two chances to interact with your animals in a single day. When you use the Shiny Coat, you obtain a heart from the animal. Pet the animal again using Mother's Touch and

you obtain another heart. Ordinarily, the second interaction with an animal would result in a response of (...) rather than the heart. You have to use the Shiny Coat first, though, and then follow with the Mother's Touch. Healthy Colour: Equip this and spray it on a crop and the plant colour will change to look healthier than it is. (Can be used 5 times) N.B. Healthy Colour actually devalues a crop, and it will ship for less than an ordinary crop. It is fun to use as it changes the colour of the crop, causing it to become a colour that never would appear in Nature. Tomatoes become purple, Melons become pink and so on. It only affects the fruit or vegetable actually growing on the plant at the time when you spray it. Future harvests from the same plant will have normal colour and value. Surprising Seeds: Hold this and throw it on the ground in your field to plant a mystery seed. You'll never know what will sprout. Can be used 5 times. N.B. This does not produce any new crops, but randomly produces crops that are grown in the season in which the Surprising Seeds are planted. These crops apparently are of inferior quality as they ship for only half the value of an ordinary crop! Blue Egg: Spray this on an egg in the incubator and a blue chick will hatch. There could be side effects. (Can be used 5 times) N.B. This will produce a Blue Chick. The Blue Chick will become a white chicken, however. There is only one 'Mother's Touch.' You can buy more than one of the other items. The 'Mother's Touch' definitely is the best item as well as it improves the happiness of your animals as well as the quality of their produce. The Alien During the day, you will find the alien on top of Neo's tower. Before 10.00 a.m., however, you will find him in the room with the orange door that is to the right of the apartment occupied by the Pink Mask representative. He will tell you: 'The food around here is delicious. I could live here forever.' If you speak to Moonlight now late at night, he will exclaim: 'Freyr! I saw a strange thing that looked like a stuffed animal in that new room. Did you make that? It's very impressive!'

World Ranch 'Star' Animals You will find a new option available from the World Ranch now. When you access the channel, the World Ranch representative will announce that: I've got some big news for you today! We're startin' a special livestock sale. Select 'Hear Explanation' for the big scoop! What can I do fer you today, pardner?

Under 'Hear Explanation', you will find a new option: About (Star) livestock. Golly! We almost succeeded in makin' livestock that'll increase in rank with just a little attention! You just give 'em a bit of attention and BAM they get a star! But the star isn't permanent. It goes away after a while. That's why I said 'almost succeeded.' Still, it goes up. Sure as shootin'. We've been workin' on seein' how many hearts and stars we can get... Now we've discovered how many days the effect will last. You can see it along with the star chart. This period of time and the star chart will change from animal to animal, so check us out every day to see our stock. These animals can be pricey, but if you want to make money selling livestock, it's worth a look. Just remember that when the time limit up, they'll turn back into normal animals, so be careful. For people who just lookin' to make a livin' using their animals' produce, the cheaper animals is fine. In case you have forgotten the meaning of Stars and Hearts: About livestock ranks: Talking to yer animals or pettin' 'em will increase their Happiness. When the Happiness Bar fills up, the animal will get one big heart. 10 big hearts equals 1 star. Animals with stars will fetch higher prices, and they can produce better quality items, too. You must have less than the maximum number of animals in any category to be able to buy one of the temporary Star animals. You then can access the channel each day to see if any animals are for sale with temporary Star ratings. You will not find Star Animals for sale every day. You will not be able to see the Animals that are offered if you own the maximum number of Animals in every category. You therefore have to have at least one open slot in one of your barns before you will be able to see the Animals on sale currently by the World Ranch. If you want to purchase only the best animals, save your game BEFORE you go to your room to access the World Ranch Channel. Even if you have only 1 empty slot in one barn, you will be able to access the list of Chickens, Cows and Sheep offered on that day. In other words, even if you have 5 Cows and 5 Sheep, if you have only 4 Chickens, you will be able to choose the 'Buy livestock' option to access the lists of Chickens, Cows and Sheep for sale. Three Animals in each category will be offered. Quite often, you will find no Star Animals in one of the three categories of Animal. It may be useful to give an example: If you wish to purchase a Cow on any given day: Sometimes all Cows will be the regular price of 3500G with the word 'None' after the price. On another occasion, you may see something like the following: Cow (Star) 7800G Cow 3500G 38 days * * * * * * * (Star) * * (Heart) * * * * None

Cow (Star) 7200G 37 days * * (small heart) * * * * * (Heart) (small heart) * * * * * After you purchase any animal with a temporary Star rating, you will see the

Star Chart above the Happiness Bar when you access your Farm menu. The icons such as small heart, Star and Heart shown on the Star Chart will be nothing more than outlines. When they are filled, they become permanent. Whenever you buy any Animal, the Happiness Gauge will be at zero. As you give attention to the Animal, the gauge will begin to fill. When the Happiness Gauge reaches any place on the Star Chart with an icon, the icon will become solid. When the temporary period is almost at an end, the World Ranch representative may tell you when you contact him that: 'You've got some livestock who are about to turn back into normal animals... Be sure to sell 'em before that happens...' There is less reason to do so, however, if you have increased the Happiness gauge of the animal to the point where any of the Stars or Hearts have been filled. At that point, the Animal will retain its Star ranking even after the temporary period is over and will retain any Hearts and Stars that have been filled. Here is an example of Sheep both with 1 and 2 temporary Stars offered by the World Ranch Channel on the same day: Sheep (1 Star) 6200G 38 Days * * (small heart) * (small heart) * * (Star) * * * * * (Large Heart) * Sheep (1 Star) 6600G 50 Days (small heart) * * * * * (Large Heart) * * * * (Large Heart) * * * Sheep (2 Stars) 29000G 48 Days * * (small heart) * (small heart) * * (Large Heart) * (Small Heart) * * * * * The fact of the matter is that, for the most part, dealing in Animals with temporary Stars is a gambling game. The purchase price of the Animal will be far higher than its selling price immediately after purchase, as one would expect in any Harvest Moon game. As far as your chances of filling in the Hearts and Stars on the Star Chart are concerned, time is a critical element. Without Shiny Coat or 'Mother's Touch', your chances of doing so are fairly low, as affection in Innocent Life is earned very slowly. With 'Shiny Coat', you will be able to pet an Animal twice rather than once each day. Unfortunately, weather is very much a consideration where Chickens and Cows are concerned. On days when the weather is fine, all Chickens and Cows will be awake and you therefore will be able to earn affection from them. On days when the weather is bad, only 3 out of 5 Chickens will be awake, and all of the Cows will sleep through the day. Perhaps rain and snow are desirable before you have Forte's help in watering your crops. Once you have the option to purchase Star Animals, every day of bad weather is a loss where some of your Animals are concerned. Sheep are not affected by the weather as they never go out to pasture. All five Sheep will be awake even during severe storms. You therefore are assured an opportunity to increase a Sheep's affection every day. In the example given above of three Sheep offered by the World Ranch Channel, all three have small hearts that can be acquired close to the time of purchase. The second has a small heart on the first point of the Star Chart graph, which means that this Animal will gain in affection rating almost

immediately if you use both the Shiny Coat and Mother's Touch daily. Of the other two, the third Sheep with two Stars is the best purchase. It is more valuable than the first Sheep and will acquire a small heart at the same time as the other would. In fact, both the first and third Sheep have a second small heart on the graph fairly close to the first. It should be possible to fill this second heart before the end of the temporary Star period. Essentially, the value of any temporary Star animal will increase with every small or large heart that is filled in before the end of the designated period. The value of each added small or large heart varies depending on the type of Animal and the number of Temporary Stars that the Animal has when purchased. Remember that the number represents the added value that the star or heart gives rather than the value of the Animal itself. For example: 1 Star Chicken: 1 small heart = 224G 1 large heart = 451G 1 Star Cow: 1 small heart = 1400G 1 large heart = 2800G 1 Star Sheep: 1 small heart: 900G 1 large heart: 1800G 2 Star Sheep: 1 small heart: 7200G 1 large heart: 14400G Here are the actual value of the animals if sold back to the World Ranch Channel. Selling Price of Star Animals: 1 Star Chicken: 1350G 1 Star Chicken with Small Red heart, Large Red Heart: 2025G 2 Star Chicken: 3150G 1 Star Cow: 4900G 1 Star Cow with Large Red Heart: 7700G 2 Star Cow: 9800G 1 1 2 2 2 Star Star Star Star Star Sheep: 2400G Sheep with Small Red Heart: 4200G Sheep: 9600G Sheep with Small Red Heart: 16800G Sheep with Small Red Heart, Large Red Heart: 31200G

When you reach the end of the 'temporary' period, the icons of filled small and large hearts will disappear and any temporary unfilled stars or hearts will disappear as well. The animal, however, will keep the value of any filled small and large hearts that were earned during the temporary period. Moreover, if you keep the Animal long enough to fill the Happiness bar completely, the Animal will earn another large filled Heart.

Value of Ranch Products In this early stage of the game, it appears that there only are two possible values for any Ranch product. The values are as follows: Egg: 50G Upgraded Egg: 200G Mayonnaise: 200G Upgraded Mayonnaise: 1200G Milk: 150G Upgraded Milk: 500G Cheese: 250G Upgraded Cheese: 1500G Wool: 600G Upgraded Wool: 800G Unfortunately, the occurrence of upgraded product appears to be random, even when Blue Jewels are set in the Altars in the Barn and even when you own Animals with 2 Temporary Stars. In these circumstances, you usually will obtain 2 upgraded eggs and 3 upgraded Milk daily or 3 upgraded eggs and 2 upgraded Milk daily. The World Ranch representative's declaration that Star Animals will produce more valuable product appears to refer to a later stage in the game.

Another Bas&Ket Railway Upgrade When you have purchased all existing parts for the Bas&Ket Railway at the Supermarket as well as 4 of the upgraded Baskets, another upgrade will become available: Carry SUPER 12000G A basket for baskets from Bas&Ket Inc. A lightweight model for higher speeds. Convey-R DXPRO 17500G A rail motor from Bas Ket Inc. Faster than the DX! Daily Tasks in Ring 2 Your Daily Tasks will have changed somewhat with the addition of the Life Arms and the Wasteland Farm. Some tasks must be performed daily; others are optional. Tasks that should be performed daily: In your room: 1. Watch the Weather Channel for the next day's forecast.

2. Access the Herbal Garden to make an order for flowers and herbs to be cut the next day. 3. Talk to your cat. 4. If you are 'playing the World Ranch market', access the Channel to see what Star Animals currently are being sold. (N.B. If you intend to sell a Cow or Chicken, collect the product first from the Barn before selling the animal, or at least visit the Barn in order to guarantee that the product will be on the conveyor belt.) At your farm: 1. Talk to the dog. 2. Position Baskets or Boxes, then Start Life Arms to harvest any ripe crops. 3. Cut branches and smash stones so that Forte can ship resources. 4. If Forte is not set the task of removing weeds, use your sickle on them. 5. Plant any seeds for new crops you wish to grow. Replant seeds from single harvest crops. At the Wasteland Farm: 1. Water crops if necessary; 2. Harvest crops if necessary; 3. Replant any single harvest crops if you wish; In the wilds: 1. Gather any wild fruits, wildflowers and mushrooms in your Scale Pack; In the mines: 1. If Tools have empty sockets, find replacements for them. The Future of Dr. Hope More than one person will speak of Dr. Hope now as if he still remains somewhere on Heartflame Island. Moonlight: 'I heard the voice of the Fire Spirit! It told me that there is more to this world than meets the eye! What I'm trying to say is... I'm sure Dr. Hope will always be looking over you, Freyr.' Gayak: You know, it seems like Dr. Hope is still living in that big old mansion of his. Boosting Values for Harvest There appear to be two ways to boost the value of any crop before you harvest it. One is by equipping the 'Mother's Touch'. The other is by switching the Jewels that surround a field. If you place 4 Purple or 4 Green Jewels in the four corners of a field BEFORE you harvest any of the ripe crops within that field, the values of those crops when you harvest them will be the augmented values associated with those Jewels. You must set the Jewels BEFORE you harvest the first crop from any plant that yields more than one fruit or vegetable at a time, or you will obtain only the basic value from that plant. It is possible that you need to set the Jewels before the 'afternoon bell' at 10.00 a.m. in order to obtain the Augmented Value for any crops you harvest on any given day. In terms of using the 'Mother's Touch', my suggestion is to use the Life Arms to harvest less valuable crops, using the 'Mother's Touch' to increase the value of the most valuable crops.

Transforming Jewels When two floating sets of Jewels of different colours touch a third set at any point, their power may combine to change the colour of that set to Purple or Green after a full season has passed. You can create Orange Jewels as well, but it is more useful to create Jewels that actually boost the value of your crops. When any Set of 4 Jewels is transformed, you will see the following prompt: The colours changed! It seems the 4 jewels joined their auras to increase their energy! To create Purple and Green Jewels, you need to remember the rules: Red, Yellow and Blue are Primary Colours. Green and Purple are Secondary Colours. Green is created from Yellow and Blue; Purple is created from Red and Blue. Orange is created from Red and Yellow. There is one field in the southwest area of the Easter Ruins that touches both a field in the Northeast and one in the corner of the Southeast. This is the field that can be used for Jewel colour transformation. Mushroom Festival, Ring 2 The Mushroom Festival will continue after the threat of the volcanic eruption has passed and Nana once again will ask for 100g of Porcini Mushrooms in order to be able to win the contest. As in the previous year, Porcini Mushrooms will appear only in the second week of Autumn but will not be fully grown until Day 16. At that point, if you harvest only two Porcini Mushrooms, their combined weight will be 100g, meeting Nana's requirement. The Mushroom Festival will be the same as the previous year. Max once again will tell you that a gift of Earth Power Sand has been sent to your Item Box provided you gave Nana the Porcini Mushrooms that she needed to be able to win the Contest. 1 Winter , Ring 2 Make certain that your first task is to stow your Power Soles in your Item Box and replace them with the Snow Soles. Remember that you actually will need to equip them, not simply place them in your rucksack. When you go to the Vending Machines or the Supermarket, only two Seed varieties will be available. These are Kale and Poinsettia seeds, the same seeds sold last year. The out-of-season crops sold in Winter at the Supermarket are: Onion Cabbage Tomato Potato Carrot Hot Peppers

Tangerine Lemon Melon Strawberry Remember that, if you have not harvested any of these yourself by now, you can purchase them at the Supermarket and ship them simply in order to add the item to your Shipping List. The shipping price will be low, however, and you really should try to ship at least 100 of every crop type during the year if you can. 20 Winter It is on 20 Winter that you will begin to find Lily Bells again on the path to Volcano Town, in the forest east of the suspension bridge and in the Peach Tree field east of the Desert area. Poinsettias and Christmas Party You need to remember the promise you made last Winter to supply the town with Poinsettias every year for the Christmas Party. Plant as many Poinsettias as you can as early as possible in Winter as they take 14 days to mature and you have to ship them by 22 Winter for the Christmas Party. You need not look for an invitation to the party, nor for any suggestion that you help Dorothy with the cake this year. Simply go to the Mayor's house on 23 Winter after the night bell at 20.00 and find Dorothy in her kitchen. She will ask if you came to help her bake the Christmas cake. If you have completed all your chores, tell her that you are ready to help. You then will spend the night baking and cleaning the Town Hall, as you did on the previous year. When you awaken, it will be midday on 24 Winter and the Christmas Party will be in progress. Speak to every one as you did in the first year. Dorothy will thank you for your help and declare that she has wired payment to your account. Gallion once again will ask you to provide the Poinsettias for the event every year. Other characters will praise the quality of your Poinsettias and tell you that even Dr. Hope's house once again has been decorated because you shipped so many of them. End of Winter, Ring 2 If you completed the goal of averting the eruption of the Volcano in your first year, attending the Christmas Party in the second will not trigger any events. In fact, the year will end without any further drama. It may be useful to note that completing the goal of shipping 1000 crops in the second year of gameplay will not unlock any new tunnels in the Cave Temple. Completing Your List

Once you have achieved all the goals described in this guide, you basically can play the game as long as you like, but the only major goal that will remain is that of completing your Items list in every category. Giant Wood Giant Wood is an item that can be obtained only if you have the Giant Axe. Hold the tool button to charge the tool to its maximum capacity before you chop any branch at the Easter Ruins. When you chop the branch, it should become Giant Wood instead of ordinary Wood. Remember that, if you have crops, herbs or flowers growing in all squares of your fields, there will be no place for rocks or branches to appear. Try to keep at least one field clear of plants for a few days if you wish to complete your list by acquiring Giant Wood. Console Version of Innocent Life In the later console version of Innocent Life, you can befriend a stray marmalade (orange) cat until you are given the option to keep it. Visit the Forest and speak to the cat repeatedly. You therefore can have a total of three rather than two pets in the later version. After you have saved the Island, there will be more goals apart from shipping 1000 crops from the Wasteland area. ******************************************************************************** ******************************* Other Innocent Life Guides by Freyashawk: Innocent Life Harvest Moon PSP General Guide Innocent Life Harvest Moon PSP Crop Guide Innocent Life Harvest Moon PSP Shipping and Farming Guide

Innocent Life Harvest Moon PSP Cooking Guide ******************************************************************************** ******************************* Credits: I would like to thank Cha' for the help in assessing the effects of different Jewels and items on crop and animal values. I would like to thank Michael and Luke for their help in discovering how to acquire Giant Wood.

Submitted by Freyashawk - Created 5/15/07 (Last Modified 9/10/09) See All Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon Walkthroughs and FAQs Share | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------4354wechgnhhjmkgvjucxfcgvbhjnkmlljhgfdsxzv bnjkuyt32wasdgh987654321qwsdfghyjkjnb vc n Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon: FAQ/Walkthrough by The Angry Pirate Version 1.00, Last Updated 2010-05-20 View/Download Original File Hosted by Game FAQs Return to Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon (PSP) FAQs & Guides Liked this FAQ? Click here to recommend this item to other users. Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon Sony PlayStation Portable ----Copyright 2010 by William Walther All Rights Reserved ----Version 1.00 =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Changelog ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== Version: 1.00 Date of Revision: May 20, 2010 ------------------------------ Completely remade the entire guide for various reasons. - "Gameplay Changes" section removed. - "Crops" and "Flowers" are now individual sections. - "Gathered Items" and "Other Shipped Items" are now individual sections. - Added "Dishes Made" section. - Sections of the guide have been rearranged. Version: 0.30 Date of Revision: Apr 30, 2008 ------------------------------ Remade entire FAQ/Walkthrough, due to having lost save file. - Improved formatting as well as added content and new sections. - Started a fully featured walkthrough. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Author's Notes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== Author Note #01 (11/17/09)

-------------------------Once again I have restarted this guide from nothing due to a problem with my PSP. I ordered replacement parts hoping to see lasting results, but never received any. After taking a good look at my PSP more recently I can say that the problem most likely lies with the clear connector between the joystick and the motherboard. Unfortunately I will not be attempting to repair it for the time being, as the PSP has become more trouble than it's worth. The specific problem with the PSP is that the analog stick has trouble functioning making it difficult if not impossible to play at certain points within the game. Eventually I will get a new PSP but for the time being this is my situation while writing this guide. Author Note #02 (11/28/09) -------------------------Not much has changed in the guide since the last update, due to my barely functioning PSP. The joystick has become so problematic that most games have become completely unplayable. Luckily I was able to borrow a PSP from a good friend, so there is a good chance I will actually get to finish this guide. Author Note #03 (12/09/09) -------------------------Finals for this semester are scheduled for this week and the following week, hindering progress on the guide quite a bit. Hopefully when the semester ends I will be able to get a considerable amount of work done on the guide. Author Note #04 (01/17/10) -------------------------I was able to get a bit of work done during the break between semesters, but Holidays and moving in for the current semester has put the guide at a standstill once again. I hope to optimistically have the 1.00 version of the guide released by February. Author Note #05 (05/17/10) -------------------------Things during the semester did not go as optimistically as I had planned for in terms of this guide, but I have just finished the Walkthrough section today. I plan on publishing the guide as soon as I finish proof reading the guide. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Table of Contents ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== i. Changelog ii. Author's Notes iii. Table of Contents 01. 02. 03. 04. 05. 06. 07. 08. 09. 10. 11. Introduction Synopsis of the Storyline Cast of Characters Locations Tips, Tricks, and Information Controls Tools and Items Jewels Shops Livestock Crops

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

Flowers Gathered Items Other Shipped Items Dishes Made TV Guide Cooking Pieces Frequently Asked Questions Walkthrough Credits Contacting the Author Disclaimer

=============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Introduction ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== I have written a few personal FAQS and Walkthroughs for various games that I have played in the past. After doing this for a while I decided that I should finally write a guide that would eventually be published for public use. The reasons for choosing this game to write a guide for are fairly simple. I have enjoyed playing a majority of the prior titles in the Harvest Moon franchise, and at the time of writing this guide no professional company had written one for this game. After searching the internet for a while I failed to find any guide that I would consider reading over while playing, due to them being in an unreasonable format or incomplete. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Synopsis of the Storyline ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== The story begins on a small island in the southern hemisphere named Heartflame Island. The year is 2022, and you soon find that nearly every aspect of life that required manual effort has been replaced by some form of automation. The farm that you are given has had most of its fertile land sealed off by the Spirits of the Island. This was due to a war fought in the past between the Easter people and the Volcano People for the control of the island. The war had greatly angered the Spirits, and was the reason they decided to seal off the fertile land of the Easter Ruins. After the war the Easter People had left Heartflame Island never to return. The Spirits had given the inhabitants of the island one chance at redemption. If someone could once again return life to the Easter Ruins by their own hand, the seals on the land would be broken. This became a problem as the Volcano People only cared for farming by automated means and had given up on the Easter Ruins completely. Few if any on the island still believe in the existence of the Spirits of the island. This caused the Spirits to become angry, which could threaten to destroy the entire island. It is your job to save the island, as you are the only one who can. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Cast of Characters ------------------------------------------------------------------------------===============================================================================

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Easter Ruins ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Moonlight: ---------He is an artist who lives in the Easter Ruins. You will find pieces of his artwork throughout the island. Franco: ------He is an old man who lives in the Easter Ruins. He was once married to Principal Rose, the two are now divorced. Life: ----This is the character that you control in the game. You are an "Innocent Life" created by Dr. Hope. The Alien: ---------He is the alien from the Final Z rangers TV show. Pink Mask: ---------He will sell you various items that have no real use other than aesthetics. The only thing you should by off of him is the Mother's Touch. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Volcano Town ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ------------------------Dr. Hope's Mansion / Lab: ------------------------Dr. Hope: --------He is the scientist who created you, and is your "father". He will be performing maintenance on you weekly. He lives alone with his maid Vita. Vita: ----She is Dr. Hope's maid. She deals with all the cooking and housework for the mansion. ------------------------Gayak and Marlene's Home: ------------------------Gayak: -----He is the old man who gives you farming lessons in the early stages of the game. He lives with his wife Marlene and their dog Chocola. He is Marcia's grandfather. Marlene:

-------She is the old woman who makes all of the seed bags on the island. She lives with her husband Gayak and their dog Chocola. Chocola: -------Gayak & Marlene's dog. --------------Shop-a-Million: --------------Gallion: -------He lives with his wife Masami, and his son Million in the back of the Shop-aMillion. He doesn't seem to work much in the store, and takes the role of a concerned citizen who hangs around the Town Hall. Masami: ------She is the woman who runs the bar/restaurant in town. She lives with her husband Gallion and her son Million in the back of the Shop-a-Million. She also teaches the haiku and flower arrangement classes. Million: -------He runs the Shop-a-Million with Lenny as his assistant. He seems to be really into his job, as he attempts to learn as much as possible about the items he sells in order to increase his ability to do so. ------------------Branch Family Farm: ------------------Jonathan: --------He is the father of the Branch Family. He is married to Vanessa, and lives with her and their kids. He runs his automated farm, but seems to place most of his care in the livestock. Vanessa: -------She is the mother of the Branch Family. She is married to Jonathan, and lives with him and their kids. She teaches the advanced art class at Volcano School. Simon: -----He is one of the Branch Family kids. He attends the Volcano Town School. His area of study is art. Lionel: ------He is one of the Branch Family kids. He attends the Volcano Town School. His area of study is physical education. Becky: -----She is one of the Branch Family kids. She attends the Volcano Town School. She

seems to take after her father as she is often found running with one of the Branch Farm's horses. ------------------------Town Hall / Mayor's Home: ------------------------Mayor "Chuck": -------------He is the mayor of Volcano Town. He is married to Dorothy, and lives with her and his kids Charles and Jessica. He doesn't really seem to know what he is doing in terms of his line of work. Dorothy: -------She is married to the Mayor, and lives with him and her kids Charles and Jessica. She runs the cooking channel on TV. She also teaches advanced cooking lessons in person at her home. Charles: -------He is the son of the Mayor and Dorothy. He seems to be the one who keeps a record of what is going on in town for his father, as he knows almost immediately when things such as Life's citizen registration occurs. Jessica: -------She is the daughter of the Mayor and Dorothy. She tends to be a shy character. She apparently does all the cooking for her home, despite her mother being the island's culinary expert. ----------------------------Volcano Town School Building: ----------------------------Principal Rose: --------------She is the principal of the Volcano Town School. She lives in the school along with some of the other teachers. She is the ex-wife of Franco. Sharon: ------She is one of the teachers at the Volcano Town School. She lives in the school along with some of the other teachers. She is the Fisherman's ex-girlfriend. She teaches art there. Polo: ----Sharon's dog. Bobby: -----He is a teacher at the Volcano Town School. He lives in the school along with some of the other teachers. Max: ---He and Nana are married. They live together in a cottage on the southwestern

side of the School's grounds. He teaches physical education. Nana: ----She and Max are married. They live together in a cottage on the southwestern side of the School's grounds. She works in Masami's restaurant. She also teaches music on Sundays at the school. ---------------------MBC Electric Building: ---------------------Marco: -----He is married with Lucia, and lives with her and his kids at the large skyscraper in town. He firmly believes in automation. He runs his business out of the skyscraper. Lucia: -----She is married with Marco, and lives with him and her kids at the large skyscraper in town. She backs her husband, and she also firmly believes in automation. Marcia: ------She is the daughter of Marco and Lucia. She is one of the first people you meet in the game. She seems to be your best friend on the island. Big: ---He is the son of Marco and Lucia. He backs his father and his inventions and boasts about them as if they are his own. He is often found watching the in game TV shows, or talking about them. ------------------------------Lighthouse / Neo's Science Lab: ------------------------------Neo: ---He is the scientist who does the weather reports for the weather channel. Since this is a Harvest Moon game, he is always correct in his weather predictions. Too bad there isn't anyone like him in today's world, because it sure would be nice to get the correct weather every time. He lives alone in the Lighthouse. --------------Liberta Winery: --------------Lenny: -----He is Emma's brother. He works at the Shop-a-Million. He lives in the Winery. Emma: ----She is Lenny's sister. She works and lives in the Winery.

Liberta: -------He is the man who runs the Liberta winery. He lives in the building that is located to the back of the winery. Jean: ----He is the person in town who is skilled in terms of wine and everything related to it. He works and lives in the Winery. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Heartflame Island ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Hermit: ------She has lived on the island for quite some time. The Hermit will help you at certain points in the game by making new areas accessible to you. The Fisherman: -------------He is Sharon's ex-boyfriend. He lives down on the dunes. He is the only person who will give you the ability to fish, as there is no way to get a hold of a fishing rod. He also teaches you how to ride the wild horses on the plains. The Mermaid: -----------She assists you after recovering the Forest Crest. She will open up the Mist Forest after you meet her. Nature Sprite of Knowledge: --------------------------He is one of the three Nature Sprites. Can be found in the Giant Forest A. Nature Sprite of Friendship: ---------------------------He is one of the three Nature Sprites. Can be found in the Giant Forest A. Nature Sprite of Memory: -----------------------He is one of the three Nature Sprites. He has gone missing as a result of his sad memories. Forest Spirit: -------------A giant tree located in the Giant Forest, the true form of the Nature Sprites. Water Spirit: ------------She is the true form of the Hermit, a mist like spirit. She assists you with dissipating the Fire Spirit's anger. Fire Spirit: -----------He is the angry spirit who threatens to destroy the entire island with its rage.

=============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Locations ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Easter Ruins ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------Your Farm: ---------This is the top level of the Easter Ruins, and is where you do almost all of your farming during the course of the game. ---------Your Room: ---------This is on the third level of the Easter Ruins, and is where you will sleep at most points in the game. Your TV is located in this room as well as your kitchen. ------------Storage Area: ------------This is on the second level of the Easter Ruins, and is where your Seed Box is located. The entrances to your "pastures" are located here as well along the south wall. -------------Main Entrance: -------------This is the lowest level of the Easter Ruins, and is where you are able to get on the lift. It also is the only way to get inside of the actual Ruins. -------------Franco's Room: -------------This is where Franco lives; it is located to the left of the Main Entrance. ----------------Moonlight's Room: ----------------This is where Moonlight lives; it is located to the right of the Main Entrance. -----------Barn Room 1: -----------This is the blue door on the left side of the Storage Area. It will hold all of your sheep and the machines related to them. -----------Barn Room 2: -----------This is the blue door on the right side of the Storage Area. It will hold all of your sheep and machines associated with them. -------------------------------Shop-a-Million Vending Machines:

-------------------------------This is the blue door to the left of Franco's Room. It contains the Shop-aMillion vending machines for your use. -------------Ruins Floor 1: -------------First floor of the ruins, and is where you are able to find the Easter Hammer. -------------Ruins Floor 2: -------------Second floor of the ruins, contains several sets of stairs that connect to the third floor. -------------Ruins Floor 3: -------------Third floor of the ruins, and is where you are able to find the Water Crest. -------------Orange door 1: -------------The orange door closest to Moonlight's room. The Pink Mask lives here. -------------Orange door 2: -------------The orange door located to the right of the first one. The Alien lives here. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Volcano Town ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ------------------------Dr. Hope's Mansion / Lab: ------------------------This is where Dr. Hope lives with his maid Vita. It contains a Shine Pod. You must stop here every Sunday for maintenance during the first year. ------------------------Gayak and Marlene's Home: ------------------------This is where Gayak and Marlene live with their dog Chocola. -------------------------Masami's Restaurant / Bar: -------------------------This is where the entire nightlife of Volcano Town takes place. It also houses a classroom which is taught in on the weekend by Masami. --------------Shop-a-Million: --------------This is the only place that you can shop in the game. It also has a home attached to the back of it where Gallion, Masami, and their son Million live. ------------------Branch Family Farm:

------------------This is where the entire branch family lives. Their farm doesn't have a field like the Easter Ruins; instead it has a few buildings which are automated. ------------------------Town Hall / Mayor's Home: ------------------------This building is where the Mayor and his family live. It also serves as the town hall. The Christmas party for the town is held in this building. ----------------------------Volcano Town School Building: ----------------------------This is where all the children in the town go to school. It also serves as a home for all of the teachers. ---------------------MBC Electric Building: ---------------------This skyscraper is the home and workplace for Marco and his family. The only part you can access is the residential area. The corporation is responsible for most of the automated products on the island. ------------------------------Lighthouse / Neo's Science Lab: ------------------------------This building serves as both the lighthouse for the town and Neo's Science Lab. --------------Liberta Winery: --------------This is the town winery, but also houses its employees. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Heartflame Island ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ------------------------------------------Path from Volcano Town to the Easter Ruins: ------------------------------------------This is the path that you are first escorted by Moonlight through to the Easter Ruins. On the path is Piece #01. -----------------Heartflame Cave A: -----------------This is the part of the cave system that connects Volcano town to the Path from Volcano Town to the Easter Ruins. The Grain Key Door is in this cave. -------------------------------------------------------------Path from the Easter Ruins to East Lake and Mushroom Forest 1: -------------------------------------------------------------This is the path that connects the Easter Ruins to most of the island. Piece #02 is located about halfway down the path. ---------------------------Southeast Bank of East Lake: ---------------------------This is where some Strange Moss will grow. Piece #05 is located here.

-----------------Mushroom Forest 1: -----------------This is the Mushroom Forest that is located east of the Eastern Ruins. -----------------Heartflame Cave B: -----------------This cave is located through the Grain Key Door in Heartflame Cave A. It splits into three pathways that all lead to a purple door. ----------------Fire Spirit Cave: ----------------This is the cave in town which has an idol of the Fire Spirit. ---------------Hot Spring Path: ---------------This is the path with the Hot Spring and the raft from the Easter Ruins leads here. The bridge on the path was broken in the spring. The Fisherman is here in the fall sitting on the bank above the bridge. ---------------------------Southwest Bank of East Lake: ---------------------------This is to the right of the Hot Spring. The fisherman is here during the Spring sitting on the bank. -----------------Fallen Trees Path: -----------------This is the path to the left of the Hot Spring and the entrance to Heartflame Cave C. Fallen trees will initially block this path. -----------------Heartflame Cave C: -----------------This is the cave entered through the opening next to the Hot Spring. You will first cross a river and then it will split into two paths. -----------------Heartflame Cave D: -----------------This is the cave that is accessed through the bottom path of Heartflame Cave C, and down the flight of stairs. The camera will change when you run by the huge underground lake. -----------------Heartflame Cave E: -----------------This is the cave that is access through the top path of Heartflame Cave C. It has a yellow door right as you enter. This cave exits to the Heartflame Desert. -----------------Heartflame Desert: -----------------The desert is where you can access both the Heartflame Dunes and Heartflame Planes. Mostly barren except for some summer harvestable fruits.

----------------Heartflame Dunes: ----------------This area connects to the Heartflame desert and is where the Fisherman's Hut is located. Piece #03 is located here as well. -----------------------------------------------------------------Path from Heartflame Desert to Heartflame Plains and Mermaid Lake: -----------------------------------------------------------------This is another main connector of the island. It only has some trees on it. -----------------Heartflame Plains: -----------------This is where the wild horses roam, and the Fisherman ------------------------------Southeast Bank of Mermaid Lake: ------------------------------This is where the Hermit's Hut is located. There are some cats that wander around the area. ------------Mermaid Lake: ------------This is the area connecting both the Southeast Bank and Southwest Bank of Mermaid Lake. It is also where you can access Mushroom Forest 2. You will be able to see a tower in the back drop. -----------------Mushroom Forest 2: -----------------This is the Mushroom Forest located south of Mermaid Lake. It contains the largest variety of mushrooms. ------------------------------Southwest Bank of Mermaid Lake: ------------------------------This is where you will meet the Mermaid later in the game. It has an entrance to Cave G that is sealed by a purple door. -----------------Heartflame Cave F: -----------------This cave system is accessed through the end of the Fallen Trees path after the Hermit moves them out of the way. -----------------Heartflame Cave G: -----------------This is the cave is accessed via Cave G on the right side path. It connects to Cave B with the purple door in the south, as well as Southwest Bank of Mermaid Lake via the purple door on the east side. -----------------Heartflame Cave H: -----------------This cave is accessed through the right path at the top of Cave G. It is a straight path with a green door on it.

-----------------Heartflame Cave I: -----------------This cave is access through the left path at the top of Cave G. It is also access through the end of Cave H. -----------------Heartflame Cave J: -----------------This cave is access via Cave I and is a large circle. -----------Mist Forest: -----------This is the forest initially blocked by a thick mist and is accessed through the north exit of Cave F. --------------Giant Forest A: --------------This is the area that connects to the mist forest. It is where you meet two of the Nature Sprites. It loops with Giant Forest B. --------------Giant Forest B: --------------This is the other half of the Giant Forest. It loops with Giant Forest A. --------------Giant Forest C: --------------This area is where the Forest Spirit resides. Accessed through Giant Forest A once the roots have been cleared by the Nature Sprites. ------------------Forest Spirit Path: ------------------This is the path inside of the Forest Spirit that leads to Mermaid Tower. Accessed through Giant Forest C. ---------------------------River Path to Mermaid Tower: ---------------------------This area contains the river with a clam shell in it that leads to Mermaid Tower. It is accessed through the Forest Spirit Path. ---------------------Mermaid Tower Floor 1: ---------------------This is the bottom floor of the Mermaid Tower. It is accessed by using the riding the clam shell down the River path to Mermaid Tower. ---------------------Mermaid Tower Floor 2: ---------------------This is the second floor of the Mermaid Tower. It is accessed by going up the stairs on the right side of Mermaid Tower Floor 1. -----------------------

Mermaid Tower Entrance: ----------------------This is the front entrance to the Mermaid Tower, with a path leading to the water. It is accessed by going through the open door on Mermaid Tower Floor 2. ---------------------Mermaid Tower Floor 3: ---------------------This is the third floor of the Mermaid Tower. It is accessed by using either set of stairs on Mermaid tower Floor 2. ---------------------Mermaid Tower Floor 4: ---------------------This is the fourth floor of the Mermaid tower. It is accessed by solving the puzzle on Mermaid Tower Floor 3. --------------------------------Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 1: --------------------------------This is the uppermost spiral of the Volcano Path. It is accessed via the green door in Heartflame Cave H. --------------------------------Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 2: --------------------------------One of the middle spirals of the Volcano Path. It is accessed via Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 1. --------------------------------Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 3: --------------------------------One of the middle spirals of the Volcano Path. It is accessed via Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 2. --------------------------------Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 4: --------------------------------This is the lowermost spiral of the Volcano Path. It is accessed via Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 3. -----------------Heartflame Cave K: -----------------This cave area is accessed through the green door at the bottom right of Heartflame Cave D. -----------------Heartflame Cave L: -----------------This is the area where the Ice Grail is. The Ice Grail Section is accessed through a hole in East Lake. The bottom half is accessed through Heartflame Cave K. ------------MBC Tunnel A: ------------This is the first area of the construction tunnel, with a statue of Marco in it. It is accessed through the Fire Spirit Cave.

------------MBC Tunnel B: ------------This is the second area of the construction tunnel. It is accessed via the MBC Tunnel A. --------------Wasteland Farm: --------------This is where you will complete the Fire Spirit's challenge. It is accessed via MBC Tunnel B. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tips, Tricks, and Information ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Tips and Tricks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ #01: ---With the start and select button having no functionality, it raises the question "How do I pause the game?". Long story short there isn't an official pause button in the game, but you are able to stop the flow of time when you open up your Inventory or the Main Menu. #02: ---I will not advise using this trick as the Sickle is the hardest tool to level up, but it is still worth mentioning. You are still able to dispose of weeds without using PP despite the changes to the game engine. First place the weed in your inventory by picking it up and pressing the circle button. Then with the weed selected in your inventory press the square button and it will be sent to the trash. #03: ---You are able to save the game without the use of the diary, a feature that many of the other Harvest Moon titles lacked. To do so bring up the Main Menu and scroll to the Player Info tab. Then hit the triangle button, which will bring up the save screen. #04: ---Time does not pass while giving a response or using a menu, so don't rush a decision to a question or action. #05: ---This is probably the most useful trick I have found while playing the game. It allows you to recover your PP effortlessly. You can get around another 100 PP in a single day using this trick. All you need to do is allow your character to stand idle. When he has started swaying back and forth with his hands behind his back (almost as if he were dancing), you are now beginning to recover some of your PP. The formula as to how much PP will be restored is as follows.

[Note: Using this in conjunction with getting up early allows you to be extremely efficient with your time for a day.] Formula: [x] = (Initial 30 Minutes of standstill time.) Note: [x always equals 1] [y] = (Each additional 15 minutes of time that you stand still) Note: [y is equal to how many 15 minute intervals that you stand still for] PP restored = ([x] * [6 PP]) + ([y] * [6 PP]) Examples: 30 Minutes of Standing Still: 45 Minutes of Standing Still: 60 Minutes of Standing Still: 120 Minutes of Standing Still: ([1]*[6 ([1]*[6 ([1]*[6 ([1]*[6 PP]) PP]) PP]) PP]) + + + + ([0]*[6 ([1]*[6 ([2]*[6 ([6]*[6 PP]) PP]) PP]) PP]) = = = = 6 PP 12 PP 18 PP 42 PP

#06: ---Do not use the PSP speakers to listen to the game. Many reviews ranked the sound both poor and repetitive. While I may not be able to argue against repetitive, I can tell you that if a decent set of stereo headphones are plugged into the PSP the game will sound like it should. #07: ---Immediately discontinue use of Power Soles and Snow Soles as they are useless. You should use the D-pad for precise walking, and the analog stick for running. #08: ---If you have not tried it already, hold down triangle in the same fashion that you would try to use a leveled up tool to plant seeds in a 3x3 plot instead of one at a time. This will save you a lot of time in later seasons when attempting to plant the whole field. #09: ---If you do not have enough PP to destroy a rock or weed and direly need to do so, you can throw it into the water by the lifts. This is not recommended unless you have fully leveled up your Hammer. #10: ---After you have completed the first week you can use the Shine Pod in Dr. Hope's mansion. This will fully recover your PP. #11: ---You can use the Hot Spring located across the bridge with the raft to recover your PP. You will recover 10 PP for every 5 minutes in the Hot Spring. #12: ---Having breakfast with Dr. Hope will give you an increase in Love and Cooking. So if you feel you're lacking in these two stats, you should start sleeping

over at Dr. Hope's mansion so that you can have breakfast with him in the morning. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Information ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Tool Skill Points: -----------------Hoe: Level 1 -> 2: 200 SP Level 2 -> 3: 1300 SP Watering Can: Level 1 -> 2: 500 SP Level 2 -> 3: 2000 SP Hammer: Level 1 -> 2: 500 SP Level 2 -> 3: 2000 SP Axe: Level 1 -> 2: 50 SP Level 2 -> 3: 150 SP Sickle: Level 1 -> 2: 200 SP Level 2 -> 3: 1300 SP Fishing Pole: Level 1 -> 2: 50 SP Level 2 -> 3: 150 SP Fishing: -------There is no skill required for fishing in Innocent Life. All you need to do is drop the line by responding yes that you want to fish and then hit triangle as soon as it casts. You will either catch a fish, or nothing. A small fish will be worth 5 SP and a large fish will be worth 30 SP. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Controls ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== There are two main control sets within the game. The "In Game" controls are active when your character is able to freely move within the game. The "Menu" controls are active when you are giving a response to someone or interacting with something like your TV or Item Box. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ In Game ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ L: Open Inventory

R: D-pad: Analog Stick: Triangle: Square: Circle: Cross(X): Select: Start:

Open Main Menu Character Movement (Walk) Character Movement (Run) Talk / Examine / Use equipped tool / Pick up nearby object Cycle backward through Inventory Put item in hands into Inventory / Activate objects Cycle forward through Inventory No Functionality No Functionality

Note #01: Holding triangle will allow you to use a higher level of a tool. Note #02: Pressing Circle instead of Triangle when attempting to interact with someone will bring up their Human Status. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Menu ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ L: R: D-pad: Analog Stick: Triangle: Square: Circle: Cross(X): Select: Start: No Functionality No Functionality Navigate Menu Navigate Menu Accept No Functionality Cancel Accept No Functionality No Functionality

=============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tools and Items ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== 01] Power Soles: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 0, Winter, Day 33 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Starts in your Inventory. Description: If you put these on your boots, your body will feel light and you can run by pressing the directional buttons. But in the winter you'll need to use Snow Soles. Notes: Useless, you can run with the analog stick. 02] Snow Soles: --------------Date Attainable: Ring 0, Winter, Day 33 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Starts in your Inventory. Description: Put these on your boots and you can move quickly across snow using the directional buttons. Once spring returns you'll need to change to Power Soles. Notes: Useless, you can run with the analog stick.

03] Doctor's WC: ---------------Date Attainable: How to Obtain: Description: Notes: 04] Iron Hoe: ------------Date Attainable: How to Obtain: Description: Notes:

Ring 0, Winter, Day 33 (Fri.) Dr. Hope gives this to you as you leave his mansion. Dr. Hope's small watering can. Waters up to 25 soil squares. None.

Ring 0, Winter, Day 33 (Fri.) Given to you by Gayak during his farming tutorial. A small hoe given to you by Gayak. None.

05] Seed Bag (1): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 0, Winter, Day 33 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Gayak during his farming tutorial. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: None. 06] Seed Bag (2): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 0, Winter, Day 34 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Speak to Marlene after eating her meal. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: None. 07] Strange Moss (43x): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: To the left of the Easter Ruins by the water. Description: If you take this and spread it on your fields, the soil retains water longer. Each one is good for 9 squares of land. Collect more when the season changes. Notes: It will hold 3 days worth of water. 08] Iron Sickle (1): -------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 03 (Wed.) How to Obtain: Talk to Franco in his room and answer yes. Description: An ordinary sickle sold at Million's shop. Use it to cut down annoying weeds and grasses. Notes: None. 09] Seed Bag (3): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 08 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Marcia after your tour of the town. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: None. 10] Strange Moss (34x):

----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 08 (Mon.) How to Obtain: On the bank of East Lake. Description: If you take this and spread it on your fields, the soil retains water longer. Each one is good for 9 squares of land. Collect more when the season changes. Notes: It will hold 3 days worth of water. 11] Iron Axe: ------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 08 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 480G. Description: An ordinary axe sold at Million's shop. Use it to chop up fallen tree limbs so you can sell the wood. Notes: None. 12] Masami's WC: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 08 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Talk to Masami in her bar after earning Level 2 in your Watering Can. Description: A handy watering can that can water 3 squares of ground at a time. Waters up to 100 soil squares. Notes: None. 13] Iron Hammer: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 10 (Wed.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 650G. Description: An ordinary axe sold at Million's shop. Use it to break up stones in your fields. Notes: None. 14] Iron Sickle (2): -------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 14 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 320G. Description: An ordinary sickle sold at Million's shop. Use it to cut down annoying weeds and grasses. Notes: None. 15] Seed Bag (4): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 14 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Gayak after your maintenance with Dr. Hope. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: None. 16] Seed Bag (5): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 14 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Gayak after your maintenance with Dr. Hope. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: None.

17] Seed Bag (6): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 14 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Gayak after your maintenance with Dr. Hope. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: None. 18] Harvest Basket (1): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 14 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Gayak after your maintenance with Dr. Hope. Description: N/A Notes: None. 19] Scale Pack: --------------Date Attainable: How to Obtain: Description: Notes:

Ring 1, Spring, Day 15 (Sun.) Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 2980G. N/A None.

20] Boomerang: -------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 15 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 500G. Description: A toy made by the Banks Corporation. If you equip it and use it in the fields, it could be a farming tool. It's fun to use, so it does not require PP, but it may accidentally break. Notes: None. 21] Water Pistol: ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 15 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 320G. Description: A toy made by the Banks Corporation. If you equip it and use it in the fields, it could be a farming tool. It's fun to use, so it does not require PP, but it may accidentally break. Notes: None. 22] Harvest Basket (2): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 23] Harvest Basket (3): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 800G. Description: N/A Notes: None.

24] Harvest Basket (4): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 25] Harvest Basket (5): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 26] Harvest Basket (6): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 27] Harvest Basket (7): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 28] Grain Family Key: --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 21 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Dr. Hope after maintenance. Description: If you have this, the locked door in the cave on the south side of Heartflame Island will open for you. Notes: None. 29] Plain Ore: -------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 21 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems. Description: You can't tell where it comes from, but it appears to be a kind of ore. Ship it using the blue Shipping Pod. Notes: None. 30] Volcano Ore: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 21 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems. Description: A reddish ore sometimes found in volcanic regions. Ship it using the blue Shipping Pod. Notes: None.

31] Crimson Stone: -----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 21 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems. Description: A piece of red glowing stone. Use it when you find it and your PP will be refilled by 1/4. Leave the cave without setting it in a socket and it will turn into Plain Ore. Notes: None. 32] Ochre Stone: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 21 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems. Description: A piece of glowing yellow stone. Use it when you find it and your tool's SP will increase in rare cases. Leave the cave without setting it in a socket and it will turn into Plain Ore. Notes: None. 33] Harvest Basket (8): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 28 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by the town after the Spring Festival. Description: N/A Notes: None. 34] Harvest Basket (9): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 28 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by the town after the Spring Festival. Description: N/A Notes: None. 35] Seed Bag (7): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Spring, Day 28 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Given to you by the town after the Spring Festival. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: It will be located in your Item Box. 36] Balloon Tent: ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 3500G. Description: Hold this and throw it on the ground to set up a portable inflated tent. Can be used in any large clearing outside. Perfect for sleeping outdoors. Notes: None. 37] Auto Unit: -------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 5000G. Description: N/A

Notes: 38] Bas&Ket 20S: ---------------Date Attainable: How to Obtain: Description: Notes:

None.

Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1600G. N/A None.

39] Bas&Ket Cart (1): --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 980G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 40] Bas&Ket Cart (2): --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 980G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 41] Bas&Ket Rail L (100x): -------------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 140G (14000G). Description: A curved rail from Convey-R Inc. Take it out of your bag and throw it on the ground to set it up. To change its direction, put it on the ground and rotate it with the Triangle Button. Notes: None. 42] Bas&Ket Rail I (100x): -------------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 400G (40000G). Description: A straight rail from Convey-R Inc. Take it out of your bag and throw it on the ground to set it up. To change its direction, put it on the ground and rotate it with the Triangle Button. Notes: None. 43] Easter Ore: --------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems. Description: A very light and hard variety of ore sometimes found in the Easter Ruins. Ship it using the blue Shipping Pod. Notes: None. 44] Azure Stone: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems.

Description:

Notes:

A piece of glowing blue stone. Use it when you find it and you will be able to pick up pieces on that level without using PP. Leave the cave without setting it in a socket and it will turn into Plain Ore. None.

45] Blue Stone: --------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 02 (Tue.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems. Description: A glowing blue Spirit Stone. Use it when you find it and you'll be able to pick up stones on that level without using PP. Leave the cave without setting it in a socket and it will turn to Ore. Notes: None. 46] Red Stone: -------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 03 (Wed.) How to Obtain: Smashing rocks within the cave systems. Description: A glowing red Spirit Stone. Use it when you find it and your PP will be restored by half. Leave the cave without setting it in a socket and it will turn into Ore. Notes: None. 47] Master's Axe: --------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 03 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest on the right path in Cave F. Description: Only a master farmer could ever hope to use this axe to its full potential. One chop and you're done. Notes: None. 48] Master's Hoe: ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 03 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest on the left path in Cave F. Description: Only a master farmer could ever hope to use this hoe to its full potential. It makes tilling the soil easy. Notes: None. 49] Volcano Sickle: ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 03 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest at the bottom of Cave G. Description: A sharp sickle made of Volcano Ore. Cuts down three squares of weeds in a single swipe. Notes: None. 50] Earth Power Sand: ------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 03 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest in Cave I. Description: Natural fertilizer filled with the goodness of the earth. Hold

Notes:

it in your hand and spread it on the ground to change barren ground into fertile land. Each one can be used 9 times. None.

51] Earth Power Sand: ------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 03 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest in Cave J on the right path. Description: Natural fertilizer filled with the goodness of the earth. Hold it in your hand and spread it on the ground to change barren ground into fertile land. Each one can be used 9 times. Notes: None. 52] Bas&Ket 40H: ---------------Date Attainable: How to Obtain: Description: Notes:

Ring 1, Summer, Day 04 (Thu.) Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 3500G. N/A None.

53] Bas&Ket Cart L (1): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 04 (Thu.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 54] Bas&Ket Cart L (2): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 04 (Thu.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 55] Bas&Ket Cart L (3): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 04 (Thu.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 56] Bas&Ket 60T: ---------------Date Attainable: How to Obtain: Description: Notes:

Ring 1, Summer, Day 05 (Fri.) Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 6800G. N/A None.

57] Bas&Ket Cart H (1): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 05 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 2700G. Description: N/A

Notes:

None.

58] Bas&Ket Cart H (2): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 05 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 2700G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 59] Bas&Ket Cart H (3): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 05 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 2700G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 60] Bas&Ket Cart H (4): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 05 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 2700G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 61] Bas&Ket Cart H (5): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 05 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 2700G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 62] Convey-R DX: ---------------Date Attainable: How to Obtain: Description: Notes:

Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 9800G. N/A None.

63] Convey-R Carry (1): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 4800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 64] Convey-R Carry (2): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 4800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 65] Convey-R Carry (3):

----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 4800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 66] Convey-R Carry (4): ----------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 4800G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 67] Convey-R Box (1): --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1200G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 68] Convey-R Box (2): --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1200G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 69] Convey-R Box (3): --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1200G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 70] Convey-R Box (4): --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 06 (Sat.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 1200G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 71] Convey-R DXPRO: ------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 17500G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 72] Carry SUPER (1): -------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 12000G. Description: N/A

Notes:

None.

73] Carry SUPER (2): -------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 12000G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 74] Carry SUPER (3): -------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 12000G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 75] Carry SUPER (4): -------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 19 (Fri.) How to Obtain: Buy it at Shop-a-Million for 12000G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 76] Easter Hammer: -----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 22 (Mon.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest on the left side of the Ruins Floor 1. Description: A light and hard hammer made of Easter Ore. If you put enough strength into it, you can even break boulders. Notes: None. 77] Angel Ribbon: ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 22 (Mon.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest in the top left corner of the Ruins Floor 3. Description: A pink fluffy ribbon. Said to be made of a special kind of silk that only angels can see. A woman who wears it can attract the man of her dreams. Notes: None. 78] Water Crest: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 22 (Mon.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest in the center room of the Ruins Floor 3. Description: A symbol of the power of the Water Spirit, this was stolen by someone from the tower in Mermaid Lake. Notes: None. 79] Forest Crest: ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 22 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Given to you by the Hermit in exchange for the Water Crest. Description: A symbol of the power of the Forest Spirit. If you show it to

Notes:

the Nature Sprites, something may happen. None.

80] Monsoon Watering Can: ------------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 22 (Mon.) How to Obtain: The first blue chest on the right side in the Mist Forest. Description: A legendary watering can that waters giant stretches of land at once. Waters up to 9,999 soil squares. Notes: 81] Convey-R DXPRO2: -------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Summer, Day 28 (Sun.) How to Obtain: Buy it at the Vending Machines for 47500G. Description: N/A Notes: None. 82] Seed Bag (8): ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Winter, Day 24 (Wed.) How to Obtain: Given to you by Marlene as a Christmas gift. Description: One of Marlene's handmade Seed Bags. Notes: It will be located in your Item Box. 83] Giant's Axe: ---------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Winter, Day 24 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest in Giant Forest C. Description: An axe once owned by a legendary giant. Wood cut by this axe is always a valuable resource. Notes: None. 84] Earth Hammer: ----------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Winter, Day 24 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest on the River Path to Mermaid Tower. Description: A legendary hammer that can shake the earth's foundation. Makes it easier to find things in caves. Notes: None. 85] Enchanted Hoe: --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Winter, Day 24 (Wed.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest at the bottom of the Mermaid Tower Entrance. Description: A fun and mysterious hoe blessed with Nature Sprites powers. It sometimes helps you find things... Notes: None. 86] Flame Sickle: --------------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Winter, Day 25 (Thu.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest in Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 1. Description: This flaming sickle burns away weeds. Put enough energy into

it and all the weeds that you see are history. Notes: 87] Fire Crest: --------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Winter, Day 25 (Thu.) How to Obtain: At the bottom of Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 4. Description: A symbol of the power of the Fire Spirit. It's hot and shining, as if it were about to burst into flames. Notes: 88] Cool Pins: -------------Date Attainable: Ring 1, Winter, Day 25 (Thu.) How to Obtain: In a blue chest on the bottom part of Heartflame Cave L. Description: A badge made out of pins that are as cool as ice, this is a present from the Wind Spirit. It can help a man keep his cool especially if he's nervous about talking to a woman. Notes: None. 89] Mother's Touch: ------------------Date Attainable: Ring 2, Spring, Day 01 (Mon.) How to Obtain: Buy it from Pink Mask 48900G. Description: If you wear this and pet an animal, your pets, cows, chickens and sheep will feel great. The crops that you harvest with it will sell for more money, too. Notes: None. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Jewels ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Blue Jewels ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Description: -----------A brilliant shining crystal. Fields surround by the power of this jewel will retain for 6 extra days. You can take it out of the cave without setting in a socket. How to obtain: -------------01) Found in Heartflame Cave B at the end of the center pathway. 02) Found in Heartflame Cave C in the left chest on the top path. 03) Found in Heartflame Cave C in the right chest on the top path. 04) Found in Heartflame Cave D down by the water past the yellow door. 05) Found in Heartflame Cave G near the entrance to Cave F. 06) Found in Mermaid Tower Floor 3 in the bottom left.

07) 08) 09) 10) 11)

Found Found Found Found Found

in in in in in

Mermaid Mermaid Mermaid Mermaid Mermaid

Tower Tower Tower Tower Tower

Floor Floor Floor Floor Floor

3 4 4 4 4

in in in in in

the the the the the

bottom bottom bottom bottom bottom

left. left. left. left. left.

12) Found in Heartflame Cave K in the middle right section. 13) Found in Heartflame Cave L behind the Ice Grail to the left. 14) Found in Heartflame Cave L behind the Ice Grail to the right. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Yellow Jewels ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Description: -----------A brilliant shining crystal. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster and retain water for one extra day. You can take it out of the cave without setting it in a socket. How to obtain: -------------01) Found in Heartflame Cave B at the end of the left pathway. 02) Found in Heartflame Cave B at the end of the right pathway. 03) Found in Heartflame Cave C in the middle chest on the top path. 04) Found in Heartflame Cave D on the left side of the lake. 05) Found in Heartflame Cave J at the end of the left path behind some rocks. 06) 07) 08) 09) 10) Found Found Found Found Found on on on on in Heartflame Heartflame Heartflame Heartflame Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 1. Volcano Spiral Path 1. Volcano Spiral Path 2. Volcano Spiral Path 2. Cave K in the top right area.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Red Jewels ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Description: -----------A brilliant shining crystal. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster, but will also dry up more quickly. You can take it outside the cave without setting it in a socket. How to obtain: -------------01) Found in Heartflame Cave F at the end of the left pathway. 02) Found in Heartflame Cave G near the entrance to Cave H and Cave I. 03) Found in Heartflame Cave H right after the green door. 04) Given to you by Masami on Ring 1, Summer, Day 21 after maintenance. 05) Found in the Ruins Floor 2 in the bottom left corner. 06) Found in the Ruins Floor 2 in the center room. 07) Found in the Ruins Floor 2 in the center room.

08) 09) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15)

Found Found Found Found Found Found Found Found

in in in in on on on on

Giant Forest A near the entrance to Giant Forest C. Giant Forest A near on the bottom right side. Giant Forest B near the bottom left side. the Mist Forest near the entrance to Giant Forest A. Heartflame Heartflame Heartflame Heartflame Volcano Volcano Volcano Volcano Spiral Spiral Spiral Spiral Path Path Path Path 3. 3. 4. 4.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Purple Jewels ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Description: -----------A mysterious shining jewel filled with spirit power. Fields surrounded by the power of the jewel will mature faster and retain water for 4 extra days. Crops will also sell for higher than usual. How to obtain: -------------01) Found in Heartflame Cave J at the end of the left path behind some rocks. 02) Found in the Ruins Floor 2 behind the staircase in the top right corner. 03) Found in the Ruins Floor 2 in the bottom left corner. 04) Found in Giant Forest B on the bottom right side. 05) Found on Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 1. 06) Found on Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 2. 07) Found on Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 2. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Orange Jewels ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Description: -----------A mysterious shining jewel filled with spirit power. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature very quickly. However, water retention is the same as usual, so don't forget to water. How to obtain: -------------01) Found in the Ruins Floor 1 through the first door on the right. 02) Found in the Ruins Floor 3 in the top right corner. 03) Found in Giant Forest B on the top right side. 04) Found on Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 3. 05) Found on Heartflame Volcano Spiral Path 3. 06) Give Sharon 50g of Black Truffle when she requests them during Ring 2. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Green Jewels ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Description: -----------A mysterious shining jewel filled with spirit power. Fields surrounded by the power of this jewel will mature faster and retain water for 6 extra days. Crops will also sell for more than usual. How to obtain: -------------01) Found in the Ruins Floor 3 in the top left corner. 02) Found in Giant Forest C in the blue chest closest to the Forest Spirit. 03) Found in Giant Forest A in the blue chest on the bottom left side. 04) Found in Giant Forest B on the top left side. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Shops ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million (Spring) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ :: First Row - Left Side :: --------------------------Potato Seeds: 8G Can be used to create many dishes. Harvest when flowers have bloomed. Turnip Seeds: 10G Sweet and delicious. Relatively easy to grow. Cabbage Seeds: 30G Quite expensive if purchased at a store. Why not grow some at home? Cucumber Seeds: 12G Will bear fruit again if watered after picking. Plant them early for profits. :: First Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Asparagus Seeds: 40G Will grow again if watered after harvest. Can be repeatedly picked. Strawberry Seeds: 20G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to earn more money. Tulip Bulbs: 9G Blooms in random colors. Grows again if watered after picking. Pansy Seeds: 12G Blooms in random colors. Grows again if watered after picking. :: Second Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again.

*Replaced with Basil Seeds Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. *Replaced with Peppermint Seeds Potato: 75G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Turnip: 90G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. ---*Basil Seeds: 8G A refreshing herb with a nice fragrance. Harvest again if watered after picking. *Peppermint Seeds: 8G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest.

:: Second Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Cabbage: 375G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Cucumber: 120G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Asparagus: 150G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Strawberry: 150G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Third Row - Left Side :: --------------------------Boomerang: 500G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Water Pistol: 320G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Scale Pack: 2980G Use for harvesting wild plants and fruit. Conveniently displays weight. :: Third Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Iron Hammer: 650G A normal hammer that can be used by anyone. Use it to crush small stones. *Replaced with Harvest Basket after purchase Iron Axe: 480G

A normal axe that can be used by anyone. Cut fallen branches to create lumber. Iron Sickle: 320G A normal sickle that can be used by anyone. Use it to cut bothersome weeds. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Fourth Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Fourth Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. -----Harvest Basket: 800G Can hold up to 100 harvested crops. Individually handmade by a craftsman. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million Vending Machines (Spring) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Hyacinth Bulbs: 9G You won't know what color it is until it blooms. Blooms again if watered. Lavender Seeds: 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Rosemary Seeds: 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Chamomile Seeds: 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest.

Peppermint Seeds: 8G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. Strawberry Seeds: 20G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. Turnip Seeds: 10G Sweet and delicious. Relatively easy to grow. Asparagus Seeds: 40G Grows again if watered after harvest. Can be repeatedly picked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million (Summer) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ :: First Row - Left Side :: --------------------------Tomato Seeds: 15G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make more profit. Corn Seeds: 25G Bears fruit again if watered after picking, so plant early for more! Squash Seeds: 35G Quite expensive if purchased at a store. May be cheaper to grow at home. Onion Seeds: 10G Can be easily grown by beginners. Plant seeds again after harvesting. :: First Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Watermelon Seeds: 35G Popular for their large size and sweet taste. Grow some in your garden! Lemon Seeds: 30G Can gather a number at a time. Will bear fruit again if watered after harvesting! Tomato: 75G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Corn: 225G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Second Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Squash: 360G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store.

Onion: 90G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Green Pea: 60G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Pineapple: 450G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Second Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Watermelon: 375G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Lemon: 135G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Strawberry: 150G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Melon: 750G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Third Row - Left Side :: --------------------------Boomerang: 500G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Water Pistol: 320G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Balloon Tent: 3500G A tent that pitches when thrown. Essential for sleeping outdoors. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Third Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. *Replaced with Earth Power Sand, upon speaking to Gallion about the accident. ---------------*Earth Power Sand: 2000G Expensive, natural fertilizer that turns barren wasteland into rich farmland.

:: Fourth Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Bas&Ket 20S: 1600G A rail motor. Slow in speed, but capable of pulling heavy items. *Replaced with Bas&Ket 40H after purchase. **Replaced with Bas&Ket 60T after purchase of Bas&Ket 40H. Bas&Ket Cart: 980G Use to place baskets on when still. Runs on a rail with a motor. *Replaced with Bas&Ket Cart L after purchase. **Replaced with Bas&Ket Cart H after purchase of Bas&Ket Cart L. Bas&Ket Rail L: 140G A 4-piece set of curved rails. Use them for curves. Bas&Ket Rail I: 400G A 20-piece set of straight rails. Connect together to use. ---------------*Bas&Ket 40H: 3500G A rail motor. Faster and as strong as the previous model. **Bas&Ket 60T: 6800G A conveyor motor. Fastest Convey-R Inc design for pulling heavy loads. *Bas&Ket Cart L: 1800G A lightweight rail cart that easily holds harvest baskets. **Bas&Ket Cart H: 2700G The latest model from Convey-R Inc. A fast, lightweight cart! :: Fourth Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Auto Unit: 5000G Automatically sets up and throws contents into Shipping Bin. *Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. **Replaced with Convey-R DXPRO after purchase of Convey-R DX. *Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. *Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. -------------*Convey-R DX: 9800G A rail motor from Bas&Ket Inc. Low in horsepower but high in speed! **Convey-R DXPRO: 17500G A rail motor from Bas&Ket Inc. Faster than the DX! *Convey-R Carry: 4800G A basket from Bas&Ket Inc., to be used on a conveyor from Convey-R Inc.

**Carry SUPER: 12000G A basket for baskets from Bas&Ket Inc. A lightweight model for higher speeds. *Convey-R Box: 1200G A lightweight basket from Bas&Ket Inc. Can be placed on top of a rail. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million Vending Machines (Summer) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Sunflower Seeds: 10G A popular flower during the summer. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Rose Seeds: 45G Will bloom in various colors. White is the most challenging to cultivate! Melon Seeds: 75G Grow high-quality melons on your own farm! Takes time to grow. Sold Out. *Replaced with Lavender Seeds, upon speaking to Gallion about the accident. Sold Out. *Replaced with Rosemary Seeds, upon speaking to Gallion about the accident. Green Pea Seeds: 18G Can gather many from a single tree. Grows fast and is ideal for beginners. Pineapple Seeds: 100G Will bear fruit again if watered after picking. Plant them early for profits. Tomato Seeds: 15G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make more profit. Bas&Ket Rail I: 400G A 20-piece set of straight rails. Connect together to use. Bas&Ket Rail L: 140G A 4-piece set of curved rails. Use them for curves. *Replaced with Convey-R DXPRO2 on the 4th day. ----*Lavender Seeds: 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. *Rosemary Seeds: 12G A fragrant herb. Can be picked again if watered after harvest. *Convey-R DXPRO2: 47500G A rail motor from Bas&Ket Inc. The fastest model yet! ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million (Autumn) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ :: First Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------

Eggplant Seeds: 12G A popular vegetable during the fall. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Sweet Potato Seeds: 10G Irresistible when warmed up on a cold day. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Green Pepper Seeds: 15G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. Carrot Seeds: 18G A necessity for curry and stew. Plant seeds again after harvesting. :: First Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Hot Pepper Seeds: 20G Can gather a large quantity at a time. Beneficial if planted at an early stage. Tangerine Seeds: 25G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. Kiwi Seeds: 30G Big yields from a single tree. Bears more fruit if watered again. Cosmos Seeds: 10G A popular flower during the fall. Plants seeds again after harvesting. :: Second Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Eggplant: 105G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Sweet Potato: 105G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Green Pepper: 90G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Carrot: 180G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Second Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Hot Pepper: 60G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Tangerine: 150G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Kiwi: 135G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Melon: 750G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Third Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------

Boomerang: 500G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Water Pistol: 320G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Third Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Earth Power Sand: 2000G Expensive, natural fertilizer that turns barren wasteland into rich farmland. :: Fourth Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Fourth Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million Vending Machines (Autumn)

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cosmos Seeds: 10G A popular flower during the fall. Plants seeds again after harvesting. Cat's Tail Seeds: 3G A flower loved by cats. Will bloom again if watered after cutting. Eggplant Seeds: 12G A popular vegetable during the fall. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Sweet Potato Seeds: 10G Irresistible when warmed up on a cold day. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Green Pepper Seeds: 15G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. Carrot Seeds: 18G A necessity for curry and stew. Plant seeds again after harvesting. Hot Pepper Seeds: 20G Can gather a large quantity at a time. Beneficial if planted at an early stage. Tangerine Seeds: 25G Can gather a number at a time. Plant them early to make the most of them. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million (Winter) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ :: First Row - Left Side :: --------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Kale Seeds: 15G The only vegetable that can be grown in the winter. High nutritional value. Poinsettia Seeds: 15G The only flower that grows in winter. Blooms more if watered after picking. :: First Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Boomerang: 500G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way. Water Pistol: 320G A child's toy. May come in handy as a farm tool if used the right way.

Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Second Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Onion: 90G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Cabbage: 375G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Tomato: 75G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Potato: 75G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Second Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Carrot: 180G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Hot Pepper: 60G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Tangerine: 150G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Lemon: 135G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. :: Third Row - Left Side :: --------------------------Melon: 750G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Strawberry: 150G It's smarter to grow this at home instead of buying it at the store. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Third Row - Right Side :: ---------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again.

Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Earth Power Sand: 2000G Expensive, natural fertilizer that turns barren wasteland into rich farmland. :: Fourth Row - Left Side :: ---------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. :: Fourth Row - Right Side :: ----------------------------Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. Item is on backorder: N/A Please come back again. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Shop-a-Million Vending Machines (Winter) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. Kale Seeds: 15G The only vegetable that can be grown in the winter. High nutritional value. Poinsettia seeds: 15G The only flower that grows in winter. Blooms again if watered. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out.

Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. This item is sold out. Please wait until it is restocked. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Livestock ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== In this version you can care for three different types of animals. Chicken: -------Cost: 500G Types: N/A Produces: Daily Egg Price: 50G, 200G Mayonnaise Price: 200G, 1200G Sheep: -----Cost: 1500G Types: N/A Produces: Weekly Wool Price: 600G, 800G Cow: ---Cost: 3500G Types: Jersey, Holstein Produces: Daily Milk Price: 150G, 500G Cheese Price: 250G, 1500G =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Crops ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Spring ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----------Strawberry: ----------Price: Sells for: Growth Time:

20G 100G 14 Days

Crop Yield: 1 to 3 Crops per Plot Re-growth Time: 1 Day Storm Resilience: Slim survival rate in storms. ------Turnip: ------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ------Potato: ------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: -------Cabbage: -------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: --------Cucumber: --------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ---------Asparagus: ---------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

10G 60G 6 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Somewhat strong in storms.

8G 50G 5 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Usually survives most storms.

30G 250G 10 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Rather strong in storms.

12G 80G 10 Days 1 Crop per Plot 4 Days Very weak in storms, so plant with care.

40G 100G 6 Days 1 Crop per Plot 4 Days Very weak in storms, so plant with care.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Summer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----------

Pineapple: ---------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ----------Watermelon: ----------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: -----Melon: -----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ------Tomato: ------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ----Corn: ----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ------Squash: ------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ------

100G 300G 14 Days 1 Crop per Plot 3 Days Very weak in storms, so plant with care.

35G 250G 10 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Slim survival rate in storms.

75G 500G 14 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Weak in storms, so plant with care.

15G 50G 6 Days 1 to 2 Crops per Plot 1 Day Weak in storms, so plant with care.

25G 150G 9 Days 1 Crop per Plot 4 Days Very weak in storms, so plant with care.

35G 240G 9 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Hardy even in storms.

Onion: -----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ---------Green Pea: ---------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: -----Lemon: -----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

10G 60G 5 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Will usually survive storms.

18G 40G 7 Days 3 to 6 Crops per Plot N/A Rather strong in storms.

30G 90G 12 Days 1 to 2 Crops per Plot 2 Days Not hardy in storms.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Autumn ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ --------Eggplant: --------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ------------Sweet Potato: ------------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ------------Green Pepper: ------------Price: Sells for: Growth Time:

12G 70G 6 Days 1 to 2 Crops per Plot N/A Weak in storms, so plant with care.

10G 70G 5 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Will usually survive storms.

15G 60G 7 Days

Crop Yield: 1 to 2 Crops per Plot Re-growth Time: 3 Days Storm Resilience: Weak in storms, so plant with care. ------Carrot: ------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ----------Hot Pepper: ----------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ---------Tangerine: ---------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ----Kiwi: ----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

18G 120G 7 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Hardy even in storms.

20G 40G 7 Days 2 to 4 Crops per Plant 3 Days Will usually survive storms.

25G 100G 14 Days 1 to 2 Crops per Plot 3 Days Weak in storms, so plant with care.

30G 90G 12 Days 1 to 3 Crops per Plot 5 Days Weak in storms, so plant with care.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Winter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----Kale: ----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Crop Yield: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

15G 40G 7 Days 1 Crop per Plot N/A Usually survives snowstorms.

=============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Flowers ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Spring ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -----Tulip: -----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: --------Hyacinth: --------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: -----Pansy: -----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

9G 60G 7 Days 6 Days Often destroyed in storms.

9G 60G 7 Days 6 Days Usually destroyed in storms.

12G 80G 7 Days 5 Days Usually destroyed in storms.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Summer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------Sunflower: ---------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ----Rose: ----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

10G 70G 8 Days N/A Weak in storms, so plant with care.

45G 300G (White Rose sells for 500G) 12 Days 5 Days Too fragile to survive any storm.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Autumn ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ------Cosmos: ------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ----------Cat's Tail: ----------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

10G 70G 7 Days N/A Usually destroyed in storms.

3G 20G 5 Days 2 Days Weak in storms, so plant with care.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Winter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----------Poinsettia: ----------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

15G 100G 14 Days 3 Days Hardy even in snowstorms.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Multi-Season ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----------Peppermint: ----------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: -----Basil: -----Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

8G 50G 7 Days 2 Days Slightly fragile in storms.

8G 50G 7 Days 2 Days Slightly fragile in storms.

--------Lavender: --------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: --------Rosemary: --------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience: ---------Chamomile: ---------Price: Sells for: Growth Time: Re-growth Time: Storm Resilience:

12G 70G 10 Days 2 Days Weak in storms, so plant with care.

12G 70G 7 Days 2 Days Slightly fragile in storms.

12G 70G 10 Days 2 Days Exceptionally fragile in storms, so plant with care.

=============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Gathered Items ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== Black Truffle Porcini Enoki Shimeji Wood Ear White Wood Ear Matsutake Fly Agaric Purple Shimeji Papaya Banana Rambutan Cacao Fig Olive Mock Strawberry Persimmon Chestnut Peach Blueberry Apple Pawpaw Pepino Lily Bell Lily

=============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Other Shipped Items ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== Life Egg Life Milk Life Wool Life Cheese Life Mayonnaise Wood Stone Giant Wood Volcano Ore Easter Ore Plain Ore =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Dishes Made ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== Yucky Tea Regular Tea Apple Tea Milky Tea Icky Coffee Coffee Cafe au Lait Vienna Coffee Nasty Herb Tea Chamomile Tea Lavender Tea Mint Tea Gross Salad Italian Salad Fresh Salad Cabbage Salad Tomato Salad Miserable Fruit Desert Fruit Dessert Fruit with Yogurt Sauce Fresh Papaya Tropical Cocktail Sushi Plate Sushi Master's Plate Normal Sandwich Yummy Sandwich BLT Sandwich Fruit Sandwich Instant Stew Beef Stew Chunky Beef Stew Beef Stew with Wine Instant Curry Curry Rice (Mild)

Curry Rice (Medium) Curry Rice (Spicy) Leftover Green Veggie Juice Leftover Red Veggie Juice Mixed Vegetable Juice Red Vegetable Juice Green Vegetable Juice Tomato Juice Fresh Juice Yogurt Smoothie Soy Milk Mix Kale Juice Fishy Boiled Fish Boiled Fish Tasty Boiled Fish Boiled Flounder Instant Meat and Potatoes Meat and Potatoes Boiled Chicken and Taro Boiled Vegetables Instant Pot-au-feu Pot-au-feu Chicken Pot-au-feu Cabbage Roll Pot-au-feu Overcooked Spaghetti Instant Meat Sauce Spaghetti with Meat Sauce Garlic Spaghetti Spaghetti Carbonara Spaghetti with Eggplant Clumsy Omelet Omelet Cheese Omelet Potato and Bacon Omelet Fluffy Plain Omelet Beginner's Salisbury Steak Burnt Salisbury Steak Salisbury Steak Healthy Salisbury Steak Mushroom Salisbury Steak Burnt Fish Grilled Fish Perfectly Grilled Fish Salt Grilled Mackerel Tasteless Overcooked Steak Steak Perfectly Grilled Steak Garlic Steak Plain Grilled Beef Roast Beef Roast Beef with Herbs Roast Beef Teriyaki Instant Macaroni & Cheese Lumpy Macaroni & Cheese Bacon Macaroni & Cheese Broccoli Macaroni & Cheese Shrimp Macaroni & Cheese Frozen Pizza Pepperoni Pizza Four Cheese Pizza

Instant Bread Fresh Baked Bread Fresh Baked Raisin Bread Walnut & Almond Bread Mediocre Cake Shortcake Fruit Tart Chocolate Special Flower Special =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------TV Guide ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== The TV in Innocent Life does not have a set schedule as one might expect. A show will air sequentially provided that you watch it at least once a week. The TV stations air from 06:00 to 16:00. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Weather News ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------------------"Neo's Weather Report" ---------------------Description: -----------This channel will accurately predict tomorrow's weather. Schedule: --------Airs every day. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Herbal Garden ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Description: -----------This channel is used to check the status of your flowers as well as ship them when they are fully grown. Schedule: --------User interactive. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cooking Life ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -----------------------"Dorothy's Cooking Life" ------------------------

Description: -----------This show teaches you how to cook, and it is the only way to unlock the different styles of cooking. Schedule: --------Airs every day. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Drama ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -------------------------------------"Where's My Mommy? A Kitten's Journey" -------------------------------------Description: -----------A story about a kitten that wanders off and is unable to find its mother. Schedule: --------Airs every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. -----------------"Melancholy Woods" -----------------Description: -----------A sad story surrounding a family that manages to end up in the worst scenario possible at every event in their lives. Schedule: --------Airs every Tuesday and Thursday. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Anime ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----------------"Final Z Rangers" ----------------Description: -----------A low budget Power Rangers spin-off series. Schedule: --------Airs every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. -----------------------------"Miss Cute, Witch In Training"

-----------------------------Description: -----------About a witch in training named Miss Cute who needs to make 20 people happy in order to be considered a real witch. Schedule: --------Airs every Saturday and Sunday. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ World Ranch ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Description: -----------This channel is used to purchase and sell livestock. Schedule: --------User Interactive. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Cooking ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== The cooking system in Innocent Life needs to be put into getting all of category you only need to cook it a require you to do anything extra to leaves much to be desired. No real effort the Dishes. To become a master of any given few times. Only a very few Dishes actually unlock the Dish.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ To complete your Dishes Made section you must do the following: 01. 02. 03. 04. 05. 06. 07. 08. 09. 10. Watch all 10 parts of "Dorothy's Cooking Life". Catch a fish. Cook in the Summer. (These dishes can only be made during the Summer.) Ship an Eggplant. Ship a Mayonnaise. Ship a Papaya. Ship a Kale. Ship a Poinsettia. Help Dorothy bake a cake on the 23rd of Winter. (Visit her After 20:00.) Ship any type of mushroom. - Black Truffle - Porcini - Enoki - Shimeji - Wood Ear - White Wood Ear - Matsutake - Fly Agaric - Purple Shimeji

Note: In the next sections a recipe will have a number or a few numbers after it, the number corresponds to what must be done to obtain the Dish. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Drinks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---Tea: ---Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 1 Makes: ~ Yucky Tea [1] ~ Regular Tea [1] ~ Apple Tea [1] ~ Milky Tea [1] ------Coffee: ------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 1 Makes: ~ Icky Coffee [1] ~ Coffee [1] ~ Cafe au Lait [1] ~ Vienna Coffee [1] ----------Herbal Tea: ----------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 1 Makes: ~ Nasty Herb Tea [1] ~ Chamomile Tea [1] ~ Lavender Tea [1] ~ Mint Tea [1] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cutting ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -----Salad: -----Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 2 Makes: ~ Gross Salad [1] ~ Italian Salad [1] ~ Fresh Salad [1 + 5] ~ Cabbage Salad [1] ~ Tomato Salad [1 + 3]

-------------Fruit Dessert: -------------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 2 Makes: ~ Miserable Fruit Desert [1] ~ Fruit Dessert [1] ~ Fruit with Yogurt Sauce [1] ~ Fresh Papaya [1 + 6] ~ Tropical Cocktail [1 + 3] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cutting (Advanced) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -----Sushi: -----Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 3 ~ Catch a Fish Makes: ~ Sushi Plate [1 + 2] ~ Sushi Master's Plate [1 + 2] --------Sandwich: --------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 3 Makes: ~ Normal Sandwich [1] ~ Yummy Sandwich [1] ~ BLT Sandwich [1] ~ Fruit Sandwich [1] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Boiling ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----Stew: ----Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 4 Makes: ~ Instant Stew [1] ~ Beef Stew [1] ~ Chunky Beef Stew [1] ~ Beef Stew with Wine [1] ---------------

Curry and Rice: --------------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 4 Makes: ~ Instant Curry [1] ~ Curry Rice (Mild) [1] ~ Curry Rice (Medium) [1] ~ Curry Rice (Spicy) [1] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cutting Drinks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------------Vegetable Juice: ---------------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 5 Makes: ~ Leftover Green Veggie Juice [1] ~ Leftover Red Veggie Juice [1] ~ Mixed Vegetable Juice [1] ~ Red Vegetable Juice [1] ~ Green Vegetable Juice [1] ~ Tomato Juice [1 + 3] -----------Fruit Juice: -----------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 5 Makes: ~ Fresh Juice [1] ~ Yogurt Smoothie [1] ~ Soy Milk Mix [1] ----------Kale Juice: ----------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 5 ~ Ship a Kale Makes: ~ Kale Juice [1 + 7] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Boiling (Advanced) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -----------Boiled Fish: -----------Obtained:

~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 6 ~ Catch a Fish Makes: ~ Fishy Boiled Fish [1 + 2] ~ Boiled Fish [1 + 2] ~ Tasty Boiled Fish [1 + 2] ~ Boiled Flounder [1 + 2] -----------------Boiled Vegetables: -----------------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 6 Makes: ~ Instant Meat and Potatoes [1] ~ Meat and Potatoes [1] ~ Boiled Chicken and Taro [1] ~ Boiled Vegetables [1] ----------Pot-au-feu: ----------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 6 Makes: ~ Instant Pot-au-feu [1] ~ Pot-au-feu [1] ~ Chicken Pot-au-feu [1] ~ Cabbage Roll Pot-au-feu [1] ---------Spaghetti: ---------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 6 Makes: ~ Overcooked Spaghetti [1] ~ Instant Meat Sauce [1] ~ Spaghetti with Meat Sauce [1] ~ Garlic Spaghetti [1] ~ Spaghetti Carbonara [1] ~ Spaghetti with Eggplant [1 + 4] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Grilling ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ------Omelet: ------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 7 Makes: ~ Clumsy Omelet [1]

~ ~ ~ ~

Omelet Cheese Potato Fluffy

[1] Omelet [1] and Bacon Omelet [1] Plain Omelet [1]

---------------Salisbury Steak: ---------------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 7 Makes: ~ Beginner's Salisbury Steak [1] ~ Burnt Salisbury Steak [1] ~ Salisbury Steak [1] ~ Healthy Salisbury Steak [1] ~ Mushroom Salisbury Steak [1 + 10] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Grilling (Advanced) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ------------Grilled Fish: ------------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 8 ~ Catch a Fish Makes: ~ Burnt Fish [1 + 2] ~ Grilled Fish [1 + 2] ~ Perfectly Grilled Fish [1 + 2] ~ Salt Grilled Mackerel [1 + 2] -----Steak: -----Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 8 Makes: ~ Tasteless Overcooked Steak [1] ~ Steak [1] ~ Perfectly Grilled Steak [1] ~ Garlic Steak [1] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Oven Baked Dishes ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ----------Roast Beef: ----------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 9 Makes:

~ ~ ~ ~

Plain Roast Roast Roast

Grilled Beef [1] Beef [1] Beef with Herbs [1] Beef Teriyaki [1]

-------------------Macaroni and Cheese: -------------------Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 9 Makes: ~ Instant Macaroni & Cheese [1] ~ Lumpy Macaroni & Cheese [1] ~ Bacon Macaroni & Cheese [1] ~ Broccoli Macaroni & Cheese [1] ~ Shrimp Macaroni & Cheese [1] -----Pizza: -----Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 9 Makes: ~ Frozen Pizza [1] ~ Pepperoni Pizza [1] ~ Four Cheese Pizza [1] ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Oven Baked Treats ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -----Bread: -----Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 10 Makes: ~ Instant Bread [1] ~ Fresh Baked Bread [1] ~ Fresh Baked Raisin Bread [1] ~ Walnut & Almond Bread [1] ----Cake: ----Obtained: ~ Watching "Dorothy's Cooking Life" Part 10 Makes: ~ Mediocre Cake [1] ~ Shortcake [1] ~ Fruit Tart [1] ~ Chocolate Special [1 + 8] ~ Flower Special [1 + 8 + 9]

=============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Pieces ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== No. 1: "Rainbow Serpent" Does it lead you through the forest or into temptation? No. 2: "Whispering Trees" Distant voices. Nearby voices. Sky echoes. The sound of the lake. No. 3: "Desert Moon" The stars turn to sand and return to the earth. No. 4: "Waltz" Visitors from the sea. Turn turn turn... No. 5: "Southern Constellation" Behold, the Centaur. Sculpture and painting. No. 6: "Here and There" Where on earth am I? =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Frequently Asked Questions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== Q: How many slots does your Inventory have? A: 20 slots. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Walkthrough ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== This walkthrough will give a day by day guide to finishing the main storyline during the first year of game play. It will also leave you fully prepared to complete the optional challenge that becomes available upon completing of the game. During the walkthrough I will only account for what needs to be finished during that day, leaving the rest of the day to do as you please. You can do as much or as little as you desire after completing the tasks for the given day. During the course of making the guide I simply went to sleep after completing what was required, but you can spend the rest of the day doing whatever you want. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Ring 0, Winter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------------------Winter, Day 33 (Fri.): ---------------------This first thing you need to do when you gain control of your character is speak with Dr. Hope. When you have finished speaking with Dr. Hope you will need to speak with Gayak. Then once again speak with Dr. Hope, answering yes to his question. Afterwards you will need to complete Gayak's farming tutorial, which is relatively straightforward.

---------------------Winter, Day 34 (Sat.): ---------------------Upon waking up head downstairs. Once you have finished eating Marlene's meal, respond with yes. Afterwards speak with Marlene and you will receive your second Seed Bag. Then go into the basement to speak with Gayak, he will give you 9 Turnip Seeds. Next walk back up stairs, and when Marcia asks you a question respond with yes. When dinner is over Dr. Hope will ask you a question respond with yes. ---------------------Winter, Day 35 (Sun.): ---------------------Walk out of the Shine Pod and go outside the mansion through the front door. You will find Dr. Hope in front of a grave on the other side of a bridge to the left of the mansion. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Ring 1, Spring ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------------------Spring, Day 01 (Mon.): ---------------------Use the lift in your room to go up to your farm. When Franco has finished speaking with you plant and water your 9 Turnip seeds. When this is complete speak with Franco and answer yes. You now need to speak with everyone who has come to visit the Easter Ruins. When you have done this speak with Franco once again and everyone will take their leave. At this point you are able to save your game, and I recommend doing so. You should also backup the save data via USB so you don't have to sit through the introduction should you choose to restart your game from the beginning. Afterwards head over to the Item Box and put away the Power Soles and Snow Soles, as they only take up space in your inventory. Next head down to the river on the left side of the Easter Ruins and collect the Strange Moss. It will take you three trips to collect all of it. Once you have finished collecting the Strange Moss you can speak with Franco to learn why you are going to be working the fields at the Easter Ruins. Moonlight will not be awake at this point so don't bother visiting him. After speaking with him the only things left to do are watch TV and being to level up your tools. You will need to start leveling up your tools as much as possible, particularly your Watering Can. This will allow you to use the level 2 Watering Can which is essential to maximizing profits and making your farm work much easier. Make use of Trick 05 so that you can get additional work done each day. Attempt to finish up before 21:00 so that you can get up earlier than usual, but if you choose to work late into the night be sure to go to sleep before 02:00 otherwise you will awaken at 08:00 instead of the normal 06:00. Hoe: 114 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 406 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 02 (Tue.): ---------------------If you did not wake up early you will be able to watch the Drama Channel, so that you have seen everything that will air during weekdays. Afterwards go up to your farm and water the Turnips. You should continue to level your tools and today you will be able to get a significant amount more watering done due to spaces staying tilled. After running out of PP you can use Trick 05 from the afternoon bell up until the evening bell. This will restore nearly the entire

PP bar. Make an effort to be finished before 21:00 so you can wake up early, as it makes getting things finished a bit easier. Hoe: 69 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 279 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 03 (Wed.): ---------------------More people will be on your farm today, both of which will leave after speaking with you. Afterwards go down to visit Franco. Answer yes to the question he asks and you will receive a free Iron Sickle. Speak with him again to find that Million was kind enough to leave you with some Asparagus Seeds. Head up to the Storage Area and get the seeds out of the Seed Box. Then go up to your farm and plant them. Water both of your crops and continue to focus on leveling up your Watering Can. Once you have exhausted all of your PP use Trick 05. Tomorrow you should be able to hit level 2 in both your Hoe and Watering Can. I will recommend waking up early once again. Hoe: 37 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 118 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 04 (Thu.): ---------------------Franco will be up on the farm when you wake up. Speak to him if you wish. Then water your crops. Afterwards begin to level up your tools, using Trick 05 when you have run out of PP. Once you have achieved level 2 in your Watering Can focus on leveling the Hoe up to level 2. After you have level 2 in both the Watering Can and the Hoe use the Sickle to begin clearing your farm of weeds. When you have run out of PP for the second time begin to gather all of the rocks into a central location near the Shipping Pods. This will make the leveling of your Hammer go much smoother. Don't bother waking up early tomorrow it will be raining. ---------------------Spring, Day 05 (Fri.): ---------------------Your daily routine of watering your crops is freed up by the rain. Use today to continue leveling your Sickle and gather all the rocks into a convenient place to break and ship them. You should be able to clear the entire field by around 12:00. Afterwards go down to your room and start cooking some dishes. Refer to the Cooking section to see what is available at this point in the game. ---------------------Spring, Day 06 (Sat.): ---------------------You will find Franco waiting in anticipation for the upcoming harvest when you go up to your farm. Max will be jogging around between the altars. After you water your crops take a quick lap around the farm to see if any new weeds have grown or if any rocks have appeared. Afterwards watch the Anime Channel on the TV so that you can see all the programming for the current week. Continue to utilize Trick 05 so that you get the most out of the days that you are stuck at the Easter Ruins. Don't worry about waking up early; it won't change the time that you awaken. ---------------------Spring, Day 07 (Sun.): ---------------------Today you will harvest your Turnips, Moonlight and Franco will be waiting for

you in your room. Speak with Franco and answer yes to his question. Then water your Asparagus and take a lap to clean up your field. Use up your remaining PP on leveling the Watering Can. You can then ship all of the Turnips. Now speak with Franco and answer yes. Then speak with Dr. Hope and answer yes. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 1. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------01) Power Soles 02) Snow Soles 03) Doctor's WC 04) Iron Hoe 05) Seed Bag (2x) 06) Strange Moss (43x) 07) Iron Sickle ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Spring, Day 08 (Mon.): ---------------------When the tour of town is over go up to your farm and plant the Asparagus Seeds that were given to you by Marcia. Put off watering them for the time being until you get your Level 2 Watering Can. After planting the Asparagus Seeds you can put away all of your items so that you can collect the Strange Moss by East Lake in two trips instead of three. When you have finished collecting the Strange Moss make your way into town. First thing you will want to do is go to the Shop-a-Million and purchase the Iron Axe. Then feel free speak with whomever you like until 16:00. At 16:00 go into Masami's Restaurant / Bar and speak with Masami. If this is your first time speaking with her you will need to exit and walk back into the bar. Then speak with her again to receive the Level 2 Watering Can. When you get back to your farm put away the Doctor's WC and take out Masami's WC. You should also take out the Iron Axe as well. Now water your Asparagus and clean up your field. Ship all bundles of wood that appear when chop a fallen tree limb while cleaning your field. Use all remaining PP on your Watering Can. ---------------------Spring, Day 09 (Tue.): ---------------------When you wake up watch the Cooking Channel and make all the dishes available at this point. Then go up to your farm and ship your Asparagus and water your crops if it isn't raining. Clear your farm of anything that may have appeared overnight. Head into town if you feel like socializing, but you can also try to get in some exploring to familiarize yourself with where the Gathered Items are located. ---------------------Spring, Day 10 (Wed.): ---------------------After shipping the Asparagus and bundles of Wood you should have around 2600G which isn't a bad start. Water your crops and use as much PP as possible before heading into town. You will want to purchase the Iron hammer, 49 Strawberry Seeds, 20 Cucumber Seeds, 20 Cabbage Seeds, 5 Pansy Seeds, 5 Tulip Bulbs, and 5 Potato Seeds. Next go to Dr. Hope's mansion and use the Shine Pod to fully restore your PP. Now head back to your farm and plant all of the seeds. You can now break up all the rocks on your field and ship the Stone that is created. When you have finished breaking up all the rocks you can pat down any tilled plots that have no seeds planted. Wake up early tomorrow.

---------------------Spring, Day 11 (Thu.): ---------------------Water all of your crops and continue to pat down tilled plots until none are left. Then take a lap around your field and clean it up. You can now begin to level up your Hammer and Hoe by tilling a plot of land and then patting it down with the hammer. When you run out of PP begin to use Trick 10 as opposed to Trick 05 as it is more efficient. You should be able to use Trick 10 twice before going to sleep. Get up early tomorrow to continue leveling your tools. Hoe: 1145 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 1112 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 267 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 12 (Fri.): ---------------------Today will be another normal day at the farm. Water your crops and then clean up your fields. Continue to level your tools and utilize Trick 10. Using Trick 10 twice during the day will be sufficient. Wake up early as tomorrow will be fairly busy. Hoe: 1022 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 924 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 144 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 13 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship the Asparagus that has re-grown. Then water your crops and clean up your field. Today will be another day of leveling your tools, try and get in two uses of Trick 10 if possible. Wake up early because tomorrow will be a maintenance day. Hoe: 897 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 742 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 19 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 14 (Sun.): ---------------------Go up to your farm and ship your Asparagus that had re-grown today. Then water your crops and clean up your field. When you have finished use up your remaining PP to level up your Hammer and Hoe. Next you should head into town to purchase the Iron Sickle from the Shop-a-Million. Afterwards go to Dr. Hope's mansion to receive your maintenance. Then head back to the farm and continue to level up your Hammer and Hoe. Upon exhausting your PP use Trick 10 and continue working on leveling your tools. As usual you can wake up early. Hoe: 769 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 565 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 1890 SP Until Next Level ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 2. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------01) Seed Bag

02) Strange Moss (35x) 03) Iron Axe 04) Masami's WC 05) Iron Hammer 06) Iron Sickle 07) Seed Bag (3x) 08) Harvest Basket ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Spring, Day 15 (Mon.): ---------------------Ship the Potatoes you have planted. Today was a rainy day freeing up any watering that needed to be done. Otherwise start the tool leveling for the day as it will be early with nothing else to do. When you are finished go and watch the Cooking Channel. As usual cook anything that has become available to you. Then head into town. Use Trick 10 and visit Dr. Hope if you wish. I purchased 5 Cabbage Seeds to fill the plots that Potatoes occupied. Next you can go to the Shop-a-Million to purchase the Scale Pack, Boomerang, and Water Pistol. Afterward go back to your farm and plant the Cabbage Seeds. You can then get your Scale Pack out of the Item Box and head to the Mushroom Forest 1 to collect some Fly Agaric. Then head back and ship the contents of your Scale pack. Use your remaining PP to level your tools. I chose to wake up early. Hoe: 685 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 565 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 1805 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 16 (Tue.): ---------------------Water your crops and clean up your field. Afterwards begin leveling up your tools. Try to get in two uses of Trick 10 before going to sleep. Continue to wake up early. Hoe: 556 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 387 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 1675 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 17 (Wed.): ---------------------Ship the Asparagus that has re-grown. Next water your crops and clean up the field. Continue to level up your tools and upon finishing use the Herbal Channel to ship your flowers. Next you can head into town and socialize, but be sure to get in at least two uses of Trick 10. As usual choose to wake up early. Hoe: 427 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: 210 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 1546 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 18 (Thu.): ---------------------The other field of Asparagus will be ready for harvest today. Ship them, water your crops and clean up your field. If you have kept up with cleaning up the field your Axe should be around Level 2 at this point. Use the rest of the day to level up your tools, with two uses of Trick 10. Wake up early tomorrow. Hoe: 301 SP Until Next Level

Watering Can: 28 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 1420 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 19 (Fri.): ---------------------Water your crops and clean your field. Continue to level your tools and then head into town. Use Trick 10 and speak with whomever you choose while waiting for Shop-a-Million to open. When the shop opens purchase all 6 Harvest Baskets. Afterwards continue the leveling up of your tools with at least two uses of Trick 10. You can wake up early tomorrow. Hoe: 172 SP Until Next Level Watering Can: MAX! Hammer: 1291 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 20 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship your Cabbage and Cucumber, then water all of your crops as well as the spaces the Cabbage were on. Then clean up your field and level your tools. Head into town to visit the Shop-a-Million, while waiting you can use Trick 10. When it does open go in and purchase 20 Cabbage Seeds. Go back to your farm and plant them. Continue to level your tools today, using Trick 10 at least twice. I continued to wake up early. Hoe: 43 SP Until Next Level Hammer: 1161 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 21 (Sun.): ---------------------Ship the Asparagus that have re-grown and then put away all of your Seed Bags so you have room for the ore that you will collect later today. Then water your crops, clean your field, and use the remaining PP to level your tools. Afterwards head to Dr. Hope's for maintenance. When that is finished head into Heartflame Cave A and open the Grain Key Door. Smash all of the rocks you see while in the cave. If you find any Crimson Stones or Ochre Stones save them in your backpack so they turn into Plain Ore. Then go to Heartflame Cave B and find the Blue Jewel and two Yellow Jewels in the blue chests. You will want to save the Plain Ore in case you fail to complete an event later in the game. When you get back to your farm put away the Grain Family Key, the Jewels, and all but the smallest stack of Plain Ore. This way you can get some Plain Ore on your Other Shipped Items list and still start saving. Use your remaining PP to level your tools and then go to sleep. You should have MAX! in both the Hoe and Watering Can either today or later in the week. Wake up early if you want to. Hoe: MAX! Hammer: 1046 SP Until Next Level ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 3. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------01) Scale Pack 02) Boomerang 03) Water Pistol 04) Harvest Basket (6x) 05) Grain Family Key

06) 07) 08) 09)

Plain Ore Volcano Ore Crimson Stone Ochre Stone

Jewels Attainable: -----------------01) Blue Jewel 02) Yellow Jewel 03) Yellow Jewel ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Spring, Day 22 (Mon.): ---------------------Ship the Asparagus, water all the crops, and do a lap to clean up your field. Then use all remaining PP to level your Hammer. Afterwards head into town to utilize Trick 10 before going into smash rocks and collect ore in the cave system. After finishing work in the cave use Trick 10 before heading back to your farm to continue leveling your Hammer. When you run out of PP watch the Cooking Channel and make all dishes available. Afterwards head to bed and get up early. Hammer: 932 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 23 (Tue.): ---------------------Water all of your crops and clean up the field. Use the remainder of your PP to level up the Hammer. When finished go down to your room and ship the flowers. Now go into town and use Trick 10. Smash all rocks in the cave and use Trick 10 before heading back to the farm. Continue leveling the Hammer; you should be able to make it back to town to use Trick 10 a second time. Take all of the Plain Ore and store it in the Item Box, but ship all Volcano Ore. Wake up early tomorrow for the first harvest of the Strawberries. Hammer: 770 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 24 (Wed.): ---------------------Harvest all of your Strawberries and Cucumber. Then be sure to water all of your crops so that you can continue to harvest the Strawberries daily. When finished use Trick 10 and head into the cave to collect Plain Ore and level up the Hammer. As usual ship all Volcano Ore and store all of the Plain Ore. Continue to wake up early for the harvesting of the Strawberries. Hammer: 653 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 25 (Thu.): ---------------------Ship all of your Strawberries, Cabbage, and Asparagus. Then water your crops and clean up the field. When finished continue to level the Hammer. Continue to use Trick 10 and collect Plain Ore in the cave. Use Trick 10 and head back to the farm to store the Plain Ore and ship the Volcano Ore. Use the remaining PP to level up the Hammer, then go to bed and wake up early. Hammer: 536 SP Until Next Level

---------------------Spring, Day 26 (Fri.): ---------------------You will again be harvesting your Strawberries and Asparagus. Water your crops and clean up your field. Use all remaining PP on the Hammer and then head into town to use Trick 10. Keep collecting Plain Ore in the cave systems, and use Trick 10 upon finishing. Continue to ship all Volcano Ore and store all of the Plain Ore. Exhaust all remaining PP on the Hammer and go to bed so you can get up early for harvesting. Hammer: 417 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 27 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship your Strawberries, water the crops, and clean up your field. All remaining PP can be used to level up the Hammer. Go to town and use Trick 10 so you can continue to collect Plain Ore and level the Hammer in the cave. When finished with all the rocks head back to the farm to ship the Volcano Ore and store all Plain Ore. Use up your remaining PP on the Hammer, and be sure to wake up early because the Spring Festival is tomorrow. Hammer: 300 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 28 (Sun.): ---------------------Ship all Strawberries and Cucumber, water all crops, and then head to the cave. After finishing with collection of Plain Ore go to Dr. Hope's mansion for maintenance. Answer yes to all of Dr. Hope's questions. Answer yes to Marcia's question. Speak with everyone at the festival and then speak to Marcia again. You will then receive 2 Harvest Baskets and 1 Seed Bag. Hammer: 261 SP Until Next Level ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 4. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------1) Harvest Basket (2x) 2) Seed Bag ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Spring, Day 29 (Mon.): ---------------------Watch the Cooking Channel and make all dishes available to you at this point. Then ship the Strawberries and Asparagus, water the crops, and clean up the field. Afterwards use all PP on leveling the Hammer. Be sure to ship all flowers before heading into town to use Trick 10. Go to the cave and continue collecting Plain Ore. When finished utilize Trick 10 and go back to the farm. Put away all Plain Ore and ship the Volcano Ore. Use all of your PP on the Hammer before going to sleep and getting up early. Hammer: 142 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 30 (Tue.): ----------------------

Ship your Strawberries, Asparagus and Cabbage. Then water all crops, clean up your field, and pat down all extra tilled spaces before leveling your Hammer the normal way. Use Trick 10 and collect Plain Ore. When finished use Trick 10 and then return to the farm to ship all Volcano Ore and store the Plain Ore. Use any remaining PP on leveling the Hammer. Go to sleep and get up early. Hammer: 8 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Spring, Day 31 (Wed.): ---------------------Ship all the Strawberries, water the crops, and clean up your field. When finished just head directly to the cave now because your Hammer should hit MAX! while in the cave. The rest of your day will be free provided your Hammer is actually at MAX!. Otherwise you will need to continue making use of the schedule that has been used for the past few days. Continue to store all Plain Ore and ship the Volcano Ore. Keep waking up early to get all your work done. Hammer: MAX! ---------------------Spring, Day 32 (Thu.): ---------------------Ship the Strawberries and Cucumbers, water your crops, and clean the field. It is important to continue cleaning your field daily while trying to level your Axe and Sickle because it is the only way to do so. When finished you can collect some more Fly Agaric if you so desire. Once you have shipped the Fly Agaric use Trick 10 so that you have enough PP for every rock in the cave system. When finished you can hang around in town to socialize, but be sure to get back in enough time to ship the Volcano Ore and store the Plain Ore while still being able to get up early. ---------------------Spring, Day 33 (Fri.): ---------------------Ship your Strawberries and Asparagus. Water your crops, clean up the field, and then go to the cave system. Finish out the collection of Plain Ore for the day and then you are free for the rest of the day. Just be sure to save enough time to put away the Plain Ore and ship the Volcano Ore while still waking up early. ---------------------Spring, Day 34 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship all your Strawberries and Asparagus, water the crops, and clean up the field. Feel free to socialize in town before collecting the Plain Ore for the day. Be sure to put away your Plain Ore and ship your Volcano Ore. Make sure you wake up early as tomorrow is the last day of the season. ---------------------Spring, Day 35 (Sun.): ---------------------Ship all Strawberries, and feel free to water if you want to. Go down to your room to ship your flowers and then head into the cave to collect some Plain ore. Upon finishing you should go to Dr. Hope's mansion for your maintenance. Answer yes to keeping the name. Forte will speak in all caps, essentially making him the robot version of Billy Mays. Speak with Forte and you will be transported to the Easter Ruins. Put away all Plain Ore and ship the Volcano Ore. You can now stop collecting Plain Ore as a part of your daily schedule as close to 100 should be sitting in your Item Box. You should be at MAX! in your Hoe, Watering Can, and Hammer at this point in time. If you have failed to get

MAX! in any of these tools you should try to do so as quickly as possible so that you can use the higher level tools as soon as you obtain them. Wake up early because tomorrow will be a busy day. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 5. No new items are available at this point. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Ring 1, Summer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------------------Summer, Day 01 (Mon.): ---------------------Put away all of your tools and items so that collection of Strange Moss is easier. Collect the Strange Moss in both locations then take all of your tools and items back out of the Item Box. The only options you should turn on for Forte are the Collect Resources and Water Crops, because you still need to level up your Sickle. You can now head into town to make a large purchase. Buy the following: Balloon Tent, Auto Unit, Bas&Ket 20S, 2 Bas&Ket Carts, 100 of each Bas&Ket Rail. This will cost a total of 66060G. Also purchase 25 of each seed available. The seeds will cost 3750G. Now use Trick 10 and then head back to the Easter Ruins. Use the raft to cross the river to where the bridge was repaired. Now go into Hearflame Cave C which is located next to the Hot Spring. On the top path of the cave you will find three blue chests, lined up in a row, which contain a Blue Jewel, Yellow Jewel, and Blue Jewel. Next go down into Heartflame Cave D to find a blue chest on the left side of the lake which will contain a Yellow Jewel. While in the cave you can smash rocks to find some Easter Ore for your shipping list, as well as some extra Plain Ore for storage. Once you have smashed the rocks in Cave C and Cave D head back to the Easter Ruins using the raft. You will now have enough Jewels to unlock a sealed field on the farm. I chose the one in the top left corner because it is spacious and doesn't contain boulders. Take out all of your Yellow Jewels and place them on the four alters at each corner of the field. Then put away all the other jewels and Plain Ore. Ship all Volcano Ore and Easter Ore. Do not plant any of the seeds today due to the guaranteed storm on the 8th. Before going to sleep begin clearing the field of all dead plants, but chances are you won't finish. Be sure to head to sleep early enough to wake up early after running out of PP. Axe: 78 SP Until Next Level Sickle: 1282 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Summer, Day 02 (Tue.): ---------------------Continue to clear your field of dead plants. When you finish clearing the field you can pat down all tilled plots of land. Then head into town to use Trick 10. Afterwards stop in your room to watch the Cooking Channel and make the dishes available. Remember to make the summer only dishes. Then go into Heartflame Cave C and head up to Heartflame Cave E. In Cave E you will find a Blue Jewel down by the water. When you obtain the jewel you can smash rocks if you haven't managed to get 120 Plain Ore by this point. Otherwise head back to your farm and get the Blue Jewels out of the Item Box. You can then place them in the altars inside of the Yellow Jewel field that you unlocked. After continue to clean up the field and pat down any tilled plots. Once again go to sleep with enough time to wake up early as it will be another busy day.

Axe: 78 SP Until Next Level Sickle: 1236 SP Until Next Level ---------------------Summer, Day 03 (Wed.): ---------------------Continue to clean your field. Head out of the Ruins Entrance and get on your buggy, if the buggy has not appeared walk in and out of the Ruins Entrance. Now you can go see the Hermit to unlock some new areas of Heartflame Cave. The sandstorm at the end of Cave E has also been cleared as a result of the Blue Jewel seal being broken. Head out of that exit and continue across the Heartflame Desert. Then continue north across the Path from Heartflame Desert to Heartflame Plains and Mermaid Lake. Go into the Hermit's Hut and answer her question with yes to clear the Fallen Trees path. Afterwards go west and collect some Cacao and Papaya. Now begin to head back, on the way collecting some Banana and Rambutan. When crossing the Heartflame Desert collect some Pepino. You should only really need to collect one of each of these, as money from the Scale Pack is almost meaningless at this point but you will want to get them on the Shipping List. Once you have collected all of these head down to the Heartflame Dunes and speak with the Fisherman in his hut. He will be the only way that you can fish within Innocent Life. Now head over the Heartflame Plains and begin fishing, it should only take a few minutes to hit MAX! depending on your luck. Basically all you need to do is repetitively hit the triangle button, as the time the line sits in the water is not relative to your chance of catching a fish. When you hit MAX! go to Volcano Town to speak with Jonathan and you will receive the Cluck-o-Matic! which allows you to buy chicken on the World Ranch Channel. Go back to your farm and purchase 5 Chicken. Next go back into town and speak with Jonathan again to receive the Baabaa-matic! which allows you to purchase sheep on the World Ranch Channel. Once again return to your farm and this time buy 5 Sheep. Now go back to Volcano Town and speak with Jonathan again to get the Moo-o-Matic. Again go back to your farm and this time purchase 5 Cows. Now ship the contents of your Scale Pack and take the Balloon Tent out of the Item Box. You can then head over to the Fallen Trees Path via the raft. In Heartflame Cave F you will find the Master's Axe, Master's Hoe, and a Red jewel. Proceed into Cave G and you will obtain the Volcano Sickle, Blue Jewel, and Red Jewel. Afterward you can go into Heartflame Cave G to collect a Red Jewel. Continue into Heartflame Cave I to get Earth Power Sand. Now go into Heartflame Cave J and collect another Earth Power Sand, a Yellow Jewel, and a Purple Jewel. Now use the Balloon Tent's warp function by answers no then answering yes. Wake up early tomorrow. ---------------------Summer, Day 04 (Thu.): ---------------------Cook all the dishes unlocked from the fishing you did yesterday. Then put away all the Jewels you obtained yesterday, the Iron Axe, Iron Sickle, and Iron Hoe. Then clean up your field, but be sure to charge your Sickle by holding triangle so that you get 2 SP for a single weed instead of 1 SP. Afterwards go to Mushroom Forest 2 and collect one of each of the following mushrooms: Purple Shimeji, Wood Ear, Enoki, Shimeji, and White Wood Ear. Now go back to your farm and ship them. Next you should head down to the Storage Area and care for your animals by talking to each of them once. Then convert all but one of the Eggs and one of the Milk so you can get both of them for your Shipping List. Livestock will provide substantial income on top of the profit from shipping crops. Next visit the Shop-a-Million Vending Machines through the blue door to the left of Franco's room and purchase 25 of each seed that you don't already have. Hold off on purchasing the motor at this point in the game as there is no dire need for it. Remember not to plant any seeds because of the guaranteed storm on the 8th day. Now go to the Shop-a-Million to purchase the new items

for sale which will cost you 8900G. Afterwards speak with Jonathan again to find out how to ride wild horses. Now go to the Heartflame Plains and speak with the Fisherman. Answer yes to his question and then press triangle towards a horse to whistle to them. Press triangle again to dismount from the horse. When you have finished riding go back to your farm and prepare the Yellow and Blue Jewel fields for planting. This will be easy with the charged Master's Hoe. When you have tilled all the plots of land take out the Earth Power Sand and use it on the plots that you could not till. When you finish this task you can go to sleep. ---------------------Summer, Day 05 (Fri.): ---------------------Use today to catch up on things that you might have missed. An example would be if you have failed to collect 120 Plain Ore do so today. Another good thing to check is to see you have shipped all the gathered items in the past few days. When you are positive you didn't miss anything clean up your field. Then go down to care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards go to the Shop-a-Million to purchase the new Bas&Ket items available for sale today which will cost you 20300G. ---------------------Summer, Day 06 (Sat.): ---------------------Clean up your farm, then take care of your animals and ship their converted goods. Today will be another day you can use to catch up on anything you are behind on. Head over to the Shop-a-Million again today to purchase the items that are available for sale today which will cost a total of 33800G. Don't bother waking up early if you are all caught up. ---------------------Summer, Day 07 (Sun.): ---------------------Clear your farm of anything that may have appeared, then take care of your animals and ship their converted goods. When you finish your farm work go into town for maintenance with Dr. Hope. Answer no to Marcia's question. The rest of the day can be used to catch up. Do not wake up early because tomorrow will be a stormy day. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 6. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------01) Balloon Tent 02) Auto Unit 03) Bas&Ket 20S 04) Bas&Ket Cart (2x) 05) Bas&Ket Rail L (100x) 06) Bas&Ket Rail I (100x) 07) Easter Ore 08) Azure Stone 09) Blue Stone 10) Red Stone 11) Master's Axe 12) Master's Hoe 13) Volcano Sickle 14) Earth Power Sand (2x) 15) Bas&Ket 40H 16) Bas&Ket Cart L (3x)

17) 18) 19) 20) 21)

Bas&Ket 60T Bas&Ket Cart H (5x) Convey-R DX Convey-R Carry (4x) Convey-R Box (4x)

Jewels Attainable: -----------------01) Blue Jewel 02) Yellow Jewel 03) Blue Jewel 04) Yellow Jewel 05) Blue Jewel 06) Red Jewel 07) Blue Jewel 08) Red Jewel 09) Red Jewel 10) Yellow Jewel 11) Purple Jewel ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Summer, Day 08 (Mon.): ---------------------Due to the storm daily tasks will be tedious today. Clean up your field and go down to care for your animals and ship their converted goods. When you finish watch the Cooking Channel and then cook all available dishes. Wake up early tomorrow so that you have no problem getting all of your seeds planted. ---------------------Summer, Day 09 (Tue.): ---------------------Take your Seed Bags out of your item box and go down to the Seed Box. Plant all of the seeds you have purchased within the Yellow field. When you finish head down to the Shop-a-Million Vending Machines and buy 64 Rose Seeds. Plant the Rose Seeds in the Blue Jewel field. When everything is planted you can pat down any extra tilled plots. Afterwards care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Summer, Day 10 (Wed.): ---------------------Clean up your farm, and water your crops if you have not hit Level 3 in your Watering Can. Then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Summer, Day 11 (Thu.): ---------------------Continue cleaning your farm up daily otherwise you will have no way to level up your Sickle and Axe. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Summer, Day 12 (Fri.): ---------------------Today was a stormy day for me, storms are pretty much random but you should expect another storm to hit during the summer. Clean up your field, and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Summer, Day 13 (Sat.):

---------------------When hit with a storm you will lose a majority of your Roses, when this happens go down to the Shop-a-Million Vending Machines. I chose to purchase 27 more Rose Seeds as well as 27 Pineapple Seeds. Plant both of these within the Blue Jewel field. You can pat down the tilled spaces left from the storm, but in my case I had lost so many that I ran out of PP while doing so. Afterwards go care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Summer, Day 14 (Sun.): --------------------Ship all of your Onions, and then clean up your field. Next you can continue to pat down the rest of the tilled spaces that remain after the storm. When finished care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards go and see Dr. Hope for maintenance. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 7. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Summer, Day 15 (Mon.): ---------------------Start your day by watching the Cooking Channel and cooking the dishes available to you at this point. Next ship your Tomatoes, water your crops if needed, and clean up your field. Then care for your animals and convert their goods. Afterwards make your way to the Hermit's Hut and collect the following: Mock Strawberry, Fig, and Peach. You can fill your Scale Pack with Peaches after getting one of each of the others. This will help recoup money lost in the storm. ---------------------Summer, Day 16 (Tue.): ---------------------Ship your Sunflowers today. Unfortunately I was hit was another storm today. Clean up your field and then ship your Tomatoes and Green Peas. Afterwards care for your animals and ship their converted goods. You should wake up early tomorrow in order to harvest everything. ---------------------Summer, Day 17 (Wed.): ---------------------Ship your Tomatoes, Squash, and Corn. Afterwards clean up your field and then go care for your animals and ship their converted goods. If you have lost nearly all of a certain crop to a storm you should plant another 25 of them today, but make sure that you can harvest the crop before the end of the season. For example I lost all of my Melon yesterday, and chances are you will need to replant Roses, Pineapple, Melon, and possibly Watermelon. After replanting I went to collect Cacao and Papaya to recoup income lost in the storm. ---------------------Summer, Day 18 (Thu.): ---------------------Ship your Tomato and Watermelon, and then clean up your field. Upon finishing farm work care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Today I harvested more Papaya, Peaches, and Figs to help with lost revenue.

---------------------Summer, Day 19 (Fri.): ---------------------Ship your Tomatoes and clean up the field. Afterward you should care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Next head into town to purchase the rail items which will cost a total of 65500G. ---------------------Summer, Day 20 (Sat.): ---------------------Go up to your farm to ship your Tomatoes and Lemons. Then clean up your field. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. At the end of the day I collected more Figs and Mock Strawberries for additional income. ---------------------Summer, Day 21 (Sun.): ---------------------Clean up your field and then ship the Tomatoes and Corn. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can head into town for your maintenance. Masami will give you a Red Jewel upon completion of your maintenance. Use these to unlock a sealed field. I chose to unlock the field behind the lifts. You can then collect Rambutan, White Wood Ear, and Shimenji for some additional income. Be sure to wake up early tomorrow. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 8. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------01) Convey-R DXPRO 02) Carry SUPER (4x) Jewels Attainable: -----------------01) Red Jewel ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Summer, Day 22 (Mon.): ---------------------Today will be a busy day due to the Red Door finally being unlocked. You should head into the Ruins first thing. On the first floor you will find the Easter Hammer and an Orange Jewel. The second floor will have a Purple Jewel, Purple Jewel, Red Jewel, Red Jewel, and Red Jewel. You will find an Orange Jewel, Water Crest, 999G, Green Jewel, and the Angel Ribbon on the third floor. After collecting everything go back to your farm to Ship your Tomatoes, Pineapples, and Lemons. Clean up your farm and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. You can now take the Water Crest to the Hermit to receive the Forest Crest in exchange. Afterwards go and meet the Mermaid at the Southwest Bank of Mermaid Lake and she will open up the Mist Forest. Go to the Mist Forest and get the Monsoon Watering Can out of the first blue chest. You will need this to complete the game in the first wither. It will be late by the time you get this item so begin to head back. You should collect the Blueberries and Peaches before heading back. Remember to ship your Scale Pack before bed. ---------------------Summer, Day 23 (Tue.): ---------------------Another storm hit me today. Put away Masami's WC now that you have the Monsoon Watering Can. Same thing goes for the Iron Hammer and Easter Hammer. Next ship

your Tomatoes and clean the field. You can break up the large stones today with the Easter Hammer. Afterwards care for your animals and ship their converted goods. When you finish watch the Cooking Channel and cook all dishes available. ---------------------Summer, Day 24 (Wed.): ---------------------Ship your Tomatoes and Lemons. Then go to your room to ship the Roses. Now care for your animals and ship their converted goods. In order to make some extra money which was lost in the storm I decided to plant 90 Squash Seeds in the Red Jewel field. You can then collect some mushrooms and speak to the Hermit to find a bit more about the main story. When finished ship your Scale Pack. ---------------------Summer, Day 25 (Thu.): ---------------------Another storm hit again today. The game seems to not want me to be able to ship one of every crop for this season. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Summer, Day 26 (Fri.): ---------------------Ship your Watermelon and Lemon. I have unfortunately lost all my Corn and Tomato crops, but you should continue to ship them if you still have some. Now clean up your farm. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. You should harvest some Blueberries and Pepino. Be sure to ship the Scale Pack. ---------------------Summer, Day 27 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship anything you can, and clean up the field. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. You can then collect some Mock Strawberries and Pepino. ---------------------Summer, Day 28 (Sun.): ---------------------Clean your field and ship any crops that have re-grown. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards go into town so you can receive your maintenance. Then head over to the Fire Spirit Cave to view the incident that occurred. Now go and speak to Gallion upstairs in his home to unlock the Earth Power Sand and Herbs. Wait for the shop to open and then purchase 3 of the Earth Power Sand to use inside the cave. You can then head back to the Vending Machines at the Easter Ruins to purchase 50 of both Rosemary and Lavender Seeds. Also purchase the Convey-R DXPRO2. Now take out the 3 Earth Power Sand, 3 Strange Moss, and the Rosemary Seeds and head to the Fire Spirit Cave. Plant the Rosemary and then head back to your farm. You should plant 25 Lavender Seeds and 5 Rosemary Seeds. You can now go to sleep. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 9. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------01) Easter Hammer 02) Angel Ribbon 03) Water Crest 04) Forest Crest 05) Convey-R DXPRO2

Jewels Attainable: -----------------01) Orange Jewel 02) Purple Jewel 03) Orange Jewel 04) Purple Jewel 05) Red Jewel 06) Green Jewel 07) Red Jewel 08) Red Jewel ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Summer, Day 29 (Mon.): ---------------------Clean up your farm, and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Next watch the Cooking Channel to see the final part and then make everything available at this point. If you failed to put down Strange Moss in the cave you will need to water the herbs in the Fire Spirit Cave daily. Afterwards collect some Blueberries and Mock Strawberries. Ship the Scale Pack. ---------------------Summer, Day 30 (Tue.): ---------------------Ship anything you can and then clean your field. You can then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Continue to tend to the herbs in the Fire Spirit Cave. Today I bought 3 Earth Power Sand to use on the farm. Afterwards harvest some Peaches and ship them. ---------------------Summer, Day 31 (Wed.): ---------------------Clean up your farm and ship anything you can. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Tend to your herbs in the Fire Spirit Cave. I bought 3 Earth Power Sand so that the area in front of the lifts was fully cleared of unfertile land. ---------------------Summer, Day 32 (Thu.): ---------------------Another storm hit me today, but luckily the Squash are ready for harvest. Lemons will also be ready to be ship. After shipping go care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Summer, Day 33 (Fri.): ---------------------Clean up your field and ship anything you can. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. If you encounter a storm replant the Rosemary seeds in the Fire Spirit Cave. When finished tending to the herbs go into the Shop-aMillion and purchase 100 Onion Seeds to plant in front of the lift. They will be used to help level the Sickle. ---------------------Summer, Day 34 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship whatever you can and clean up the field. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Continue to care for your herbs. Afterwards purchase quite a few Lavender Seeds and Rosemary Seeds because you can't get them in the fall. This is a precaution against another storm hitting and

destroying the herbs. I recommend having 50 of each in storage, which should not be a problem because seeds are cheap. ---------------------Summer, Day 35 (Sun.): ---------------------Another storm had hit me today. Clean up your field and ship anything you can. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Continue to care for the herbs. Afterwards go to Dr. Hope's mansion for maintenance. You will learn about the Mushroom Forest, but avoid harvesting Porcini if you encounter it early. You will need to Porcini for an event next season. If you still don't have Level 3 in your Watering Can you will need to achieve it before the end of the next season. Otherwise you will need to wait for Winter Ring 2 before you can progress the story. Be sure that Remove Garbage hasn't been set on Forte because you need to level up your Sickle. Be sure to wake up early tomorrow. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 10. No new items are available at this point. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Ring 1, Autumn ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------------------Autumn, Day 01 (Mon.): ---------------------Use your sickle to clear your field of every crop that has died due to season changes. When you run out of PP go down to care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Next head into town to use Trick 10 and care for the herbs while there. Afterwards head over to Shop-a-Million and purchase 25 of every seed which will cost 3500G. Now go back to your farm and finish clearing the dead crops with your Sickle. Upon finishing purchase 25 Cat's Tail Seeds from the Vending Machines. Now plant all of the seeds. Put Kiwi, Tangerine, Carrots, and Cosmos in the Red Jewel field. Everything else can go into the Yellow Jewel field. Strange Moss will have re-grown if you desire to collect some more. ---------------------Autumn, Day 02 (Tue.): ---------------------Clean your field and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. You can ship any herbs that may have survived, if one didn't you should replant a seed or two today. Afterwards care for your herbs in the Fire Spirit Cave. ---------------------Autumn, Day 03 (Wed.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Next clean up your field. Go into town if you need to water the herbs. Pawpaw will become ripe today so find and harvest a tree. Remember to ship your Scale Pack before sleeping. ---------------------Autumn, Day 04 (Thu.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Clean up your field and go into town if you need to care for the herbs in the Fire Spirit Cave.

---------------------Autumn, Day 05 (Fri.): ---------------------Clean up your field and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards make sure to care for your herbs in town if needed. You can wake up early to harvest crops. ---------------------Autumn, Day 06 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship all of your Sweet Potato and then go to your room and ship all flowers and herbs that have fully grown. Afterwards care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Go into town to care for your herbs. You will be harvesting more crops tomorrow so wake up early. ---------------------Autumn, Day 07 (Sun.): ---------------------Ship all Carrots, Eggplant, Hot Peppers, and Green Peppers. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. You can then go into town to care for the herbs. Afterwards go to Dr. Hope's mansion for maintenance. After the scene with Marcia go back inside and choose your style cat. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 11. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Autumn, Day 08 (Mon.): ---------------------Clean up your field and then ship any flowers or herbs that are fully grown. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Now go into town and check on your herbs in town, when you exit Marco will give his thanks by upgrading Forte. Now that that is finished you can go collect a tree of Apples, Chestnuts, and Olives. Then head back to your farm and ship the Scale Pack. Afterwards you can plant the rest of the herbs in your Yellow Jewel field. Cook the dish that required Eggplant before going to sleep. ---------------------Autumn, Day 09 (Tue.): ---------------------Go up to your farm and clean up your field. Next go down to care for your animals and then ship their converted goods. When you have finished you are free to do as you please for the rest of the day. ---------------------Autumn, Day 10 (Wed.): ---------------------Ship the Green Peppers and Hot Peppers. Then clean up the field and ship any flowers that have fully grown. Next go care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Autumn, Day 11 (Thu.): ---------------------Ship the Kiwi and clean up the field. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods.

---------------------Autumn, Day 12 (Fri.): ---------------------Clean up the farm and ship any flowers that have fully grown. Then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Autumn, Day 13 (Sat.): ---------------------Clean up the farm and ship all Tangerines, Green Peppers, and Hot Peppers. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Autumn, Day 14 (Sun.): ---------------------Clean your farm and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Then head into town for maintenance. You will learn of the Mushroom Cooking Contest that will take place later in the season. Ship any flowers that have fully grown. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 12. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Autumn, Day 15 (Mon.): ---------------------Ship your Kiwi and then clean up the field. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can head into town to speak with Nana at the Shop-a-Million. This will allow Porcini to begin growing tomorrow. Now go to the Fallen Trees Path and collect the Matsutake. Harvest some Persimmon on the way back to your farm. Ship the contents of your Scale Pack before bed. ---------------------Autumn, Day 16 (Tue.): ---------------------Ship your Hot Peppers, Green Peppers and Tangerines. Then clean up your fields. Now care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards ship any flowers that have fully grown today. Do not collect the Porcini today. ---------------------Autumn, Day 17 (Wed.): ---------------------Clean up your field then ship any flowers or herbs that have fully grown. Then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Once again do not collect the Porcini today as it has not grown enough yet. ---------------------Autumn, Day 18 (Thu.): ---------------------Ship any flowers that have fully grown today and then clean up your field. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Today you can go and collect 100g of Porcini for Nana in Mushroom Forest 1. Then go to the Shop-aMillion to give them to her. Afterwards return to Mushroom Forest 1 and collect some Porcini for your Gathered Items list. Ship the Scale Pack before sleeping. ---------------------Autumn, Day 19 (Fri.):

---------------------Clean up your farm and then ship your Green Peppers, Hot Peppers, Kiwi, and Tangerine. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship any flowers and herbs that have fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 20 (Sat.): ---------------------Clean up your farm. Then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Autumn, Day 21 (Sun.): ---------------------Clean up your farm and then ship all herbs and flowers that have re-grown. Afterwards care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Next go to Dr. Hope's mansion for maintenance. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 13. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Autumn, Day 22 (Mon.): ---------------------Clean up your farm and then ship Tangerines, Hot Peppers and Green Peppers. Then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship all flowers and herbs that have fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 23 (Tue.): ---------------------Ship your Kiwi and then clean up the field. Afterwards care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Then ship all flowers and herbs. ---------------------Autumn, Day 24 (Wed.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship all of your flowers and herbs that have re-grown and then clean up your field. ---------------------Autumn, Day 25 (Thu.): ---------------------Clean up your field and then ship your Tangerines, Hot Peppers, and Green Peppers. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship all flowers and herbs that have re-grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 26 (Fri.): ---------------------Clean up your field and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship all flowers and herbs that are fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 27 (Sat.): ---------------------Clean up your farm then ship your Kiwi. Next go down to care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship all flowers and herbs

that are fully grown. I chose to wake up early for the first time in a while for the Mushroom Cooking Contest, so I would have on trouble with harvesting. ---------------------Autumn, Day 28 (Sun.): ---------------------Ship all of your Hot Peppers, Green Peppers and Tangerines. Then clean up your field and ship any flowers that have fully grown. Afterwards you can care for your animals and ship their converted goods. You can now head into town for maintenance. Wait around town until 16:00 and then you can go into Masami's Restaurant / Bar. Speak with Max to get some Earth Power Sand as a reward for helping Nana win the contest. Next speak with everyone else. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 14. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Autumn, Day 29 (Mon.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Then clean up your farm and ship all flowers and herbs that have fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 30 (Tue.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Then clean up your farm and ship all flowers and herbs that have fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 31 (Wed.): ---------------------Clean up your farm then ship your Hot Peppers, Green Peppers, Tangerine, and Kiwi. Next head down to care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship any flowers and herbs that are fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 32 (Thu.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Then clean up your farm and ship all flowers and herbs that have fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 33 (Fri.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Then clean up your farm and ship all flowers and herbs that have fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 34 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship your Green Peppers, Hot Peppers, and Tangerine. Clean up your farm and then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship all flowers and herbs that have fully grown. ---------------------Autumn, Day 35 (Sun.): ----------------------

Clean up your farm and then ship your Kiwi. Next care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Afterwards you can ship any flowers and herbs that have fully grown. Next go into town for maintenance. If you wait around in town until 16:00 so that you can hear Dorothy's request. She will be in her kitchen and will ask for assistance with the cakes for the Christmas Party. If you have been following the guide you will already have seen all 10 parts of her TV show which is the prerequisite for assisting her. She will pay for your assistance. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 15. No new items are available at this point. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Ring 1, Winter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---------------------Winter, Day 01 (Mon.): ---------------------Use Forte to equip the Power Upgrade so that you will be able to complete all farm work for today. Go down into Barn Room 2 and get Spirit Water from either grazing area. Then use it on your fields to make them useable for the remainder of the season. Once you have done this go and care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Now go into town to use your Sickle on the herbs in the Fire Spirit Cave. Chances are you will still fall short of Level 3 but don't worry too much about this because you will get it at the start of next season. When you finish go upstairs and speak with Gallion in his home to receive 20 Poinsettia Seed. Now head back to your farm and use the Vending Machines to purchase 465 Poinsettia Seeds and 140 Kale Seeds. This will be enough to fill your fields. Plant the 140 Kale Seeds in front of the lifts and the Poinsettia in the Jewel fields. When you finish this colossal task you can go to sleep as it should be late. Do not wake up early unless you need to failed to finish everything today. ---------------------Winter, Day 02 (Tue.): ---------------------You won't really need to be cleaning up your fields as they will be fully planted at this point. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 03 (Wed.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 04 (Thu.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 05 (Fri.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 06 (Sat.):

---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 07 (Sun.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Then go into town to receive your maintenance. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 16. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Winter, Day 08 (Mon.): ---------------------Ship your Kale, and then replant the entire area with more Poinsettias. If you encounter a storm like I did replant anything you lost tomorrow. Don't bother with any more Kale because it is much easier to use the Herbal Channel. Then go care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 09 (Tue.): ---------------------Replant the field with Poinsettia Seeds if you had a storm yesterday. After today you do not really need to worry about planting more Poinsettias. Your profits by the end of this season will be more than needed to complete the optional task after completing the main storyline. Even if you encounter another storm or two it should not be a problem. Now go down to your room and make Kale Juice. Then care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 10 (Wed.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 11 (Thu.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 12 (Fri.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. ---------------------Winter, Day 13 (Sat.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 14 (Sun.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. Then go into town for maintenance with Dr. Hope.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 17. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Winter, Day 15 (Mon.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 16 (Tue.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 17 (Wed.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 18 (Thu.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 19 (Fri.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 20 (Sat.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 21 (Sun.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. Next go into town for maintenance and be sure to collect Lily Bells on the way into town. Ship your Scale Pack. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 18. No new items are available at this point. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Winter, Day 22 (Mon.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. ---------------------Winter, Day 23 (Tue.): ---------------------Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. Next go into town and wait for 20:00. Then speak with Dorothy and answer yes.

---------------------Winter, Day 24 (Wed.): ---------------------Speak with Marlene to receive another Seed Bag. Then speak with everyone else. Next speak with Dr. Hope a few times and answer yes. Afterwards go back to the farm to get the Forest Crest. Then go into the Giant Forest and speak with the Nature Sprites. In Giant Forest C get the Giant's Axe and Green Jewel. Continue through the Forest Spirit Path to the River Path to Mermaid tower. Grab the Earth Hammer before riding the clam shell to Mermaid Tower. Then go up the stairs on the right side. Next go to the Mermaid Tower Entrance and get the Enchanted Hoe. Go back inside and push the statues onto the blue tiles. Do the same thing on Floor 3. Walk back up the other stairs on Floor 2 to obtain Blue Jewels. Then ride the clam shell to the other side to solve the puzzle. Do so by stepping on the tiles in the following order: top right, bottom left, top left, bottom right. Go up the stairs to Floor 4 and ride the clam shell to the other side to get more Blue Jewels. Next go to the Hermit at the altar. Afterwards go back to the Giant Forest A to collect a Red Jewel, Green Jewel, and another Red Jewel. Then in Giant Forest B you will find a Red Jewel, Green Jewel, Orange Jewel, and Purple Jewel. Go back to the Mist forest and grab the Red Jewel on the way back to your farm. Place the 4 Purple Jewels the field in the bottom right of your farm. Then place the 4 Green Jewels in the top right field. You can now put away the other Jewels and Level 2 items. ---------------------Winter, Day 25 (Thu.): ---------------------Use the charged Giant's Axe to get Giant wood. Then cook the final two dishes. This will complete both lists. Care for your animals and ship their converted goods. Ship your Poinsettia. Next go to Heartflame Cave H and go through the Green Door. On the Volcano Spiral Path 1 you will find a Yellow Jewel, Purple Jewel, Flame Sickle, and another Yellow Jewel. On Volcano Spiral Path 2 you will find a Yellow Jewel, Purple Jewel, Yellow Jewel, and Purple Jewel. On Volcano Spiral Path 3 you will find a Red Jewel, Orange Jewel, Red Jewel, and Orange Jewel. On Volcano Spiral Path 4 you will find a Red Jewel, Red Jewel, and the Fire Crest. Next go to Heartflame Cave D and use the Green Door to get into Heartflame Cave K to get the Yellow Jewel and Blue Jewel. Continue into Heartflame Cave L to get the Cool Pins. Now go to the hole in East Lake and drop down. Grab the two Blue Jewels. Then put the Fire Crest on Ice Grail. ---------------------Winter, Day 26 (Fri.): ---------------------You will be given 10 Earth Power Sand for saving the island. After speaking with everyone head down the stairs. You have now completed the main storyline and when you reload your saved game it will be the 27th. ---------------------Winter, Day 27 (Sat.): ---------------------Take out the rest of your Jewels and unlock all sealed fields. Be sure to make one of the fields orange to unlock the final color doors. Ship your Poinsettia, and then you can sell your animals because you will have over 500,000G and will have no need for immediate income anymore. Next visit Vita to receive your final present from Dr. Hope, the Life Arms. ---------------------Winter, Day 28 (Sun.): ---------------------Go to the Wasteland Farm and accept the Fire Spirit's challenge if you wish. You will have two years to ship 1000 crops without automation, which is

extremely easy. Ship your Poinsettias. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 19. Tools and Items Attainable: --------------------------01) Seed Bag 02) Giant's Axe 03) Earth Hammer 04) Enchanted Hoe 05) Flame Sickle 06) Fire Crest 07) Cool Pins Jewels Attainable: -----------------01) Green Jewel 02) Blue Jewel 03) Blue Jewel 04) Blue Jewel 05) Blue Jewel 06) Blue Jewel 07) Blue Jewel 08) Red Jewel 09) Green Jewel 10) Red Jewel 11) Red Jewel 12) Green Jewel 13) Orange Jewel 14) Purple Jewel 15) Red Jewel 16) Yellow Jewel 17) Purple Jewel 18) Yellow Jewel 19) Yellow Jewel 20) Purple Jewel 21) Yellow Jewel 22) Purple Jewel 23) Red Jewel 24) Orange Jewel 25) Red Jewel 26) Orange Jewel 27) Red Jewel 28) Red Jewel 29) Yellow Jewel 30) Blue Jewel 31) Blue Jewel 32) Blue Jewel ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Winter, Day 29 (Mon.): ---------------------Use the Earth Power Sand to make the entire farm usable. Ship your Poinsettias. ---------------------Winter, Day 30 (Tue.): ---------------------Ship your Poinsettias and put away all of your items except the Monsoon

Watering Can and any remaining Earth Power Sand. Get Spirit Water and then head to the Wasteland Farm. Water the entire field and use Earth Power Sand that is left over from your farm. At 10:00 go into town and buy 40 Earth Power Sand. Go back to your farm and put away the Monsoon Watering Can and then use all of the Earth Power Sand. It will take two trips. ---------------------Winter, Day 31 (Wed.): ---------------------Ship your Poinsettia. Then head into town and wait for the Shop-a-Million to open. Purchase 40 Earth Power Sand and use them on the Wasteland Farm. ---------------------Winter, Day 32 (Thu.): ---------------------Ship your Poinsettia. Then head into town and wait for the Shop-a-Million to open. Purchase 15 Earth Power Sand and use them on the Wasteland Farm. ---------------------Winter, Day 33 (Fri.): ---------------------Ship your Poinsettias. Use today to finish up anything missed this week. ---------------------Winter, Day 34 (Sat.): ---------------------Ship your Poinsettias. Use today to finish up anything missed this week. ---------------------Winter, Day 35 (Sun.): ---------------------Ship your Poinsettias. Make sure Forte isn't set to Remove Garbage. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------End of Week 20. No new items are available at this point. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Ring 2 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The first thing you will want to do is level up your Sickle to Level 3. Then you will want to ship all the herbs you couldn't buy during Ring 1. After you have done that you will want to complete the Fire Spirit's challenge which can be finished before the end of spring. Then get the Lily which will grow near the Hot Spring in the middle of spring. You can give the Cool Pins and Angel Ribbon to whoever you want as the game is already over. To finish the Gathered Items list you will need to assist Sharon with the Mushroom Cooking Contest, she will ask for your help on the 22nd of autumn. The Black Truffle will be located in Mushroom Forest 2. You will have enough to help her on the 23rd because she only requested 50g. Then after giving her the 50g go back and collect one for the Gathered Items list. You will get an Orange Jewel for getting this for her. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Credits

------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== I have written the guide from in game experience alone. If anyone contributes something to this guide I will add it with their name to this section, as well as attach their name to the submitted content. =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Contacting the Author ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== I have two methods in which you may contact me. The first is via email, and is the preferred method of communication. The second is through an instant messaging protocol, but you are taking a chance as I may not always respond. The reason for this is my computer is left on 24/7 and I can't always be in front of it. I ask that you respect the following rules for contacting me. Failing to do so will result in you not receiving a response. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Email ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1. The subject of the email must be in the following format so that the correct label will automatically be applied to it. If the label is not automatically applied it means that you didn't properly read this rule and your email will be deleted immediately. I recommend that you copy and paste the following. Subject: "FAQ - IL:AFHM - Your subject goes here" 2. The only subjects that will be responded to are as follows: 1) Help [Note: If the answer is in the guide you message will be ignored.] 2) Feedback [Note: Both positive and negative are allowed, within reason.] 3) Hosting Permissions [Note: See Disclaimer] Email Address: WillWalther@gmail.com ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Instant Messaging ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 1. Accept the fact that you may not get a response. MSN: WillWalther@gmail.com AIM: WillWalther =============================================================================== ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Disclaimer ------------------------------------------------------------------------------=============================================================================== All trademarks and copyrights contained in this document are owned by their respective trademark and copyright holders.

This guide may not be reproduced in part or in whole except for personal and private use. It may not be distributed in part or in whole without the expressed written permission of the author. Doing so is strictly prohibited, and a direct violation of copyright. Additionally after receiving permission to use the guide, do not make any changes or amendments to the guide as the only permission given is to host and distribute the guide. ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ To obtain permission to host this document send an email with the following subject, "FAQ - IL:AFHM - Hosting Permissions" to WillWalther@gmail.com Web pages with the author's permission to host the document: http://www.gamefaqs.com/ http://www.neoseeker.com/ http://www.supercheats.com/ 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789 -EOFInnocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon: FAQ/Walkthrough by The Angry Pirate Version 1.00, Last Updated 2010-05-20 View/Download Original File Hosted by Game FAQs Return to Innocent Life: A Futuristic Harvest Moon (PSP) FAQs & Guides